thl Annual Results FY22
Unforgettable Journeys
INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
We will never forget where
we’ve been these past 2 years,
and nor will we ever forget how
to deliver the most unforgetta-
ble journeys.
It’s what we love doing for our
customers, and they are looking
to renew those experiences too.
It's time to restart the unforgettable.
Let’s restart those
unforgettable journeys.
We will never forget where we’ve been these past two years, nor will we ever
forget how to deliver the most unforgettable journeys. It’s what we love doing for
our customers, and they are looking forward to renewing those experiences too.
Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board, we present the 2022 Integrated
Report and consolidated financial statements (financial
statements) for the year ended 30 June 2022 (FY22).
The Board acknowledges its responsibility to ensure the
integrity of the Integrated Report. The Board recognises
that integrated thinking has become more critical than
ever as we do not only need to survive, but we have to
have the right systems in place to thrive again, including
infrastructure, human capital and stakeholder networks.
The Board has applied its mind to the Integrated Report
and believes that it addresses the most material issues,
presents fairly the integrated performance of the
About this report5
Letter f rom the Chair 6
Letter f rom the CEO 10
Our year in review16
FY22 Milestones18
thl at a glance20
How thl creates value: our value model22
Our business journey24
Our people journey30
Our fleet journey38
Our customer experience journey46
Our responsibility journey
56
Our Climate & Carbon Strategy
66
Protecting the value we create:
our Enterprise Risk Management Framework
80
Financial statements82
Directors' statement 83
Independent auditor's report 134
Corporate governance 140
Board of Directors154
Corporate information155
CONTENTS
organisation and its impacts in accordance with the
principles set out in the International Integrated Reporting
Council (IIRC) Framework. The Integrated Report has been
prepared according to the IIRC guidelines. The Integrated
Report was approved by the Board on 25 August 2022 and
is signed on its behalf by:
Cathy Quinn ONZM
Chair
Rob Hamilton
Chair of the Audit
& Risk Committee
Unforgettable Journeys
2
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
3
WELCOME
We have been delivering an Annual Integrated Report for thl
stakeholders since FY19. We believe the Integrated Reporting
<IR> Framework enables us to provide a holistic view of our
context and business that is increasingly relevant in today’s
complex and dynamic business environment.
Throughout this report and aligned with the Integrated
Reporting <IR> Framework, you will see references to the ‘six
capitals’: natural, manufactured, intellectual, human, social,
relationship and financial. These are stocks of value that thl
draws on and transforms into outputs. They show that, at thl,
we think holistically about creating and maintaining long-
term value.
To see the six capitals in the context of our business,
see our Value Model.
About
this report
The ‘six capitals’ are stocks of
value that thl draws on and
transforms into outputs.
NATURAL CAPITAL
Includes resources we use such as air, water, land,
minerals and forests, solar energy, crops and carbon
sinks; biodiversity and ecosystem health; and resources
which cannot be replaced such as fossil fuels.
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
Manufactured objects used in the production of goods
or the provision of services, including vehicles, buildings,
equipment and infrastructure.
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
thl’s knowledge-based intangibles, including
intellectual property such as patents, copyrights,
software, rights and licences; and our systems,
procedures and protocols.
HUMAN CAPITAL
Our crew’s competencies, capabilities and experience,
and their motivation to innovate on, support, implement
and improve; our governance framework, risk
management approach, ethical values, corporate
strategy; processes; goods and services, including our
crew’s ability to lead, manage and collaborate.
SOCIAL AND RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
thl’s social licence to operate; our relationships, with
institutions and groups of stakeholders including
communities, governments, suppliers and customers;
the ability to transparently share information to enhance
collective wellbeing; our integrity, values and behaviours,
trustworthiness, brand value and reputation.
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Funds obtained through financing or generated by
means of productivity.
Unforgettable Journeys
4
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
5
ABOUT THIS REPORT
A letter f rom the Chair
In reviewing last year’s Integrated Report I was taken by how
far we have come as a business over the last 12 months.
However, having posted an underlying loss after tax for the
year of $5.4M
1
it is appropriate to thank again those investors
that have continued to support the company through these
challenging times. We have managed our balance sheet and
positioned the business well for the coming years, with the
expectation that we reward that investor support in the future.
Our trading results
While we are not content with the result being another loss,
all within thl have worked hard to narrow the loss and we will
be working hard to see that it is the last for our busines
Effective management of the thl balance sheet has been
a highlight of the response to COVID-19 from a financial
perspective. The business is capital intensive and the
management team responded accordingly, meaning no
capital raise was required and debt has been well-managed.
The thl crew continued to adapt as required to take hold of
a number of new opportunities in FY22. Revenue from non-
tourism activities and vehicle sales have been maximised.
The Australia result is outstanding given the challenges in
Dear Shareholders
On behalf of the Board, I present the 2022 Integrated Annual
Report and financial statements for the year ended 30 June
2022 (FY22).
I am pleased to present this first report as Chair for thl, and
although I commenced in the Chair role in the last month of
the financial year, I have been a member of the Board since
2017 and often engaged with the company prior to that in my
various roles as a partner and Chair of the law firm
MinterEllisonRuddWatts.
Firstly, I would like to thank Rob Campbell for his contribution
to the company as a Director and Chair over the last nine
years. Rob leant his exceptional skills to guide the direction
of thl, bringing his extensive experience and ever-challenging
mindset to advance the position of the company and respond
to the many challenges and opportunities in the external
environment.
As incoming Chair my focus will be on seeing that thl fully
recovers from the impacts of the COVID-19 pandemic and is
strategically positioned to take advantage of opportunities
in the coming years as tourism rebounds. We will focus on
maximising the improved presence of the Recreational Vehicle
(RV) industry and growing popularity the RV category has had
over the last two years.
The thl crew continued to adapt as required to take hold of a number
of new opportunities in FY22. Revenue from non-tourism activities
and vehicle sales have been maximised. The Australia result is
outstanding given the challenges in the first half year...
CATHY QUINN – CHAIR
the first half year with interstate travel restrictions and the
USA has remained profitable throughout the pandemic.
The Action Manufacturing (Action) results are also a highlight,
given the extremely challenging supply environment.
Grant Webster will share the detail of the results in the CEO
report, and please refer to the investor presentation for further
information. There are a number of one-off items this year, and
we encourage you to review the financial statements alongside
the investor presentation for detail.
Our Integrated Annual Report
As expectations continue to rise regarding the depth and
quality of information to be reported, we have continued to
transparently disclose and include more information in this
report, which is prepared in accordance with Integrated
Reporting <IR> Framework guidelines.
This year we report on work to set a science-aligned carbon
emissions reduction target for our Scope 1 (direct) and Scope 2
(indirect, energy) emissions using the Science Based Targets
Initiative (SBTi) methodology, with further work underway on
how we appropriately manage Scope 3 targets. We also share
our first reporting on the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD). Please refer to Climate & Carbon Strategy
section of this report for further details.
We have continued our future-fit sustainability journey and
share progress on the priority future-fit sustainability goals
identified to address the highest impact areas for thl.
Applying the system thinking and science-based approach
that underpins the future-fit framework throughout the
business is a key focus. We see this as both a mindset and
methodology that informs our decisions and guides activities.
1
All values are in NZD unless stated otherwise
Unforgettable Journeys
6
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
7
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR
We are different today
There have been a number of changes this year that we
believe have strengthened the business going forward,
including building on the 100% ownership of Action
Manufacturing and embedding non-tourism revenue in the
way of thinking and operating. The discussions on Just go in
the UK becoming a wholly-owned thl subsidiary are ongoing.
Changes to our travel technology business include thl
acquiring 100% ownership of triptech and the sale of mighway
and SHAREaCAMPER.
Over the last year thl has taken the opportunity to review and
refresh many of the operational aspects which create
improvements for the customer journey, P&L and crew health,
safety and wellbeing. Grant will share more details on these
improvements which are highlighted throughout the report.
The business environment still
contains risk
As a travel and tourism operator, we believe we are well
positioned relative to most industries, as we are coming
from such a low base that we still expect to experience
a significant recovery despite shifts in the broader
macroeconomic environment. However we recognise that
tourism recovery remains uncertain.
There are still headwinds the company faces, including
labour shortages, inflationary pressures, continuing sickness
impacts on a daily basis and supply chain interruptions.
We will continue to deal with supply issues daily along with
many of the operating constraints that we see impacting
all industries.
Proposed merger with Apollo
The Board recognises the potential in this proposed transaction
to expand our global business with greater geographic diversity.
The timeline for completing the various regulatory processes
associated with this potential transaction has been extended
several times, we are frustrated with the process and recognise
shareholders must be as well. As at the time of writing this
report, the Board still see the merit in the transaction and
can see a conclusion in a reasonable timeframe from now.
We do, and will continue to review the progress regularly
and ask the deep questions of management, including is
this still the right transaction to do, is this the right time,
and are there any areas of the current business suffering
due to the focus on the transaction.
The outlook for the business
While it is challenging to provide profit guidance at this early
time of the financial year, we recognise the need for some
indication to be provided in what is a unique transition year, as
thl moves into the recovery with the restart of international
travel in all regions where we operate.
Our current expectation is that net profit after tax in FY23 on a
standalone basis will be within the current range of analyst
expectations, being between $17.0M and $30.2M.
Grant will cover more details on outlook in his report.
Cathy Quinn ONZM
Chair
As a travel and tourism operator,
we believe we are well positioned
relative to most industries.
Unforgettable Journeys
8
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
9
LETTER FROM THE CHAIR
A letter f rom the CEO
The COVID-19 period, what we learned
and now do differently
The COVID-19 period has been extremely challenging, and once
again the resilience in the thl crew and business has been
superb. We have created new opportunities outside our old
norm, including manufacturing specialist commercial vehicles
at Action, growth of RVSC and retail operations, and further
developed and embedded non-tourism rentals as a core
part of our operating model.
We have built our capability as a business and have seen
changes in the way in which we work, seeking a balance
between work from home, and the importance of being
together while creating flexibility for our crew. Overall we have
seen collaboration improve as we connected in new ways, and
this is leading to more integration between teams, countries
and businesses.
Dear Shareholders
There are a never-ending list of new clichés regarding the
impact of COVID-19 on the world, and particularly the tourism
industry over the last two years, and this impact has been
more than just financial, it has impacted our crew,
communities, customers, suppliers and partners.
The FY22 year for most of the business was about the shift and
transition from closed borders to open, from monthly losses to
profits, and from redundancies to employment. I see thl today
as a business that has been very active through this period,
we have learned a lot, chased new opportunities, refreshed,
and reset ways of operating for the years ahead.
The international borders for most of the business remained
closed for well over half the year. In this context we are pleased
with the businesses that have been profitable and focused on
the recovery for those that have been impacted by COVID-19.
I am very proud of what the
business and our crew have
achieved in another challenging
year. We have continued to grow
and expand our non-tourism
revenue and embed this as a
core part of our business
model going forward.
GRANT WEBSTER – CEO
We have continued to invest in our businesses to be ready
for the expected resurgence in international visitors, reviewing
learning opportunities to enhance our customer service
and products.
The health, safety and wellbeing of our crew is always our
highest priority, particularly through COVID-19. We are always
focused on ways to improve, further develop our systems and
processes and invest in growing our capability, and this year
recruited a new global leader of Health, Safety and Wellbeing
to guide and drive future developments.
The results
When assessing the results for the year, FY22 was a year with
two distinct halves. The first part of the year saw significant
impacts from the Delta wave, travel border restrictions lifting
later than initially anticipated, and an increasingly challenging
global supply chain.
The US business has continued to be profitable throughout the
COVID-19 pandemic, with an EBIT
1
result of $12.7M. The 2022
calendar year high season was impacted by supply constraints,
particularly our ability to purchase fleet. Vehicle sales performance
remained strong, both for sales quantity and margins.
In Australia, our results have rebounded strongly following a
significantly impacted first half of the year with Delta and
international and state level border restrictions, with a first half
EBIT loss of $1.0M, followed by a second half EBIT profit of $7.6M
– an exceptional recovery, and Australia is well positioned for a
strong FY23.
In New Zealand where we have remained in a domestic only
environment for the majority of the year, we incurred an EBIT loss
of $9.0M, a $5.7M improvement on the FY21 loss, of which is an
impressive achievement in this context. Considering the supply
chain challenges, Action also had a very positive year with an EBIT
of $4.9M (before the elimination of margins generated on the
manufacture of thl vehicles). The business had strong specialist
vehicle activity for customers including St John Ambulance, NZ
Defence Force and organisations in the heavy transport sector.
Our highlights for the year
I am very proud of what the business and our crew have
achieved in another challenging year. We have continued to
grow and expand our non-tourism revenue and embed this
as a core part of our business model going forward.
Our crew engagement and retention has remained high
throughout FY22, which is a huge highlight. We are extremely
fortunate to have a committed and highly capable crew who
have shown amazing resilience in these challenging times.
Our crew make thl what it is and I would like to thank all our
teams for everything they have done, and continue to do,
as we move into this next phase of recovery. As noted
elsewhere, the Australian result was outstanding.
Action’s performance this year, the first full year of 100% thl
ownership, is a highlight, as previously noted.
This year has also seen thl work on significant merger and
acquisitions activity as we reviewed our businesses and worked
on potentially transformational opportunities, including the
proposed Apollo merger.
Activity within the business
The last year has been an opportunity to review, refresh and
reset our operations with a number of significant projects and
activities to drive improved performance, which we highlight
in this report.
We are focused on our highest priority sustainability goals and
making progress on our future-fit journey as we embed our global
sustainability work programme into our operational activities.
1
EBIToroperatingprofitbeforefinancingcostsisanon-GAAPmeasurewhichisnotadefinedterminNewZealandInternationalFinancialReportingStandards(NZIFRS).TheDirectors
andmanagementbelievethatthisnon-GAAPfinancialmeasureprovidesusefulinformationtoassistreadersinunderstandingtheGroup'sfinancialperformance.Thismeasureshould
notbeviewedinisolationandisintendedtosupplementtheNZGAAPmeasuresandthereforemaynotbecomparabletosimilarlytitledamountsreportedbyothercompanies.
Unforgettable Journeys
10
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
11
LETTER FROM THE CEO
Crew feel more connected with
dispersed colleagues than ever
before, creating a truly global
thl team culture.
We apply a future-fit mindset and methodology to everything
we do, from our global sustainable procurement framework
and new supplier code of conduct, to future-fit branch
sustainability action plans in each country.
At RVSC, a new business expansion project started this year and
is already delivering on key milestones with impressive growth
in our retail operations, with revenue growth of 42% on FY21.
Work is also underway on the planning and development for
the new Auckland branch rebuild. The relocation of the Albany
site has also created opportunities to improve efficiencies as
these activities are consolidated into other sites including
Action Manufacturing and the Auckland Airport location.
We have invested in new fleet designs for our current fleet and
in R&D as part of our Future Fleet programme to address our
greatest future-fit sustainability challenge, the carbon
emissions from our fleet and operations. This year we set a
science-aligned carbon emissions reduction target which
commits thl to an absolute reduction of Scope 1 and 2
greenhouse gas emissions by 50.4% by FY32 from a restated
FY20 baseline, consistent with the aim of limiting global
heating to 1.5ºC.
The thl digital team have made great progress this year, led
by our new Chief Technology Officer - Jo Hilson, achieving
goals, effectively supporting the business, and delivering on
significant projects including COSMOS fleet management
system development. We have refreshed our digital strategy,
invested in new technology and cyber security tools reflecting
the increased threats businesses face, and development work
on new technology products and services is ongoing.
Resilience and change
I remain incredibly impressed by the resilience of thl as a
business and of our crew, who have continued to respond to
change and challenges of an unprecedented scale. This is a
hugely valuable skill and capability which places us in a strong
competitive position, particularly for crew recruitment and
retention. We are very fortunate to have a highly engaged crew,
reflected in our recent engagement survey results. Engagement
levels remained high with an 82% favourable response rate as to
employees recommending thl as a place to work, and 88%
generally feeling positive towards working at the company.
The proposed Apollo merger
In December 2021 we announced the proposed thl and
Apollo merger. We believe this is a potentially transformational
opportunity that will create significant value creation for
shareholders, through synergy realisation and greater
business resilience.
As previously stated, significant anticipated cost out synergies
are expected to deliver a steady-state EBIT benefit of $17M to
$19M per annum, with expected one-off implementation costs
in the order of $4M to $7M.
Apollo and thl are two highly complementary businesses,
which if brought together, will create a diversified, leading
RV travel company across the key markets of Australia,
New Zealand, North America, Europe and the United Kingdom.
The merger represents an opportunity for thl to significantly
increase its fleet base, at a lower cost than through purchasing
new RVs directly. In addition to the synergy benefits, the
combined group will benefit from greater business resilience
through geographic diversification and additional locations in
the Northern Hemisphere.
While there is no certainty at this point in the process, and
significant external resource is being applied, the internal thl
group working on this has been kept small, to avoid impacting
the wider business. I am proud of how the business has
remained focused on delivering business as usual, without
distraction from this opportunity, as evidenced by all the
activity and milestones achieved in FY22.
We continue to work through the process with competition
regulators in Australia and New Zealand, and with the new
owners of Jucy on a potential fleet divestment. We will
continue to update on the timeline and progress, as we have
done. Regardless of the merger outcome, thl as a global leader
in the commercial RV rental market, is in a strong position to
maximise opportunities during the recovery and future
growth phase.
Our business model – how we operate is
different today
We have made changes in what we own and what we are, with
mighway and SHAREaCAMPER sold to Camplify, and triptech
now 100% owned. FY22 was the first full year of 100% Action
ownership, manufacturing and non-tourism activity is growing
and being embedded as a core part of our business, including
exciting progress in the RVSC and retail space.
The MaxiTRANS acquisition for Action has created a more
streamlined, stronger manufacturing base with greater
diversification beyond motorhomes, which will enable more
stable long-term performance, and leverages expertise and
supplier relationships for both tourism and non-
tourism business.
Operationally we have used the COVID-19 period to review,
redevelop and refresh our activities with a focus on the
foundations, our crew health, safety and wellbeing, our future-
fit sustainability goals, and new initiatives to move us forward,
such as our global cultural capability commitment.
Investing in our crew and leaders training and development is a
priority for thl. We launched TRX25, a new customer experience
improvement initiative for our New Zealand and Australia
rentals teams. Our DriveSchool leadership development
programme restarted this year, with new modules focused on
future-fit, managing risk and health, safety and wellbeing.
Tourism globally
Currently there is a significant amount of media speculation
and reporting on tourism trends. What we are seeing is a cohort
that fits into the ‘revenge travel’ category, travellers who are
getting out regardless now borders are open - this is likely to be
a positive for this summer season, not a long-term trend.
There are potential headwinds preventing immediate return to
pre-COVID-19 travel levels. These include the impact of airline
capacity issues, higher tourism prices, the perception of
challenges such as delays impacting travel and the wider global
economic impacts with the potential for recession, inflation and
price increases impacting consumer confidence. We expect
airline capacity to grow in FY23 and for all markets to be open
for outbound travel by the end of Q1 (except China).
However we have seen over the last few years that RVs are a
popular form of travel, with new customers and markets
growing. Travel in an RV also resonates with customers as a
more locally-based, intimate scale experience, with the
flexibility to connect more authentically with communities and
spend time in destinations experiencing nature and the
great outdoors.
Long-term trends for more sustainable travel suits the
experiences our vehicles provide, and we remain positive that
we will see growth in the category. We are actively engaging
with the travel and RV industry and contribute to global and RV
industry developments in these areas. The increasing focus on
responsible and regenerative travel by the industry is positive,
and we remain committed to working with partners to promote
responsible travel and manage community and destination
impacts as travel rebounds.
Unforgettable Journeys
12
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
13
LETTER FROM THE CEO
Capital expenditure
During the year we had capital expenditure of $181M. Nearly all
of this is on fleet renewal. This is up on the prior year figure of
$107M. The expected gross capital expenditure for FY23 is
approximately $270M-$300M, however this remains subject to
supply availability and delivery timing. Net capital expenditure
in FY23 is expected to be approximately $120M.
We have been focused on minimising capital expenditure in
the current environment, except where required. We have been
reinvesting in fleet in the US, to be ready for a summer of both
domestic and international customers. In New Zealand and
Australia the total fleet we will operate in the upcoming
summer period will be lower than in prior years, and thus our
total funds employed in those businesses will be lower. We will
be focused on delivering an appropriate return on funds
employed over the coming year.
Our banking partners continue to be supportive of our business
and understand the need for us to meet demand as it returns.
We have worked with our lenders and have managed our fleet
position well in order to reduce debt.
We have not reviewed our dividend policy at this point, and
as previously advised, there will be no dividend in FY22 and we
are unlikely to pay a dividend in FY23. Moving forward, we seek
to return to paying dividends once we have certainty on
profitability and have an appropriate equity ratio which is still
to be determined. The current terms of our banking facilities
require approval from our banking partners for any distributions.
The trading environment
In the US, domestic travel demand remains strong and
international activity is continuing to grow. Vehicle sales
margins have now started to return towards more normalised
levels, and we expect average margins will revert to FY21
margins by the end of FY23.
The Australian business is well-positioned to deliver a
potential record EBIT result in FY23, with positive trading
conditions in both rentals and vehicle sales. Domestic demand
remains strong and there is a positive level of international
demand returning.
We expect the New Zealand trading environment will
remain challenging in the first quarter of FY23 with limited
international demand. International activity is expected to
return more meaningfully for a more positive 2022 summer
period, with the business running a smaller rental fleet size.
Vehicle sales volumes will be lower than FY22 as the business
commences fleet regrowth and while sales margins are likely
past their peak, they are expected to remain elevated.
Governance
As management, you always hope that you have the right skills
and capabilities as a collective on your Board for all situations.
From a management perspective we can reassure shareholders
that we are fortunate to have a Board which has been highly
engaged, appropriately responsive and has provided excellent
advice and guidance during another challenging year.
The only change of note from a governance perspective in the
year was the retirement of Rob Campbell as Chair in June 2022.
Cathy Quinn, having served five years on the Board was elected
as the new Chair effective from Rob’s resignation. I would like to
extend my thanks to Rob Campbell for his leadership and
contribution, challenges and availability. I am very pleased to
have Cathy Quinn step into the Chair role bringing extensive
skills and governance expertise.
Outlook and opportunities - what’s next?
thl is sharply focused on delivering a profit improvement in
FY23 and concluding the process for the proposed merger with
Apollo. As the Chair mentioned, our current expectations are
that net profit after tax in FY23 on a standalone basis will be
within the current range of analyst expectations, being
between $17.0M and $30.2M.
Regardless of the merger outcome, the business is well
positioned for recovery, with strong business development
and merger and acquisitions activity in a recovering and
growing market. We have successfully leveraged our collective
skills and experience at every level from the thl Board to all our
branches, bringing in the new and refreshing, and refocusing
our operations to be ready for the recovery phase.
The adversity we faced over the last few years has created
opportunity. A striking feature has been the impressive
development of our crew as they faced new challenges head
on, we have seen great growth in our leadership skills
throughout the business and we have a strong pipeline of very
capable people, well positioned around the world for a global
business heading into a growth phase. Underpinned by our
Future-Fit Business Benchmark and leveraging lessons learned
from COVID-19, we are enhancing our customer experience and
developing new business opportunities.
Closing
I once again would like to acknowledge all the thl crew and
shareholders who have stuck with us through these
challenging times. We benefit greatly as a business from the
depth of experience, commitment, capability and flexibility
that flows throughout thl from the Board to our branch crews.
It is hard to find adequate words to describe how proud,
inspired and appreciative I am of our amazing crew, who have
continued to do a fantastic job delivering despite all the
challenges, seeking new opportunities and always supporting
each other, and our customers. You really are the heart of thl
and I cannot thank you enough for everything you do.
While we may have been physically further apart, we are more
connected than ever, as we navigated work from home, border
closures and periods of lockdown. It has been fantastic to see
our culture of collaboration grow and develop, as we build
greater connection, coordination and consistency between
teams and countries as a global thl team.
I look forward to seeing and thanking our crews in person, in
the places where they work, over the coming months.
In summary, over the last year we have tidied, reviewed,
refocused and refreshed across all our business operations
and developed exciting new opportunities. We are well set up
for the future and ready to grow.
Grant Webster
CEO
We have successfully leveraged our collective skills
and experience at every level from the thl Board
to all our branches, bringing in the new and
refreshing and refocusing our operations to
be ready for the recovery phase.
LETTER FROM THE CEO
Unforgettable Journeys
14
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
15
The year ended 30 June 2022 was a year of two halves.
The first half remained strongly impacted by the
COVID-19 pandemic, particularly for our Australasian
businesses due to ongoing domestic and
international travel restrictions. While travel
restrictions in the US were more relaxed, the business
faced headwinds relative to the prior year as
alternative travel options opened up. Through the
second half, conditions started to shift towards a post-
pandemic state as international tourism
recommenced. An indication of what the future of thl
may look like beyond the pandemic is nearly in sight.
thl has remained as focused as ever on creating new
opportunities and moving forward. The year had
numerous initiatives to improve the business and the
experience we deliver to customers, such as new
vehicle designs and a transformation of the entire
customer experience. We believe our journey to-date
has set us up with a strong foundation to create value
for all our stakeholders over the long-term.
Our year in review
As at 30 June 2022
SALE OF GOODS
REVENUE
NET DEBT AND CAPACITY FOR
FUTURE FLEET GROWTH
thl’s net debt increased by $9.8M
across the financial year to end at
$58.5M on 30 June 2022. Debt
remains well below the capacity
available to thl through its lending
facilities, with approximately
$200M in headroom (as at
30 June 2022) to fund future
fleet regrowth.
MAKING THE MOST OF A
STRONG VEHICLE SALES
ENVIRONMENT
Across all three countries, thl
delivered record average vehicle
sales margins in FY22. The sales
businesses have learned key
lessons, are better prepared and
are more focussed going into the
future, as thl reverts to a more
normal rhythm of vehicle sales.
RENTAL REVENUE
NET TANGIBLE ASSETS
PER SHARE
-1%
-6%
$1.82
FY22 STATUTORY NPATAVERAGE GAIN ON
VEHICLES SOLD
-$2.1M 137%
1
Excludes the following non-recurring items: A $1.3M gain on sale of Togo class B shares, a $5.3M (after tax) gain on sale of mighway and SHAREaCAMPER and $2.3M gain
on loan forgiveness; offset by $4.9M (after tax) of transaction costs in relation to the proposed merger with Apollo and goodwill impairment of $0.7M.
2
Net debt refers to interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents
3
Excludes purchase of buyback vehicles.
+36%-9%+20%-4%
+63%+183%
UNDERLYING
NET LOSS
AFTER TAX (NPAT)
1
-$5.4M
FY21: -$14.3M
EBIT
$6.9M
FY21: -$8.3M
TOTAL REVENUE
$345.8M
FY21: $359.2M
NET DEBT
2
$58.5M
FY21: $48.7M
FLEET AT YEAR END
3,858
FY21: 4,242
FLEET PURCHASES
3
1,514
FY21: 1,116
Unforgettable Journeys
16
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
17
OUR YEAR IN REVIEW
FY22 MILESTONES
Proposed merger of
thl and Apollo Tourism
& Leisure announced,
with the intention to
create a global leader in
the commercial RV
rental market
Discover Waitomo -
inaugural Matariki
celebrations engage local
community and visitors
Discover Waitomo –
Matariki Dawn
Ceremony held
for community
and whānau
Relocated to new branch
in Brisbane
Action Manufacturing –
FTE headcount passes 250
across three sites
Action Manufacturing -
Specialised & Emergency
Vehicles Australia secures
large order with Queensland
Ambulance Service
First of the next
generation KEA
platinum vehicles rolls
off production
United States (US) border
restrictions for COVID-19
lifted for non-citizens
Australia (AU) reopens
international borders
100% Telematics vehicle
tracking in AU & 94% NZ
RVSC new transformational
business development
model signed off which will
enable significant growth
Total Rental Experience 2025
(TRX25) customer experience
launched. ~50 crew were trained
in November 2021 and ~99 crew
were trained in May 2022
New 4WD Isuzu launched
in Australia
Discover Waitomo - bilingual
and full immersion Te Reo Māori
tours developed and delivered
for Māori language week
Discover Waitomo – community
outreach with Te Kura o Kāwhia
School - 60 students and
teachers hosted with Te Reo
Māori immersion tour
Travel and Leisure Sector winner
at the New Zealand Marketing
Awards for our "Get Moving to Get
New Zealand Moving" campaign,
as well as a finalist in the
cross-sector Marketing
Communications Strategy and
Supreme Awards
Action Manufactuing - Fairfax
secures significant contract
with Big Chill distribution
Recommencement of
international travel trade
shows with ATE and IPW
RVs utilised for emergency
housing support and isolation
facilities provided through the
New Zealand Ministry of Business,
Innovation and Employment - over
12,000 hire days and $1.2M revenue
thl USA enters the rapidly
growing Class B category for
the first time
Agreed to sell mighway and
SHAREaCAMPER businesses to
Camplify, an Australian publicly
listed peer-to-peer business
Action Manufacturing –
design for new Voyager
model complete
Supported the COVID-19
vaccination roll-out by
providing vans to 12 District
Health Boards and 13 Māori
health providers to assist
with taking vaccinations
to communities
First of the next generation
KEA Cascade vehicles rolls
off production
First milestone of new RVSC
business model - achieved
43% retail revenue growth
compared to prior year
US business takes a further
step towards all crew
receiving a competitive,
thl Future-Fit Wage
Action Manufacturing –
acquisition of MaxiTRANS
NZ announced to
the market
Discover Waitomo – winners of
the Recreation Aotearoa
Environmental Leadership Award
New customer registration
page enabling agent
bookings/customer
registration prior to pick-up
released in AU & NZ
Action Maunfacturing –
three year contract renewed
with St John
JulyOctDecJun
New Zealand (NZ) reopens
international borders
FY22
milestones
Unforgettable Journeys
18
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
19
thl at a glance
659
EMPLOYEES
INCLUDING ACTION MANUFACTURING
12,590,000
KM TRAVELLED*
1,009
FLEET SIZE
72,545
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCES*
DELIVERED
154
EMPLOYEES
37,897,000
KM TRAVELLED*
1,207
FLEET SIZE
30,122
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCES*
DELIVERED
322
EMPLOYEES
40,423,000
KM TRAVELLED*
1,642
FLEET SIZE
66,409
CUSTOMER EXPERIENCES*
DELIVERED
* Approximate at time of going to print
Franchised operations in Japan
and Southern Africa
Auckland: Albany, Mangere, CBD, Takanini; Waitomo;
Hamilton; Christchurch; Queenstown
Aotearoa New Zealand
Australia
Adelaide, Alice Springs, Brisbane, Broome, Cairns,
Darwin, Hobart, Melbourne, Perth, Sydney
United States
Equity Investments
Los Angeles: LAX/Santa Fe Springs, San Bernadino, Newport Beach, Van Nuys, Agoura
Hills; San Francisco: Dublin, San Leandro; Orlando; Ferndale; Seattle; Las Vegas; Dallas;
NYC; Denver; South Amboy; Reno; Corona – Norco; Sacramento; San Diego; Santa Cruz;
Ventura / Oxnard; Victorville – Hesperia; Miami; Chicago; Salt Lake CityLondon, Edinburgh
Unforgettable Journeys
20
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
21
AT A GLANCE
Impact & Outcomes
How thl creates value:
our value model
Inputs
Future Inputs
Businesses create, preserve or erode
value for themselves and others. Our
Value Model summarises how thl creates
value for ourselves and the wider system
in which we operate.
We draw from inputs or 'stocks of value',
represented by the six capitals: natural,
manufactured, intellectual, human, social
and relationship, and financial. We then
seek to create value through our business
model, which delivers outcomes. At thl we
recognise we are part of wider systems,
and that all our value creation activities
have positive or negative impacts.
Traditionally, businesses were focussed on
financial capital and 'shareholder value'
but didn't account for externalities or their
impact on other stakeholders. More
recently, businesses have been exploring
'shared value', where negative impacts
may be reduced or offset by 'doing good'
elsewhere, but business as usual
continues. The Future-Fit Business
Benchmark we use at thl gives us a
framework to evolve to 'system value' in
which businesses contribute to a thriving
society and help to regenerate our
environment (doing 'more good').
Learn more about how we protect the
value we create in the Enterprise Risk
Management section in this report.
IMPACT & OUTCOMES INFORM CAPITAL INPUTS
O
u
r
O
p
e
r
a
t
i
n
g
M
o
d
e
l
+
t
h
e
v
a
l
u
e
w
e
a
d
d
Our purpose
Creating unforgettable
journeys
Our business
Vision
To sustainably connect
millions of people with
personalised local
experiences, leveraging our
expertise in RVs and
tourism globally.
Right path
We apply a thl future-fit
mindset and methodology to
guide our environmental,
social and economic direction.
Our way (thl values)
• Be the best
• Be curious
• Do the right thing
Build-Buy-Rent-Sell
RV model and
delivering tourism
experiences
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Protect and enhance ecosystem health, prevent harm and create positive
impacts. Addressing the climate change, environmental, natural resource and
destination impacts of our vehicles and products. Aiming to go beyond ‘sustainability’
to contribute to restoring and regenerating the natural environment and sensitive
ecosystems where we have an impact, such as Waitomo.
Innovation, expertise, improving our products, experiences and impacts. RV
design and delivery expertise; providing safe, comfortable, high quality vehicles.
Working to reduce GHG emissions and impacts of our vehicles and operations on
the environment. Technology and systems to improve operational efficiency, high
quality experiences and services for our customers and communities.
Innovation, resilience and excellence. High quality services and products that
exceed customer expectations. Reducing negative impacts including GHG
emissions, natural resource use and impacts on ecosystems. Enhancing customer
experiences and contributing positively to communities and destinations.
Leadership development and growth opportunities, building our cultural
capability. Diverse teams, engaged and committed crew; curiosity, creativity and
innovation from our teams. Leadership, development and growth opportunities.
Flexible working policies, fair employment terms, healthy and safe workplaces,
addressing crew concerns and supporting health and wellbeing.
Partnerships for positive impact for communities, stakeholders and destinations.
Addressing community concerns on negative impacts of freedom camping. Promote
responsible travel and opportunities to authentically connect with communities,
including First Nations Peoples, through Tiaki Promise in NZ, our Reconciliation Action
Plan in Australia, and Travel with Heart in the US. Supplier relationships, sustainable
procurement and having a positive impact across our value chains.
Creating value for our customers, crew and communities, shareholders and
stakeholders. Products and experiences we provide create positive economic
impacts for communities. Recognising and seeking to address community
concerns where negative impacts occur.
The natural resources, energy, fuels and water used in our
RV vehicles and operations.
The high quality environments, ecosystems and cultural
values that underpin the destinations our customers visit.
The RV fleet we build, rent and sell. Buildings and
infrastructure we lease and maintain for our operations.
The technology, process and systems to improve our
customer experiences and operational efficiency.
Expertise and innovation as the largest global RV rental
operator and in tourism operations, customer services and
creating compelling experiences.
Development of technology solutions, organisational
systems and services that support our crew and customers.
Our crew’s skills, talent, energy and engagement.
Leadership, strong values and direction of our future-fit
pathway. Governance and management systems for risk,
health, safety and wellbeing, and operational performance.
Active engagement with: industry partners, tourism, travel
and transport groups/forums and regional tourism groups
and operators.
Relationships with: community, iwi/indigenous groups,
Government agencies, and local partners where we are
based, and where our products impact.
Global network of suppliers.
The revenue and value we generate and access to funds
and investment in our products, experiences, people and
the places where we operate.
OUR VALUE MODEL
Unforgettable Journeys
22
Unforgettable Journeys
23
Our
Our thl culture, creativity
and resilience once again
has been a core strength in
a second challenging year
facing a loss-making situation
with continued closure of
international borders, impacts
of COVID-19 and major supply
chain disruption.
Our approach has been to ensure we leave no
stone unturned by undertaking monthly
reviews which, rather than looking back at
progress against prior years, look ahead as we
navigate complex and uncertain operating
environments. Always asking the question:
have we maximised every opportunity for
revenue, cost saving, future-fit progress and
moving the business forward?
As international travel restarts and we enter
the recovery, we believe we have a strong
foundation to create value for all our
stakeholders over the long term. This is
underpinned by our commitment to become
future-fit with an ultimate aim of our
operations, products and services being
environmentally restorative, socially just and
economically inclusive.
journey
SUSTAINABILITY GOALS
CAPITAL INPUTS TO CREATE VALUE
RENEWABLE ENERGY
WATER USE
OPERATIONAL EMISSIONS
OPERATIONAL GHGS
OPERATIONAL WASTE
OPERATIONAL ENCROACHMENT
COMMUNITY HEALTH
TCFD COMMENTARY:
Within the RV sales and rentals industry, thl has
a short to long-term opportunity for leadership
on climate response if we meet our science-
aligned carbon reduction targets and future-fit
sustainability goals. In addition, we face a
medium-term risk to regulatory and legal
compliance given the potential speed of policy
changes and the lack of available low-carbon
technologies. For more information on how
we’re responding to this opportunity and risk,
see the Climate & Carbon Strategy section in
this report.
NATURAL CAPITAL
SOCIAL & RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
HUMAN CAPITAL
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Unforgettable Journeys
24
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
25
OUR BUSINESS JOURNEY
The Australian business finished the year with a strong
rebound and pleasing result, despite the challenges in
the first five to six months of the year with disrupted
interstate travel. For the rentals business, it was a year of
largely domestic only travel with international guests
only starting to return in small numbers post the borders
opening in February. Net revenue for the rentals business
grew by 21% on the prior year and amounted to 60% of the
FY19 result, driven by ‘break-out’ yield growth with
effective collaborative marketing with State and Regional
tourism bodies.
Another core component of the result was our continued
non-tourism business growth, with bookings secured
through an effective sales and logistics team and great
customer service that subsequently secured additional
bookings from Government, film and
infrastructure sectors.
Demand from customers wanting to own their own
motorhome also continued strongly for a second year. We
maintained margins that were higher than prior years,
tripled sales of new retail RVs and opened our second
wholly owned dealership, RVSC Brisbane, leveraging the
new rental branch site near Brisbane Airport.
New Premises in Brisbane
In November, we opened our new Brisbane branch in the
airport suburb of Pinkenba. The site is 19% larger than our
former branch and has accommodated a second vehicle retail
sales outlet (RVSC Brisbane). The location is similar distance to
the airport as the previous site, avoiding negative impact on
customers, crew and suppliers. The new International Cruise
Ship Terminal is located five minutes away from the site and is
likely to attract tourism services in the future.
The site is light, spacious and a vastly improved working
environment for our crew. The new branch provided an
opportunity to assess our first property using our newly
developed future-fit branch location assessment framework,
understanding the external environment and our potential
impacts in the location, and reviewing facilities at the site for
the future-fit branch impacts relating to energy, water waste,
operational emissions and community contribution.
Australia business
performance rebounds
We tripled sales of new retail RVs and opened our
second wholly owned dealership, RVSC Brisbane,
leveraging the new rental branch site near
Brisbane Airport.
The US region started FY22 with an ‘asymmetric’ summer
season with the border closed for incoming international
tourists and US consumers able to enjoy overseas travel to
most parts of the world. FY22 finished with international
customers back in force and expectations that the
pandemic ‘boom’ of RV sales may start to slow down.
A key pillar in our successful navigation of the pandemic has
been the continued purchasing of new fleet, which has
allowed us to significantly refresh the fleet age and continue
to participate in the booming, pandemic demand for
RV sales.
The US business has a great strength in the diversity of our
operation, with established brands, products, locations,
distribution channels and reputation in the key regional
markets of the US and Europe. Our agility to switch focus at
pace to meet rapidly changing, and often localised
opportunities, lies at the core of our success in these
volatile times.
Agility key
to success in
the USA
Growing success of
RVSC retail in NZ
It has been another year of impressive growth and expansion
for our RVSC business. Following a strategic review, at the start
of FY22 we implemented a transformational business
development model for RVSC to enable significant growth.
This change is focused around connecting and engaging
customers over the full life cycle of RV ownership - from
vehicle purchase, to services, related products, parts and
accessories - to support our customers with easy and
enjoyable experiences as an RV owner.
RVSC retail performance was a standout over the year and
continued to go from strength to strength in FY22 – delivering
47% growth on the prior year. Our online retail range has
increased greatly and is now the number one retail channel for
RVSC, contributing more in revenue than any single physical
location. In the Christchurch store, retail was expanded to utilise
the rentals space no longer required.
RVSC vehicle sales became the core focus of the NZ business
during the pandemic. We needed to right size our fleet for a
domestic market by selling our rental fleet. RVSC has continued
to deliver in a buoyant sales market in FY22, with impressive
margin growth - 124% up compared to the prior year, driven by a
shortage of sales stock in the market. Supply chain challenges
and stock shortages are expected to continue into FY23,
however demand changes due to economic conditions may
alleviate these concerns earlier than previously anticipated.
The RVSC has become a successful business in its own right,
providing the full dealership model. We will continue to
improve, transform and grow our RVSC product and service
offerings in FY23 to ensure we are providing a one stop
destination for all customers.
From an operations perspective, strong cost control further
supported the result along with an adaptive, flexible team who
took on different roles and responsibilities to cover the peaks
and troughs of activity around the country. The health, safety
and wellbeing of our team was a top priority over the year. We
are proud to have a 92% crew retention rate and crew
engagement survey score of 81%.
We have become more connected as a team and worked
together between branches, businesses and countries to
progress projects to further advance the business including
future-fit priorities, the Total Rentals Experience programme
(TRX25), Telematics, COSMOS and alignment with triptech.
Unforgettable Journeys
26
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
27
OUR BUSINESS JOURNEY
The continued growth of non-tourism demand has been a
feature of this financial year. RVs are a compelling solution for
non-routine accommodation needs as they are fully self-
contained and can be rapidly deployed, at scale, to almost any
location. The mobility, interior living facilities, and flexible
storage also make them an enabler of mobile service delivery.
We are proud that thl has become a valued partner for
emergency organisations supporting disaster relief; film
productions, infrastructure builders, and events for remote
accommodation villages; and health care providers running
mobile vaccination clinics.
Non-tourism demand has many different characteristics to
tourism demand and tends to be less predictable. The average
booking is longer, requires multiple vehicles, and is requested
with short lead-times. As international tourism resumes and
fleet utilisation increases, finding available fleet at short notice
will become more challenging and we are developing strategies
for this as we continue to embed non-tourism as a permanent
part of our business model going forward.
It has been a year of change and refocus for thl digital, as we
reviewed, restructured and reassessed our plans and priorities,
including the sale of our peer-to-peer businesses and
acquisition of the remaining interest in triptech to make it
wholly-owned. In the year we have invested in data, security,
agile ways of working, and improving our product offering to
improve customer experience, performance and
service delivery.
We made significant improvements in our product offerings,
modernising our fleet management system, and creating
synergies between our US operations and fleet that will drive
greater value in fleet utilisation once launched across the US in
FY23. Our Telematics product was enhanced to enable greater
control over tracking devices on our fleet across Australia and
New Zealand, generating more data and insights, enhancing
efficiency and our customer experiences.
As cyber security threats become more sophisticated, the
business continues to focus on the importance of being
resilient, accelerating our threat and vulnerabilities protection,
leveraging best in class enterprise security and aligning with
trusted technology partners to monitor our end-point
protection. The work done in FY22 to realign and build our
technical foundation and digital capabilities has set us up to
deliver our global digital strategy and products to support thl
business success and growth in FY23.
Continued
growth in non-
tourism revenue
thl has become
a valued
partner for
emergency
organisations
The evolving role of digital technology within thl creates exciting
opportunities for thl digital to continue to grow as a key enabler
of our business strategy and success. Our work in FY22 has
enabled the team to become stronger and more resilient,
improving our internal capabilities and digital offerings. We look
forward to delivering increasing value to our customers and new
development opportunities for our crew in the year ahead.
JO HILSON – CHIEF TECHNOLOGY OFFICER
Refocus for
the future at
thl digital
Unforgettable Journeys
28
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
29
OUR BUSINESS JOURNEY
Our
The capability and
commitment of our crew is
the core of our business. Our
people make thl what it is,
and once again our crew have
shown exceptional resilience.
To support our crew in these uncertain and
challenging times we have significantly
strengthened our capability and activities
relating to health, safety and wellbeing in FY22
to continuously improve our processes
and approach.
In FY22 we continued to build our cultural
capability and are proud to have embarked on
our first Reconciliation Action Plan in Australia.
We were also delighted to restart our highly
impactful DriveSchool leadership development
programme with new modules and diversity
and inclusion work.
journey
SUSTAINABILITY GOALS
CAPITAL INPUTS TO CREATE VALUE
EMPLOYEE HEALTH
LIVING WAGE
FAIR EMPLOYMENT TERMS
EMPLOYEE DISCRIMINATION
BUSINESS ETHICS
OPERATIONAL ENCROACHMENT
COMMUNITY HEALTH
TCFD COMMENTARY:
A key focus for FY23 will be to engage our crew,
suppliers and industry partners in our Carbon
Challenge. We will kick off carbon sprints with
our crew to set decarbonisation pathways and
help us gain momentum towards our science-
aligned carbon reduction target. For more
information see the Climate & Carbon Strategy
section in this report.
NATURAL CAPITAL
SOCIAL & RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
HUMAN CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
Unforgettable Journeys
30
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
31
OUR PEOPLE JOURNEY
The health, safety and wellbeing (HSW) of our crew and
customers is paramount. In FY22 a comprehensive review of
our HSW culture and capability was undertaken. Using a
systems-thinking approach, six focus areas were reviewed:
technical expertise; resourcing; operational settings; training;
process and planning; and reporting.
We continued to focus on our HSW capability in FY22, including
employing a new Global HSW lead based in Australia who also is
the Australia country lead, and external support as our Acting NZ
HSW country lead. Training and capability building for key
internal HSW stakeholders including our Health, Safety &
Sustainability Coordinator; and organising enhanced third-party
support from our vendor in the USA.
We are also implementing initiatives to improve our HSW
systems, processes and culture; empowering our crew to make
decisions, speak up and continuously improve in health, safety
and wellbeing. We are developing robust systems, focusing on
the people doing the work and the risks they face, to create a
global health and safety system that will be accredited to ISO
45001:2018.
At thl, health, safety and wellbeing includes mental health.
A number of crew wellbeing programmes are underway,
with a strong focus on mental health, to enable our crew to
thrive. In New Zealand, training was initially focused on frontline
leadership roles and their direct reports. In Australia
a Living Well training programme commenced in FY22 to
continue to build mental health awareness and resilience
for crew. This programme will continue into FY23.
Our crew engagement survey highlighted areas for ongoing
focus, including monitoring of workloads and resourcing;
PPE and protection; wellbeing mechanisms for crew under
pressure; crew recognition, remuneration and benefits;
communication; and workplace flexibility. Though COVID-19
still presents challenges, we are confident that we are
appropriately managing the risk across all our jurisdictions
for the safety and wellbeing of our crew and customers.
Looking ahead to FY23, we will focus on our critical risk
framework; aligning our Health and Safety Management
System with ISO 45001; improving our reporting to include
leading indicators; improving our incident processes; delivering
holistic wellbeing campaigns; and providing our crew with the
right support and tools to do their jobs safely.
Health, Safety and
Wellbeing – significant
capability development
in FY22
thl is fortunate to have an
incredibly passionate and agile
workforce from all walks of life -
I am really excited by the
opportunities to further build our
health and safety systems to
continually improve how we
protect our crew and customers.
With a geographically dispersed
business such as ours, there are
always challenges, but I have
been humbled by the enthusiastic
attitude toward safety and
wellbeing and I am highly
optimistic about the HSW team’s
ability to embrace best practice.
CAMERON ALLCOCK – NEW HEAD OF HEALTH,
SAFETY AND WELLBEING (HSW)
Diversity and
Inclusion developments
Female %C-Suite Positions
Senior
Management
Positions
Middle Manager
and Supervisory
PositionsNon-Managers
Overall Combined
Female
Representation
across all categories
NZ –37.5%43.2%38.4%38.9%
AU –40%48.6%31.5%37.1%
US –26.7%35.4%41.3%39.7%
Combined
representation
30%35.1%42.2%38.6%38.9%
FEMALE WORKFORCE PARTICIPATION SUMMARY BY REGION
1
In late 2021, thl re-commenced a programme of work around
diversity and inclusion. The initial focus has been on collating
data regarding the gender representation within main role
categories across New Zealand, Australia and the USA.
Diversity and Inclusion Reporting Data and analysis is outlined
below. At this stage, while gender identification in relation to
roles has focused on male and female, a more in depth and
diverse analysis will be undertaken in FY23.
This will be part of a programme of work including a global
diversity and inclusion survey, accompanying data collection
covering gender and ethnicity, a pilot benchmark analysis of
pay across and within roles. There will also be a focus on
education and training around diversity and inclusion for
leadership groups as part of the DriveSchool programme, and
the ongoing work being undertaken as part of cultural
capability programmes as outlined in the following section.
Diversity and Inclusion Reporting Data
The main focus for FY22 diversity and inclusion reporting has
been on female representation across the business in terms of
four main categories: Key Management People (KMP)
representing C-Suite Executives, senior management, middle
and supervisory level management, and non-management
roles. The table reflects the outcome of the analysis undertaken
to date.
1
The published C-Suite percentage has been combined for all regions to address
privacy and disclosure concerns for individuals who may be the sole
representative in that region.
The analysis used in the table above has used a 40:40:20
categorisation (40% men, 40% women and 20% open) as an
interim review method, which has been adopted by a number
of organisations to identify balances and possible imbalances
in terms of the participation of women with the organisation.
The analysis covers all employees within thl regions, including
permanent/continuous, fixed term, seasonal and casual roles.
The above information excludes female representation on the
thl Board which currently is at 60%.
Based on the above analysis, we are setting a target of
40:40:20 gender representation at all roles and levels in the
four categories i.e. 40% of both women and men, with the
remaining 20% being of any gender.
Out of Balance (male dominant)
(if < 40%)
Balance Achieved (40-60%)
(i.e. female representation is achieved)
Brief analysis and next steps:
The initial information contained in the table reflects an
overall participation rate of women within the thl workforce
of 38.9%. There are some key areas within thl, such as
representation at C-Suite (30%) and senior management
level positions (35%) which have a deeper context that needs
to be considered when setting measurable objectives or
targets e.g. absolute numbers of people in that role. An
analytical survey is planned in FY23 to gain deeper insights
on broader gender and ethnic related information in the
regions for consideration in the setting of any additional
objectives, and linkages to areas of work such as the thl
Building Cultural Capability initiatives.
Unforgettable Journeys
32
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
33
OUR PEOPLE JOURNEY
As a responsible travel and tourism company, creating
unforgettable journeys is our purpose and we aim to enable
and connect our customers with tourism experiences that are
restorative and regenerative for the destinations where they
travel and the communities with whom they interact.
Australia
Inaugural
Reconciliation
Action Plan
We are excited to work with our
current and new partners to
improve our cultural awareness
and understanding, and to
create opportunities for our crew
and customers to meaningfully
engage in the reconciliation
journey, as part of our future-fit
pathway. Over the next 12
months we will be implementing
our RAP actions and will share
our progress in our next report.
KATE MELDRUM – COO AUSTRALIA
Reconciliation Action Plans led by Reconciliation Australia
provide a clear framework, focused on accountability, actions,
impact and outcomes for reconciliation, with specific actions
and deliverables to progress the relationships, respect,
opportunities and governance pillars.
The thl Australia team is highly motivated and inspired to
explore our scope and vision for reconciliation and take action
to recognise, respect and value the rich, diverse cultures,
knowledge, contribution and connection to the country of
Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples.
Reflecting our value to be curious, our teams took part
in learning activities and events during National Reconciliation
Week and NAIDOC Week for the first time in FY22. We will
continue to build our knowledge and understanding as we
embark on our inaugural RAP.
We have developed our online content to showcase Discover
Aboriginal Experiences to our customers and rolled out a local
cultural tour experience initiative for our crew to build
knowledge and confidently share information with
our customers.
At a global level, thl is on a journey to build our cultural
capabilities, specifically: the skills, knowledge, behaviours and
protocols required to plan, support, improve and deliver
products and services in a culturally respectful, genuine and
appropriate manner.
As a global citizen based in Aotearoa New Zealand, we act in a
manner reflecting our ‘Kiwi’ heritage. We also operate in
Australia and the US, with a joint venture in the UK. We
acknowledge there are many different cultures and approaches
in each country. We are therefore taking a place-based
approach to building our cultural capability, actively recognising
and respecting Māori, Aboriginal, Torres Strait Islander and First
Nations Peoples, and their continuing connection to their land,
waters and communities.
This means that while we are committed to a set of global
guiding principles, we will have a distinct focus in each separate
jurisdiction acknowledging our local responsibilities,
undertaking cultural protocols appropriate to each location. The
global elements of thl will need to find an appropriate voice and
set of artifacts that resonate with the place-based approach
within each region.
We will focus on jurisdictions where we have the greatest
opportunity for positive impact, initially Aotearoa New Zealand
and Australia. At a group level, our leadership team will provide
clear accountability, governance and resourcing. We will
undertake training so that our policies, procedures and
processes are aligned with this ongoing journey.
Building Cultural Capability:
Our Global Commitment
In Australia, we are proud
to have developed our first
Reflect Reconciliation Action
Plan (RAP), in partnership
with Reconciliation Australia.
In Aotearoa New Zealand, we
are privileged to work in close
partnership with the
Waitomo local hapū. Our
relationships, learning and
cultural activities will guide
development of a cultural
capability plan for our
operations across Aotearoa
New Zealand.
See following page
Taking a
place-based
approach
Aligning with
thl values and
the future-fit
mindset
Listening and
learning with
humility: we know
we may make
mistakes
Co-designing
our plans with
indigenous
partners
Facilitating
practical action
and taking
an iterative
approach
Embracing
local values and
protocols as
appropriate
Providing clear
and consistent
communication
Better
understanding
the value we can
bring to the places
and communities
in which we
operate
thl’S 8 GUIDING
PRINCIPLES
ON CULTURAL
CAPABILITY
In committing to our first
Reflect Reconciliation Action
Plan (RAP) we are embarking
on a journey to increase our
cultural understanding, build
long-term, respectful
relationships with Aboriginal
and Torres Strait Islander
peoples, and develop
initiatives that support
reconciliation.
Unforgettable Journeys
34
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
35
OUR PEOPLE JOURNEY
As part of crew engagement, a global pulse survey was
carried out in March 2022 with a focus on wellbeing and
safety. Responses primarily from permanent and fixed-term
crews achieved an 80% response rate. This was a significant
improvement on the response rate of 67% for the
March 2021 survey.
Engagement levels remained high with an 82% favourable
response rate as to employees recommending thl as a place
to work, and 88% generally feeling positive towards work at
the company. The survey also had a favourable response rate
of 91% for crew believing the company had made effective
decisions to keep people safe at work in their roles.
Crew engagement
increases in a
challenging year
Focus on
leadership
In the USA we took another significant step towards
supporting every member of our crew to enjoy a decent
standard of living with the second annual Future-Fit Wage
review. While the US has a very diverse range of ‘minimum
wage’ levels set by Federal, State and City Governments,
we have significantly outpaced the increases in all of them
through our ‘Future-Fit Wage’ reviews.
This initiative is not only helping with crew engagement and
retention, but also puts us in a good position for recruitment
through a volatile period with some of the lowest
unemployment rates of all time in the US. We will continue to
review our pay structure against quality of life, cost of living
and minimum wage metrics so that we continue to make
progress on our Future-Fit Wage journey for all our crew.
thl Future-Fit
Wage takes
another step
forward in the USA
A new question was also
added for the March survey
which was designed to check
on overall crew engagement.
This resulted in an 82%
favourable response rate.
Given the environment in
which the company and crew
have been operating in, this is
a very positive result for the
business. Survey results were
released in April 2022 to
managers throughout the
business for review and
discussion with crew, and
further analysis on key trends
is also underway. New
initiatives for a global
wellbeing approach are under
development for FY23.
Discover Waitomo was able to save ~30 jobs, whilst giving the
crew a chance to gain new conservation skills and knowledge,
after receiving two rounds of funding from the Department of
Conservation for the Kaimahi for Nature programme –
$500,000 in 2021 and $650,000 in 2022. This has allowed the
crew to stay local within their community and with their hapū.
The Kaimahi crew completed ~27,000 hours of conservation
work to date throughout FY22, maintaining ~18km of tracks and
reserves within the Maniapoto region and undertaking weed
management, predator control, and riparian native tree
planting. The team planted ~7,500 native trees in 2021 and have
planned to plant ~12,000 native trees in the 2022 tree planting
season. They have made a solid start with 9,000 trees in the
ground in June 2022.
The crew have connected with community groups, supported
local Marae by keeping the grounds maintained and partnered
with the Waikato Regional Council, Waipa Renenoa Trust, and
Waitomo Catchment Board to assist with tree planting, tree
releasing, pest plant, and pest animal control.
This award was such a brilliant way to close out
an eventful few years. A source of pride for
myself and my family, but more than anything a
testament to the spirit of resilience and
innovation at thl. I am very lucky to work with
such a great group of people and am excited
about what we can achieve next.
OLLIE FARNSWORTH – DELOITTE YOUNG EXECUTIVE OF THE YEAR AWARD
We are fortunate to have a mix of leaders within the Executive
with different backgrounds and approaches. This year Ollie
Farnsworth was recognised for his capabilities externally.
Ollie has been an inspiration to many in the organisation,
demonstrating a range of skills to assist in driving positive
outcomes in the most challenging tourism period. We are
incredibly proud of Ollie winning the Deloitte Young Executive
of the Year award.
After a hiatus of two years due to COVID-19, the DriveSchool
Leadership and Development programme was restarted in
June 2022. A series of online webinar courses are being trialled
for the first time across Australasia alongside a shorter
New Zealand based programme comprising a hybrid
combination of four days of in-person sessions, combined
with two online future-fit webinar sessions. A total of just over
40 employees have been actively learning and participating
with their colleagues.
Kaimahi
for Nature
work continues
Unforgettable Journeys
36
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
37
OUR PEOPLE JOURNEY
Our
At thl, our business is
based on a build-buy-rent-
sell model for recreational
vehicles. In FY22 major supply
chain challenges, ongoing
disruption, vehicle supply
issues, uncertainty and
increasing costs made for a
difficult year.
We are incredibly proud of the commitment
and resilience of our team in FY22 to address
the many challenges to continue to provide
great products and services to our customers in
a very difficult operating environment. This
included introducing new fleet models and
designs in each country, and further expanding
and enhancing our product offering.
We are committed to reducing our emissions in
alignment with science (page 75) and are aware
that fleet decisions we make today lock in
carbon emissions over the 10-to-30-year life of a
vehicle. Through our Future Fleet programme
we are focused on finding solutions through
R&D, scanning for low emission vehicle
transition tipping points, and seeking partners
and innovation in our vehicle design, build,
and manufacturing.
journey
SUSTAINABILITY GOALS
CAPITAL INPUTS TO CREATE VALUE
PROCUREMENT
WATER USE
PRODUCT HARM
PRODUCT GHGS
PRODUCTS REPURPOSED
TCFD COMMENTARY:
A priority climate-related risk to thl likely to
impact in the medium-term is the lack of
cost-effective, long-range RV product options
to decarbonise thl’s fleet. For more information
on how we’re responding to this risk, see the
Future Fleet and the Climate & Carbon Strategy
sections in this report.
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Unforgettable Journeys
38
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
39
OUR FLEET JOURNEY
It has been a challenging year for our fleet supply, production
and manufacturing as we faced significant supply chain
challenges, disruption and uncertainty globally. This has
impacted all parts of our supply chain, from vehicles and
chassis supply to parts, materials and equipment. Our teams
in each country have responded with agility, creativity and
persistence to ensure we have the fleet we need, where and
when we need it, and to continue to provide great service and
products to our customers.
At Action Manufacturing, remaining agile in a complex and
rapidly changing environment has been key to our success.
Facing ongoing supply chain challenges and disruptions has
meant adapting quickly to find solutions from new suppliers to
new parts and processes to keep delivering quality, innovative
products to our customers. Creativity, communication, and
quick decision-making has been critical to respond to fast-
changing situations, moving our people and products to meet
demand, and proactively managing potential impacts for
customers. Giving our team the confidence and capability to
manage change, problem solve and make decisions quickly
underpinned this agility.
Succeeding in a
challenging environment
As part of our journey to align our emissions with a 1.5c
pathway, we need to significantly reduce and eventually
eliminate carbon emissions from our fleet. We recognise this
is a significant challenge for our business, the auto industry
and society. We are very clear and transparent about how much
work it will take to address our climate and carbon risks, and we
are also well aware that we are reliant on the invention and
commercial replication of new technologies by others,
to enable us to achieve our carbon reduction targets.
Our core business is based on ICE vehicles that generate
greenhouse gases through use of fossil fuels. Addressing
the emissions from our RVs is a major challenge, but also
an opportunity. thl has invested in a programme we call
‘Future Fleet’ which we update on here.
Our teams in each
country have responded
with agility, creativity
and persistence to see
that we have the fleet
we need, where and
when we need it.
Unforgettable Journeys
40
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
41
OUR FLEET JOURNEY
It was an action-packed year for the Action team, meeting
supply chain challenges head on while managing the
pipeline for future growth, developing new customer
bases, new equipment and machinery, new designs,
new contracts and tenders, and work on a new factory.
A significant year of change and growth, we are proud
of what the teams have achieved, and how we worked
together, supported each other and adapted to all
the challenges.
The selection of new premises for the factory was a major
milestone in FY22, with the agreement to lease signed, and
building modification underway for the new factory with a
planned move in October 2022. This will bring all production
together into one location, in a specialised facility on a
significantly larger site (5,000m2). This sets the business up
with the space, capacity, facilities and equipment needed to
support expansion and growth.
The acquisition of MaxiTRANS has been a huge focus for the
team. This will be an exciting expansion, extending our
product range and offering beyond refrigeration into
general transport, while creating efficiencies and utilising
our existing skill sets, design thinking and resources.
We have completed a wide range of specialist builds for
uses including dental, mammography and optometry
I have been really inspired by the way people have pulled together
over this challenging period. We have stuck together as a team,
brought in new people and continued to grow. Staying agile,
investing in our people and having really well-defined plans that
can evolve quickly, all while keeping one eye on the future and
building a strong pipeline for our people, customers and products.
We have built great momentum and are well set up to move
forward with speed in the year ahead.
CHRIS DEVOY – CEO ACTION MANUFACTURING
Action Manufacturing
continued growth,
gaining speed
clinics, as well as an upcoming women’s health unit. It means a
lot to the team that these units are helping improve or maintain
the health and wellbeing of our community. The mammography
build, manufactured in a very short timeframe thanks to a
dedicated team, has been put straight to work with over 200
screenings per week.
The Fairfax team had a hugely successful 12 months bringing on
new customers like Big Chill and getting the orders out on time
and to specification, despite all the challenges. We are proud
this is reflected in the repeat orders coming through from our
loyal customers.
Our team has grown rapidly with 100 new people joining the
business in FY22 in a wide range of roles from product
designers and engineers to production apprentices. We are
particularly proud of our well-established apprenticeship and
development programmes, to build our workforce for
tomorrow. Career progression opportunities enable team
members to grow from apprentice to trades and project
manager roles.
Purchasing and logistics has never been more challenging and
continues to be so with shipping delays and shortages. The
purchasing team has grown and developed to meet these
challenges, creating opportunities for people within the
business to grow at Action, bringing through significant
product, process and system knowledge.
Our continuous improvement approach and design expertise
is a major differential in the market. It helps our products to
meet customer needs over the whole life of the product.
This is important to our customers and increasingly for finding
sustainable, circular design solutions, we will further develop
this capability with a new sustainability lead joining the design
team in early FY23.
CHRIS DEVOY
Future Fleet
programme
progress
Our commitment to becoming a future-fit business means
reducing our carbon emissions. We know that significant
progress on our sustainability journey starts in manufacturing
and production, particularly to transition away from ICE
vehicles in our motorhome fleet. It will require working
collaboratively with current and new partners to address the
major risks and challenges we face, the lack of cost-effective,
long-range product options such as electric RVs (eRVs) that
can materially reduce greenhouse gases.
Decarbonising our RV fleet is reliant on technology and
infrastructure that is not yet readily available. While we are
seeing shifts in OEMs, the auto industry, Governments, society
and infrastructure providers particularly in Europe and the USA,
challenges accessing low emissions vehicle technology remain.
We continue to actively scan for transition tipping points in
each region.
We also continue to investigate different technologies in the
transition to a low-carbon world such as hydrogen and biofuel.
THE MOTORHOME OF THE FUTURE
3 – TECHNOLOGY
7 – SERVICEABILITY
4 – INFRASTRUCTURE
8 – THE CIRCULAR ECONOMY
2 – FEASIBILITY
5 – COLLABORATION
1 – DEVELOPMENT TIME
6 – CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE
These technologies have challenges, including lack of
infrastructure, consistent supply and potential impacts.
However, we acknowledge that in order to reduce our Scope 1, 2
& 31 emissions impact, then we will need a variety of solutions.
An exciting new Future Fleet development in FY23 will be
Action’s work on the design and development of a new eRV
fleet, building on learning from our previous eRV pilot. We have
reinstated funding for an investment into a small number of
new electric RVs for the fleet in New Zealand and look forward
to sharing our progress on this critical journey to reduce carbon
emissions from our fleet.
1
Scope 1 – Direct GHG Emissions: GHG emissions from sources that are owned
by the company
Scope 2 – Indirect GHG emissions from energy: GHG emissions from the generation
of purchased energy
Scope 3 – Other indirect GHG emissions: All upstream and downstream indirect
emissions not included in Scope 2 that occur in the value chain.
Unforgettable Journeys
42
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
43
OUR FLEET JOURNEY
FY22 saw a continuation of the prior year trend, with strong
demand for vehicle sales across New Zealand, Australia and
the United States. The high demand, combined with
constrained supply due to the impacts of COVID-19, created
the conditions for thl to deliver record vehicle sales margins in
all three countries, well above historical norms. There are
continuing industry-wide supply chain challenges, creating
vehicle delivery delays and inflation in the cost of materials.
The New Zealand business continued to sell down fleet but at
lower volumes than the prior corresponding period, which had
the Great New Zealand Motorhome Sale that saw thl partner
with a number of dealerships nationwide to deliver record sales
volumes. The strong average sales margin growth in New
Zealand reflects higher retail pricing as well as a greater
proportion of new vehicle sales.
In Australia, demand for vehicle sales also continues to be
strong. The growth in average margins achieved by the
business has been a result of the current market environment, a
greater volume sold through the direct channel of the RV Sales
Centre and the mix of vehicles sold. As seen in other countries,
vehicle sales volumes were managed in order to maintain the
fleet size required to service the returning international
rental market.
In the United States, the delivery of 200 vehicles originally
scheduled to go on the fleet Q4 FY22 was delayed into Q1 FY23,
reducing the peak fleet size in that country over the key
NEW CLASS BS ON FLEET USA
FY22
vehicle sales
Number of
vehicles sold
1
Decrease from
previous FY
New Zealand
Rentals
739-41%
Australia
Rentals
442-12%
United States
Rentals
885-25%
Vehicle sales demand
and margins remain strong
summer period. To maintain appropriate rental fleet sizes,
vehicle sales volumes were reduced on earlier expectations,
enabling the business to also hold strong sales margins. Fleet
management through the mix of vehicles sold has resulted in
the youngest rental fleet in the history of Road Bear and El
Monte RV. This sets the business up for strong average yield in
the coming years due to a greater mix of newer vehicles.
New Voyager model on Mercedes Benz complete, new 4WD Isuzu in Australia and new Cascade and Platinum development.
NEW FLEET DESIGN NZ/AU
For the first time Class B (campervan conversion) units enter the Road Bear fleet, thl USA enters the rapidly growing Class B category for the first time.
We encourage shareholders to refer to the Investor Presentation
Pack for a more detailed analysis of vehicle sales movements.
1
Includes fleet and non-fleet sales
Unforgettable Journeys
44
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
45
OUR FLEET JOURNEY
Our
We continued to review,
refresh and refine all aspects
of our customer experience
delivery over the year. This
included work on new
products and experiences
and improving our services,
processes and activities,
always with our customers
at the centre of everything
we do.
We launched a new programme to transform
our customer rental experience, rolled out crew
training and development, and focused on new
domestic markets. As borders have reopened,
we are focused on preparing to welcome back
international visitors, including work to refresh
and refocus our responsible travel messages
with a focus on encouraging responsible and
regenerative travel.
journey
SUSTAINABILITY GOALS
CAPITAL INPUTS TO CREATE VALUE
NATURAL RESOURCES
OPERATIONAL ENCROACHMENT
COMMUNITY HEALTH
PRODUCT COMMUNICATIONS
PRODUCT CONCERNS
PRODUCT HARM
PRODUCTS REPURPOSED
TCFD COMMENTARY:
A priority climate-related risk to thl over the
medium to long-term is the risk of change in
customer demand and experience due to
increased frequency and severity of acute and
chronic weather events. Our customers will also
play a key role in addressing our shared Carbon
Challenge. For more information on how we’re
responding to this risk, see the Climate & Carbon
Strategy section in this report.
NATURAL CAPITAL
SOCIAL & RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
HUMAN CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Unforgettable Journeys
46
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
47
OUR CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE JOURNEY
The closure of international borders provided an opportunity
to step back and review our customer experience delivery
across New Zealand and Australia. This included the front-of-
house elements that the customer directly experiences, and
the back-of-house activity that allows customers to receive
a clean and well-maintained vehicle and feel supported on
their travels.
As a result, a new programme - TRX25 (Total Rental Experience
2025) - was launched and its success will mean happier
customers, more job ease for our crew, better productivity,
and ultimately more sustainable revenue delivery.
The programme has gained even more importance given the
labour challenges currently impacting the travel industry
worldwide. To be the best for our customers, it is essential to
enable and empower the crew. Early results are positive.
Customer feedback has lifted across all branches and the team
is highly engaged.
The inaugural event, TRX 1.0, was held in November 2021 and
TRX 2.0 took place in May 2022. Over 100 crew attended the
virtual sessions. Initial focus has been on lifting the regional
standard across Australia and New Zealand, launching new
capabilities to resolve critical service delivery bottlenecks,
and to prepare the crew for the return of international tourism.
TRX highlights in FY22 include:
• Faster pick-up process, enabled by the thl Roadtrip App
• New product standards, detailing standards, and customer
service standards
• Investment in standardised tools for maintenance and
detailing crews
• Refreshed labour models to better handle
unplanned absence
• Consistent embedding of operational rhythms and
crew training
• Training deep dives in product, customer service, and
cultural sensitivity
• Monthly front-of-house and back-of-house champion awards
• The first steps in a journey to become a digital
(paperless) operation
• Enhanced focus on crew wellbeing.
We’re only taking the first steps in TRX25 but
walking into a thl branch you can already feel
the difference. Our crew are connected to our
purpose of Creating Unforgettable Journeys
and feel confident in what they need to do to
make it happen.
JAMIE POW – NEW ZEALAND NATIONAL OPERATIONS MANAGER
TRX25 has helped our crew become more
connected than ever. Within branches,
between branches, and with colleagues across
the Tasman. The collaboration and knowledge
sharing between crew is creating a pipeline
of ideas that benefit everyone.
RYAN ROETS – AUSTRALIA NATIONAL OPERATIONS MANAGER
Transforming our customer
rental experience (TRX25)
TOTAL
means everything that
delivers our experience
Back of House and
Front of House
enabled by our
product, property,
people and technology
RENTAL
means our Rental
businesses globally
NZ, AU, USA, UK,
beyond
mixing a global thl
spirit with local flavour
EXPERIENCE
means committing
to our purpose –
to create unforgettable
journeys
living our values
to “Be the Best”,
“Do the Right Thing”
and “Be Curious”
2025
means this is a journey
releasing new
capabilities and
training programmes
to our TRX every
six months
Unforgettable Journeys
48
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
49
OUR CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE JOURNEY
Google Reviews are a powerful tool for measuring the quality
of our customer experience delivery. We see it as a live
conversation between a past customer and a potential future
customer. Our crew take pride in giving reasons for that
conversation to be a positive one or acknowledging and
addressing the issues where it is not.
The US border was closed to incoming tourists in the first half
of FY22 and we focused our branch experience and
promotions firmly on the domestic market. Offering fast and
efficient pick-ups and drop-offs to experienced RVers, we also
tailored our processes to help to take the time to orient the
many first-timers among our customers. We were particularly
pleased to see many returning customers take the opportunity
to get out into nature more than once during the summer and
fall seasons.
In late November with the US border reopening, we took the
time to refresh our branch experience with the ‘Welcome Back’
project, to ensure we were fully ready for a busy season with
international as well as domestic customers. We will continue to
retain our laser focus on COVID-19 safety for our crew and
customers throughout their journeys with us.
Google reviews -
voice of our customers
Returning
customers in
the USA
We encourage every customer, whether they had a positive
experience or not, to leave a review as part of their drop-off
experience. Our operational leaders across Australia, New
Zealand, and the USA receive a daily report, split by branch,
detailing all the reviews left the previous day. Individual
responses are made to customers, challenges are addressed,
and themes are discussed in weekly branch huddles for
continuous improvement.
On the back of TRX25, both the volume of reviews received, and
the average star rating of those reviews is increasing, illustrating
both a higher quality of service delivery in the end-to-end
experience and greater engagement from our crew with the
customer at drop-off.
Unforgettable Journeys
50
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
51
OUR CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE JOURNEY
In Discover Waitomo we have made exciting progress
developing enriching cultural experiences and immersive
education programmes, including the new bilingual and full
immersion Te Reo Māori tours, first developed and delivered
for Māori language week.
VIEW
EXPERIENCE
VIDEO
The Discover Waitomo environmental team has been
working with partners on a regenerative project to restore
the area opposite the main visitor’s centre car park at the
Glowworm Cave known as ‘Million Dollar Corner’. The
team has worked alongside tangata whenua, the
Department of Conservation and community members to
draw up a two-year restoration agreement with the
Waikato Regional Council. The vision is to restore the
mauri (life force) of the area by creating a healthy,
regenerating, self-sustaining forest where native species
thrive, a space for nature and people.
The project commenced in April 2022, and we are already
seeing a lot of positive change in the area. The majority of
pest plants have been removed, the stream bed has been
enhanced with the addition of three rock gradient control
structures and one rock revetment structure, and a fence
has been installed along the river edge for safety reasons.
Next steps include further weed control and native tree
riparian planting, with the Kaimahi for Nature crew and local
community invited to get involved.
Enriching cultural
experiences in Waitomo
Waitomo
Regenerative
Project gets
underway
Matariki
Waitomo
celebrations
The Te Reo Māori Full Immersion Glowworm Cave tour, is the
glowworm cave experience entirely spoken in Te Reo Māori, led
by members of the local hapū (tribe) direct descendants of the
cave’s original explorers. The Bilingual Glowworm Cave tour is
perfect for those starting out on their Te Reo Māori journey. The
guided walk through the caves with key elements of the tour
delivered in Te Reo Māori and English is a great learning
opportunity.
We have continued to develop our innovative education and
community events programmes, with strong growth in interest
and demand. Highlights include 60 students and teachers from
Kawhia School hosted with a Te Reo Māori Full Immersion tour
in April and the inspiring programme of activities celebrating
Matariki. The Discover Waitomo crew continue to embrace their
mātauranga Māori journey to facilitate learning, understanding
and use of tikanga practices in our mahi (work) and through our
core values of Kaitiakitanga (guardianship, stewardship),
Manaakitanga (hospitality, generosity, respect) and
Whanaugatanga (connection, kinship).
Manuhiri (visitors) had the opportunity to explore the
Matariki story and enrich their knowledge with a week of
Matariki celebrations, focusing on the theme of rebirth.
The opening evening celebrations included a twilight cave
tour, traditional pōwhiri on arrival followed by kawakawa
tea and a treat, before embarking on a one-of-a-kind tour
through the glowworm caves at night. From kai (food),
kōrero (talks), music performances, stories of the stars
to special events like the rongoā (traditional medicine)
education series, there was something for everyone.
Unforgettable Journeys
52
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
53
OUR CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE JOURNEY
We continue to actively promote responsible travel to our
customers in each country where we operate, through Tiaki
Promise in New Zealand, Travel with Heart in the USA and our
Reconciliation Action Plan, Ecotourism certification and Leave
no Trace programme in Australia. As international visitors
return, we will continue to embed responsible travel actions
and ideas throughout the customer journey and connect our
customers with authentic and regenerative travel experiences.
Our Travel with Heart programme in the USA is focused on
providing tips and ideas to help customers, including water
conservation on the road, at home and everywhere, and
reducing fuel use with one-tank trips, encouraging customers
to drive less and spend more time enjoying their destination.
Travel with Heart information in branch and online highlights 10
responsible RV travel tips and five future-fit actions our crew
can take to make a difference every day, as part of our Future-
Fit Branch Action Plans.
In New Zealand we are an active partner in the Tiaki Promise,
the travel industry programme encouraging visitors to care for
New Zealand. As we prepare for international visitors’ return, we
are refreshing how we connect our customers with the Tiaki
Promise throughout their journey. In FY23 we will be rolling out
materials and information on future-fit actions our crew can
take that support Tiaki – to care for New Zealand.
Responsible Travel
programmes ref reshed
Winner of NZ Marketing Awards
“Get Moving to Get New Zealand Moving” campaign.
thl won the 2021 Travel and Leisure sector award at the TVNZ
New Zealand Marketing Awards and was also a finalist in the
Marketing Communications Strategy and Supreme Award. The
award recognised thl’s success in stimulating the domestic
travel market with the “Get Moving to Get New Zealand Moving”
campaign, following national lockdowns in 2020.
In New Zealand we are an
active partner in the Tiaki
Promise, the travel
industry programme
encouraging visitors to
care for New Zealand.
I PROMISE THAT ONE DAY
I’LL HELP YOUR KIDS
EXPLORE OUR OUTDOORS.
TO FIND OUT MORE VISIT TIAKINEWZEALAND.COM OR AN i-SITE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRE
PLEASE PROMISE TO CARE FOR YOUR
FUTURE TOO, BY BEING RESPONSIBLE
FOR YOUR OWN SAFETY.
NEW ZEALAND’S WEATHER CAN BE HIGHLY UNPREDICTABLE AND
CHANGEABLE. BE PREPARED BY RESEARCHING BEFORE YOU GO, CHECKING
THE WEATHER, WEARING THE RIGHT CLOTHING AND TAKING THE RIGHT
EQUIPMENT. PLEASE FOLLOW THE TIAKI PROMISE.
I PROMISE THAT ONE DAY
I’LL TAKE YOUR KIDS
ON AN ADVENTURE.
PLEASE PROMISE TO CARE FOR OUR
FUTURE TOO, BY TAKING YOUR TIME
ON OUR ROADS.
NEW ZEALAND’S ROADS ARE DIFFERENT. STAY SAFE BY PLANNING
YOUR JOURNEY, KEEPING TO THE LEFT AND NEVER DRIVING TIRED.
PLEASE FOLLOW THE TIAKI PROMISE.
TO FIND OUT MORE VISIT TIAKINEWZEALAND.COM OR AN i-SITE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRE
I PROMISE THAT ONE DAY
I’LL SHOW YOUR KIDS
SOMEWHERE SPECIAL.
PLEASE PROMISE TO CARE FOR OUR
FUTURE TOO, BY LEAVING NO RUBBISH.
WHILE TRAVELLING AROUND NEW ZEALAND, PLEASE CARE FOR OUR
LAND, SEA AND NATURE, TREADING LIGHTLY AND LEAVING NO TRACE.
PLEASE FOLLOW THE TIAKI PROMISE.
TO FIND OUT MORE VISIT TIAKINEWZEALAND.COM OR AN i-SITE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRE
I PROMISE THAT ONE DAY
I’LL INTRODUCE YOUR KIDS
TO OUR AMAZING WILDLIFE.
PLEASE PROMISE TO CARE FOR OUR
FUTURE TOO, BY KEEPING A 20 METRE
DISTANCE FROM WILDLIFE.
HELP PROTECT OUR NATURAL BEAUTY FOR FUTURE GENERATIONS
WHILE TRAVELLING AROUND NEW ZEALAND. PLEASE FOLLOW THE
TIAKI PROMISE.
TO FIND OUT MORE VISIT TIAKINEWZEALAND.COM OR AN i-SITE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRE
I PROMISE THAT ONE DAY
I’LL INVITE YOUR KIDS
OVER FOR SOME KAI.
PLEASE PROMISE TO CARE FOR OUR
FUTURE TOO, BY TRAVELLING WITH AN
OPEN HEART AND MIND.
PLEASE FOLLOW THE TIAKI PROMISE WHILE TRAVELLING AROUND
NEW ZEALAND.
TO FIND OUT MORE VISIT TIAKINEWZEALAND.COM OR AN i-SITE VISITOR INFORMATION CENTRE
Unforgettable Journeys
54
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
55
OUR CUSTOMER EXPERIENCE JOURNEY
Our
THE THREE HIGHEST PRIORITY FUTURE-FIT
GOALS FOR OUR BUSINESS ARE:
PRODUCT GREENHOUSE GAS EMISSIONS (GHG)
PRODUCT HARM
PROCUREMENT
See Future-Fit Health Check section for progress
on the full list of our sustainability goals.
TCFD COMMENTARY:
A priority climate-related risk to thl in the
medium-term is the risk of supply chain impacts
from market responses to climate change, such
as an increase in the price of carbon. For more
information on how we’re responding to this risk,
read about our Global Sustainable Procurement
Framework below and see our FY22 TCFD
Report in this section.
Our timeframes for climate-related risks are:
SUSTAINABILITY GOALS
CAPITAL INPUTS TO CREATE VALUE
As a responsible tourism
business, we take a holistic,
future focused, system and
science-based approach to
how we create and maintain
value for all our stakeholders.
We recognise the climate crisis and are already
seeing impacts in the areas where we operate,
from wildfires in the USA and Australia, a major
drought in California, and increased storms
and flooding in Aotearoa New Zealand (NZ)
and Australia.
We are committed to tackling our most
significant impacts - the emissions from our fleet
of Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles and
our operations, so that our products do not cause
harm to people or the environment, and
protecting the health of communities and
ecosystems where we operate and where our
products and activities impact.
Our decision-making is guided by our future-fit
mindset and methodology, focused on creating
system value. Our global future-fit sustainability
programme is aligned to deliver our priority
goals which we update on here. This year we
report on our climate and carbon work to
develop science-aligned targets and carbon
emissions reduction pathways, and we share our
first Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) in this report.
journey
SHORT-TERM
Up to 24 months
MEDIUM-TERM
2-10 years
LONG-TERM
10 years +
NATURAL CAPITAL
SOCIAL & RELATIONSHIP CAPITAL
HUMAN CAPITAL
MANUFACTURED CAPITAL
INTELLECTUAL CAPITAL
FINANCIAL CAPITAL
Unforgettable Journeys
56
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
57
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
GLOBAL RESPONSIBLE MANAGEMENT PROGRAMME
Protecting the value we create through Enterprise Risk Management
Building long-term value through our Global Future-Fit Sustainability Programme
Telling our
stories
Training &
Building Capability
CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY
DECARBONISING OUR BUSINESS
• Operational GHGS
• Product GHGS
GOALS
FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME
TRANSITIONING TO A LOW-CARBON FLEET
• Product harm
• Product GHGS
• Products repurposed
GOALS
SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
OUR GLOBAL FRAMEWORK AND
CIRCULAR ECONOMY PILOTS
• Procurement
• Products repurposed
GOALS
THRIVE
SUPPORTING OUR CREW, CREATING
A HEALTHY CULTURE AND BUILDING
CULTURAL CAPABILITY
• Employee health
• Living wage
• Fair employment terms
• Employee discrimination
• Employee concerns
GOALS
ACCELERATE
PARTNERSHIP FOR POSITIVE IMPACTS
• Natural resources
• Operational encroachment
• Community health
• Product communications
• Product concerns
• Product harm
GOALS
IGNITION
CREATING FUTURE-FIT BRANCHES
• Renewable energy
• Water use
• Operational emissions
• Operational GHGS
• Operational waste
GOALS
KEEPING OUR CREW SAFE, HEALTHY & WELL
Working with a future-fit
mindset and methodology
At thl we recognise that business, society and the
environment are part of an interconnected system and
depend on one another to thrive. The scale and pace of
change needed requires a holistic, science-based approach,
focused on system value. Over the last three years we have
focused on embedding a science-based, systems-focused
sustainability framework throughout our business using the
Future-Fit Business Benchmark. We approach this as both a
mindset and methodology, guiding our decision-making and
activities from global strategy to country work programmes
and Branch Future-Fit Sustainability Action Plans for
all branches.
Our commitment to becoming a future-fit business
acknowledges the significant and rapid change needed to
tackle the complex issues the world is facing, including the
climate crisis. It is a way of thinking, a pathway and clear
destination to aim for contributes to the aspiration of a socially
just, economically inclusive, and environmentally
restorative society.
In our last report we shared our prioritised goals which focus
on tackling our highest impacts and introduced a new global
sustainability work programme (see diagram). We have made
significant progress, through a pilot-and-scale model, to
integrate these workstreams at a global, country and branch
level, which we highlight here. A full updated FY22 Health
Check outlining our progress towards the 23 future-fit goals
can be viewed on page 64.
Unforgettable Journeys
58
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
59
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
1
Based on the UK Government-developed Flexible Framework and Sustainable Procurement Standard BS 8903
UNDERSTAND
CONTEXT KEY
CONCEPTS:
CIRCULAR
ECONOMY, SOCIAL
PROCUREMENT
SPECIFIC
PROJECTS TO
IMPROVE FF
PERFORMANCE
AND ACHIEVE
TARGE TS
Identify
procurement
categories/suppliers
by spend, risk
and visibility
Understand social
and environmental
hotspots and
prioritise
Map current
performance
in sustainable
procurement across
People, Policy,
Process, Suppliers
& Metrics
Embed
sustainability into
procurement
process
Our Global Sustainable
Procurement Framework
Sustainable procurement means only purchasing items
that are really needed, and whose production, use and
disposal both minimise negative impacts and encourage
positive outcomes for the environment, economy and
society. Following circular economy training and a
successful pilot with the factory team in Australia, we
rolled out a new Global Sustainable Procurement ‘flexible
framework’
1
in FY22, described below.
Sustainable procurement requires having policies and processes
in place that enable thl to anticipate where negative supply
chain impacts are likely to occur, avoid them where possible, and
take measurable steps to address concerns that arise. We
developed a new Sustainable Procurement Policy outlining our
commitment, and a Supplier Code of Conduct setting out
expectations for our suppliers while acknowledging we are on
the journey ourselves, to be launched in FY23.
A Global Sustainable Procurement Working Group has been
established to embed a consistent approach. This includes
reviewing social and environmental hotspots for supplier
categories using the Future-Fit Procurement Hotspot guide.
Training for key staff on sustainable procurement is under way,
and we have achieved Foundation Level 1 of our Sustainable
Procurement Framework. In FY23 we will move to Level 2 to
embed sustainable procurement throughout the business.
The last couple of years have been immensely challenging,
not just for our business but also for our ‘crew’. Our
employees are based across the world, primarily in NZ, AU
and the US. While they have faced shared challenges such
as COVID-19, restrictions on travel to visit family and friends,
an increase in the cost of living and operational challenges
including supply chain challenges and more frequent
extreme weather events due to climate change, the context
of each crew member’s situation has been unique.
As a responsible business, a thriving crew is our priority.
We have been supporting our crew by improving their
wages even when the business was not making a profit;
building capability in our Health, Safety & Wellbeing team
that will see us further develop our physical and mental
wellbeing programmes in FY23; restarting DriveSchool –
our emerging leadership development programme; and by
reviewing our approach to Equality, Diversity & Inclusion as
we work to meet the needs of our current and future crew
and that we are building our cultural capability to make each
crew member feel included and represented.
ACCELERATE
• Natural resources
• Operational encroachment
• Community health
• Product communications
• Product concerns
• Product harm
GOALS
As a responsible travel operator, we are focused on working
hard to see our operations and products do not cause harm
to the communities or ecosystems where we are based,
and where our customers visit. We actively participate in
encouraging responsible travel in each country where we
operate, through the Tiaki Promise in New Zealand, Leave
No Trace in Australia and Travel with Heart in the USA.
As international visitors return, we are committed to going
beyond being a responsible operator to supporting
regenerative tourism, working with partners and
communities to create positive impacts at scale for
communities and destinations. To make progress on these
‘positive pursuits’ (activities that enable and support others
to reduce harm and be restorative) we are working with
partners to protect and enhance environmental, social and
cultural value, and build our cultural capability. See
examples in the report.
• In Australia we have developed our first Reconciliation
Action Plan (Lead story, page 35).
• The team in Waitomo is undertaking an exciting
restoration project (Lead story page 53).
• We continue to actively participate in industry
partnerships, including Tiaki Promise (page 54).
Partnerships for
Positive Impacts
Accelerate
Supporting our crew, creating a healthy
culture and building cultural capability
Our global framework and circular economy pilots
Thrive
SUSTAINABLE PROCUREMENT
• Procurement
• Products repurposed
GOALS
THRIVE
• Employee health
• Living wage
• Fair employment terms
• Employee discrimination
• Employee concerns
GOALS
Unforgettable Journeys
60
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
61
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
GLOBAL HIGHLIGHTS FROM FUTURE-FIT
BRANCH ACTION PLANS.
IGNITION
• Renewable energy
• Water use
• Operational emissions
• Operational GHGS
• Operational waste
GOALS
The Ignition - Future-Fit Branch Programme has embedded
a consistent approach to planning, prioritising and
implementing activities to achieve sustainability goals at all
branches. It is a core foundation for our sustainability progress,
delivering incremental improvement and supporting
transformative change through embedding the future-fit
methodology and mindset into our operations at every branch.
Branch Sustainability Action Plans are designed to guide
activity, set targets and measure progress addressing the
main impacts and opportunities associated with our branches.
These five focus areas (energy, water, waste, emissions and
community contribution) cover the core impact areas for
our branches to progress the sustainability goals for our
site operations.
FIVE SUSTAINABILITY FOCUS AREAS FOR
ALL BRANCHES GLOBALLY
How you can help
Energy Efficiency
Save power, switch off lights
and equipment when not in use.
Lowering Emissions
Safe, fuel efficient driving and
avoid engine idling.
Community Contribution
Support our local communities
where we can.
Conserving Water
Never leave water running,
report any leaks quickly, every
drop counts.
Reducing Waste to Landfill
Reduce, reuse, recyle and say no
to single use plastic.
Future-Fit Branch Action Plans were initially developed in
the USA in FY20, rolled out to Australia in FY21 and then to
New Zealand in early FY22. All our branches globally now have
Future-Fit Branch Action Plans in place so that a consistent
approach is taken, and enables regular sharing of learning,
experience and improvement ideas between branches and
business groups.
In FY22 we began rolling out newly designed branch carbon
impact reports to track progress on actions, reduction targets
and emissions impacts. Future-fit sustainability progress is a
central part of our operational and lead team meetings in each
country. Work is underway to engage all our crew and support
branch managers and their teams to deliver their action plans,
tracking progress and sharing success. We provide an update
on country and branch progress from the Global Ignition –
Future-Fit Branch Programme in the following table.
These actions make a real
difference and are important for our
progress to become a future-fit
business. Thank you!
Creating future-fit branches
Ignition
Focus AreaProgress on Branch Action Plans
Energy
• Energy efficiency is a priority for all branches, with energy saving actions underway and all branches in the
process of upgrading to LED lighting where this has not already occurred. In Melbourne 400 lights replaced
with LEDs will significantly reduce electricity use and emissions. The LED lighting upgrade at LAX has delivered
c.20% energy saving annually since FY20.
• Renewable energy use increased last year, reflecting more accurate data on grid renewables and emissions
in the USA. The USA and Australia grid has low renewables, so switching to renewable energy sources for
electricity is a key opportunity in FY23. We will focus on our largest branches (Melbourne and California)
to have the greatest impact on overall emissions. In NZ reducing gas use in laundry, hot water and heating
is the focus.
Water
• Water stress - a significant number of branches in USA and some in Australia are in regions that are highly water
stressed, many other branch locations experience seasonal water stress. Between FY19 and FY21, water use in
USA reduced by >55% following a programme of water conservation initiatives.
• Water saving focus in the Branch Action Plans targets leak detection, water saving process improvements and
high water use activities, including wash bays, low flow facilities, efficient appliances and installing water tanks
(in Australia half our branches have water tanks). Between FY20 to FY22, California branches achieved a 34%
reduction in water use, more than double the voluntary State water saving target of 15% in response to extreme
drought. In FY23 we continue to focus on water saving, including the potential to use recycled water in wash bays.
Waste
• Waste to landfill reduced over the last year, reflecting lower activity in NZ and AU and despite the increase in single
use items and impacts of COVID-19 on reuse and recycling activities. Operational waste is a challenge due to the
extensive parts and items required in our vehicles.
• Reducing waste is a priority for all branches with actions to reduce, reuse, repurpose and recycle and regular
review and improvements implemented each year. At LAX, waste to landfill reduced by >50% in the last three years.
NZ refreshed waste audits and improvements, increasing diversion from waste to landfill in all branches over the
last six months. In FY23, investigating product stewardship will be a focus.
Operational emissions
• Operational GHG emissions reduced again in FY22, mainly due to COVID-19 impacts on activities, reductions
in staff commuting emissions and branch energy saving actions (excludes motorhome emissions). New carbon
impact reports help target highest impact operational emissions sources for each branch and track progress.
This year we also assessed non-GHG emissions with a new methodology developed, tested and rolled out in FY22.
Results show we do not directly generate significant measurable liquid, gas or solid emissions released directly
into nature.
Community contribution
• Contributing to communities where we are based is a focus, and links with community organisations have
been established by most branches. Activities include donating surplus equipment and non-perishable food,
connecting with training and employment organisations, local volunteering activities, stream clean ups and
over 300 toys donated to the Local Toy Drive at LAX.
• Operational encroachment assessments have been completed in each country, most branches are in urban
commercial areas of low risk for sensitive ecosystems and community health. A framework to assess potential
impacts at our sites and new locations has been developed and tested for Brisbane branch.
Unforgettable Journeys
62
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
63
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
FY22 Health Check
We are on track and can
continue our journey
We have gaps but know
how to close them
We have gaps and need to
rethink how to address them
We are off track and need
to redesign our course
Key - Health Check assessments
show how thl is performing against
the Future-Fit Break-Even Goals
Priority
Future-Fit
Break-Even Goals
2019
Health
Check
2020
Health
Check
2021
Health
Check
2022
Health
Check
FY22
Review Commentary
BE01:
Renewable energy
Our fitness score for renewable energy use globally improved last year, reflecting more accurate emissions data. Energy efficiency
remains a priority focus in the Future-Fit Branch Action Plans. The USA and Australia grid mix has low renewables and we are progressing
options to move to renewable energy grid electricity for our largest branches to have the greatest impact. In NZ, moving from gas use in
laundry, hot water and heating is the main opportunity.
BE02:
Water use
Fitness improved, over last three years >45% reduction in water use in USA from conservation initiatives and staff working from home at
LAX. A number of sites in USA and AU are based in water stressed regions, other sites experience seasonal water stress. Water saving is a
focus in the Branch Action Plans, targeting high water use activities, including vehicle wash bays, low flow facilities, efficient appliances,
installing water tanks and using recycled water where appropriate.
BE03:
Natural resources
Waitomo is our only location where we directly manage natural resources. We maintain fitness for this goal, our environmental
management practices meet a high standard, guided by the Environmental Management Plan and monitoring oversight by the
Environmental Management Advisory Group.
Priority
Goal
BE04:
Procurement
Following a successful pilot in AU, we rolled out our new Global Sustainable Procurement Framework in FY22. We reached Foundation
Level 1 of the five-year framework in June, achievements include: global sustainable working group established, Sustainable Procurement
Policy and Supplier Code of Conduct developed and training for key procurement staff. Analysis of suppliers by spend, risk and visibility and
social and environmental hotspot assessments completed for supplier categories. In FY23 we will move to Level 2 to embed sustainable
procurement throughout the business.
BE05: Operational
emissions
This is the first year of assessment for this goal. A methodology was developed, tested and rolled out in FY22. We do not directly generate
measurable liquid, gas or solid emissions released directly into nature. There are emissions created as a result of the use of chemical
cleaning products and for potential spills, which are managed, these emissions are difficult to measure and not material.
BE06:
Operational GHGs
Operational emissions have reduced mainly due again to COVID-19 impacts, no emissions for Kiwi Experience coach operations,
reductions in staff commuting and branch energy saving actions. Assessment currently based on Scope 1 and 2 and limited Scope 3
emissions and excludes motorhome emissions (covered in product emissions goal). We have a climate and carbon strategy and new
carbon impact reports in development for all our branches.
BE07:
Operational waste
Waste reduced over the last year - reflects lower activity in NZ and AU due to COVID-19, despite increase in single use items and impacts
on reuse and recycling activities. Operational waste remains a challenge due to the extensive parts and items required in our vehicles.
Actions to reduce, reuse, repurpose and recycle at all sites are a priority in Branch Action Plans. Renewed efforts at branch level include
restarting waste sorting and waste audits in NZ, review and improvements to AU and USA recycling process. In FY23, investigating product
stewardship will be a focus.
BE08: Operational
encroachment
Assessments have been completed in each country, many of our branches are in areas of low risk of impact on sensitive areas, ecosystems
and community health. Our most significant location for operational impacts on communities and ecosystems is Waitomo where we
actively work on positive pursuits to restore and enhance ecosystems and cultural sites. A framework to assess potential impacts at our
sites and new locations has been developed.
BE09:
Community health
Protecting the health of communities where we operate and where our products are used is a priority. We proactively scan for and
respond to community concerns and are working to develop effective community engagement mechanisms and encourage responsible
travel. The Accelerate – partnerships for positive impact programme is a focus for this goal. Successes this year include development of
our first Reconciliation Action Plan in Australia and Kaimahi for Nature team conservation work in Waitomo.
BE10:
Employee health
The health, safety and wellbeing of all our crew is our highest priority. We have continued to make improvements. Our leadership teams
have completed H&S and leadership wellbeing in the workplace seminars designed specifically to help leaders support mental health in
the workplace and training on resilience. The CEO H&S Road Map for 2022 has reset our focus and investment into training, and resources
will continue to help maintain this strong position.
Priority
Future-Fit
Break-Even Goals
2019
Health
Check
2020
Health
Check
2021
Health
Check
2022
Health
Check
FY22
Review Commentary
BE11:
Living wage
We continue to make progress on this goal as a priority to close current gaps and have achieved 100% fitness on NZ based thl crew.
In the US we made significant movements towards a thl future-fit wage in FY22. In AU - there is no living wage model developed, based
on data currently available it appears that our minimum wage reflects a living wage. While there is no officially legislated Living Wage
in the countries where we operate, several models developed by third party organisations exist and we continue to look into regionally
appropriate models that meet future-fit criteria.
BE12: Fair
employment terms
As previously assessed, we have good fitness on most of the fitness criteria for this goal in NZ and AU. The USA is the focus for this goal,
reflecting the variation in employment regulations, such as paid parental leave, impact fitness progress. We continue to review and
identify areas to make progress.
BE13: Employee
discrimination
As previously assessed, we have the policies and procedures in place to achieve this goal. We will continue to review our progress and
implement initiatives focused on diversity and inclusion, including building our cultural capability.
BE14:
Employee concerns
A range of employee feedback mechanisms are in place, including crew engagement pulse surveys, and we have taken steps to
improve our procedures by signing up to “report it now”. The global roll out of this with the SpeakUp policy will provide internal and
external people a confidential place to report any breaches or raise issues. In FY23 we will continue to improve awareness of the
feedback mechanisms available and to engage our crew in the design of the employee engagement mechanisms.
BE15: Product
communications
Safe and responsible use of our products is a major focus, and we perform well for this goal. Customers receive instructions on safe driving
and how to operate all equipment in the motorhome, along with online manuals and instruction videos. Responsible Travel programmes
like Tiaki Promise and Travel with Heart in the USA help customer travel responsibility and address potential impacts from inappropriate
use of the vehicles. A review of product communications has shown we have good levels of fitness across all business groups.
BE16:
Product concerns
We recognise the importance of this goal due to the complexity of motorhomes and the potential impact if issues arise. We have robust
product concerns mechanisms in place, including our roadside assistance call centre to ensure all customers have the information they
need and channels to raise concerns, get support and advice, and proactively manage any issues identified.
Priority
Goal
BE17:
Product harm
This goal relates to ensuring our products do not cause harm to people or the environment. This includes impacts on communities and
destinations, freedom camping and accidents caused by poor driving/traffic management. To address this, we are delivering responsible
travel programmes to manage/mitigate negative impacts on people and places. We focus on promoting safe driving and effective traffic
management for our branch locations. Responsible travel programmes help our customers avoid causing harm when using our products.
The other major impacts from our products’ use and disposal are covered in GHG emissions and product repurposing goals.
Priority
Goal
BE18:
Product GHGs
Reducing GHG emissions from our vehicles is a major challenge and a high priority. We are committed to reducing emissions from our
motorhomes through our Future Fleet programme, building on our experience with the eRV fleet in NZ. Industry partnerships with
OEMs will be key to moving forward. The customer journey emissions for our rental fleet are shown in our carbon footprint. A full Scope 3
inventory review has been completed in FY22 covering the upstream and downstream emissions from the use of our products.
BE19: Products can
be repurposed
This goal is complex for thl, as our vehicles include many more components and materials than a standard car or truck. We are working
to understand product repurposing in each market/country where we operate. Data on the impact of our products’ end of life is not
currently being collected. A Life Cycle Assessment comparing a eRV and a regular RV model in NZ has been completed and we are
working to identify material health and circular options for our motorhome design and build.
BE20:
Business ethics
Hotspot assessment of high-risk roles completed. We have an Ethics Policy in place and an Ethics training module relevant for our
business activities and potential hotspots. All staff complete the Ethics training on a regular basis, and this is monitored. Ethics Committee
in place. The Executive team undertook Ethics training, updated Code of Ethics and refreshed modules on DriveTrain for teams.
BE21: Right tax
We aim at all times to act in accordance with all applicable laws and regulations and guided by relevant international standards. Our
aim is to comply with the spirit as well as the letter of the law and with any legitimate disclosure requirement at first demand. We seek
to develop strong, mutually respectful relationships with national tax authorities based on transparency and mutual trust. We do not
use secrecy jurisdictions or so-called tax havens for tax avoidance, nor do we create or help create tax structures that are intended for tax
avoidance, have no commercial substance and do not meet the spirit of the law. Our transfer pricing is always based on the arm’s-length
principle. We are transparent about our approach to tax and comply with all relevant rules.
BE22: Lobbying
& advocacy
We do not directly undertake lobbying activities, but we are active in several Tourism and RV industry groups. We are proactively
encouraging the groups we engage with to make progress to address the key impacts, risks, and issues to make progress towards
future-fitness. This goal will be led by the Ethics Committee in the future who will review issues and risks on a regular basis.
BE23:
Financial assets
As a company we do not directly manage financial investment assets beyond standard financing activities. We have reviewed this goal
and many of the risk areas identified do not apply directly to our activities or are managed in other goals.
Unforgettable Journeys
64
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
65
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Climate change continues to wreak havoc around the world.
Extreme weather events such as floods, wildfires and
heatwaves leave us in no doubt of the challenge we face.
At thl we have a Climate & Carbon Strategy which is part of our
overarching sustainability strategy. Our aim is to reduce our
carbon emissions in line with a 1.5ºC global heating scenario. At
2ºC - a Hot House World - it is predicted that globally we will
lose our coral reefs and there will be catastrophic acceleration
of biodiversity and species loss, sea level rise and extreme heat,
affecting billions of people, destinations, and our business.
We have spent the last 12 months building our understanding
of the risks – and the opportunities – of climate change on our
business, as well as understanding the full extent of our impact
on the climate, by extending our baseline FY20 carbon footprint
to include our indirect upstream and downstream emissions
and setting a science-aligned carbon reduction target. This will
allow us to develop robust carbon emissions reduction
pathways in FY23.
Through our Climate & Carbon Strategy, including our new
science-aligned target and our Future Fleet programme, we are
working to manage, minimise and ultimately eliminate our
greenhouse gas emissions (GHG).
Our Climate &
Carbon Strategy
CLIMATE & CARBON STRATEGY
• Operational GHGS
• Product GHGS
GOALS
FUTURE FLEET PROGRAMME
• Product harm
• Product GHGS
• Products repurposed
GOALS
TCFD disclosure areaSummary
Governance: The organisation’s governance of climate-related risks and opportunities
1. Describe the Board’s oversight of
climate-related risks and opportunities
The Tourism Holdings Limited (thl) Board Audit & Risk Committee (ARC
1
)
oversees and is ultimately responsible for group-wide risks, including those
related to climate change. Board Health, Safety & Sustainability Committee
(HSSC) also has oversight of climate-related risks and opportunities.
2. Describe management’s role in
assessing and managing climate-related
risks and opportunities
Risks and opportunities to thl are identified and managed at all levels of
our business. Our Executive-level Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC)
and operational-level Risk Champions Network (RCN) are responsible for
implementing thl’s Enterprise Risk Management (ERM) framework across our
business and escalating key risks up to ARC as required. Climate-related risks
are standing strategic and operational key risks reported to RIC and ARC.
Risk Management: How the organisation identifies, assesses, and manages
climate-related risks and opportunities
3. The organisation’s processes for
identifying and assessing climate-
related risks
In October 2021, RIC members and other internal stakeholders attended
climate scenario analysis workshops run by consultancy Beca to identify,
assess and prioritise thl’s priority climate-related risks and opportunities.
Scenarios will be reviewed annually.
4. The organisation’s processes for
managing climate-related risks
Our climate-related risks are managed through the ERM framework, with
regular risks reviews, quarterly RIC and RCN meetings and bi-monthly ARC
meetings. In FY23 we will build on our work to put a sustainability and climate
lens over our major strategic decisions as well as capital expenditure and
operating costs..
5. How processes for identifying,
assessing, and managing climate-
related risks are integrated into the
organisation’s overall risk management
Strategy: The actual and potential impacts of climate-related risks and opportunities on the
organisation’s businesses, strategy, and financial planning where such information
is material
6. Describe the climate-related risks and
opportunities the organisation has
identified over the short, medium,
and long-term
After scenario analysis workshops, the priority climate risks for thl were
identified as:
• Lack of cost-effective, long-range RV product options that can materially
reduce greenhouse gases
• Changes in customer demand and experience due to increased frequency
and severity of both acute and chronic weather events
• Regulatory and legal compliance, given potential speed of policy changes
and lack of available technology
• Supply chain impacts from market response to climate change, such as an
increase in the price of carbon.
The priority climate opportunity for thl was identified as:
• Opportunity for thl leadership on climate response in RV sales and
rentals industry if science-aligned carbon reduction targets and future-fit
sustainability goals are met.
TCFD disclosure areaSummary
7. Describe the impact of climate-
related risks and opportunities on the
organisation’s businesses, strategy, and
financial planning
Our climate-related risks and opportunities (CR&O) relate to our business and
strategy future-fit sustainability programme in a number of key ways, including:
• Our values - be curious, do the right thing and be the best
• Our business strategy, including how quickly we can feasibly decarbonise
our vehicles through our Future Fleet programme
• Our Climate & Carbon strategy and how we can engage our crew,
customers, communities and suppliers in our shared Carbon Challenge
• How we operate our business, including our sustainability Branch Action
Plans and our social licence to o
perate.
In our next TCFD report, thl will further disclose the financial impacts of
climate-related risks and opportunities on our business model and strategy
over short, medium, and long-term time horizons.
8. Describe the resilience of the
organisation’s strategy, taking into
consideration different climate-
related scenarios, including a 2°C or
lower scenario
We used three climate scenarios, developed by the Network for Greening
the Financial Sector (NGFS), to test the resilience of thl’s strategy to climate
change: Imminent Transition; Delayed Transition; and Hot House World. We
are at an early stage of maturity in our climate-related disclosures and by
definition, the degree of resilience of our strategy is subjective. Given this, here
is our summary of key findings under the three scenarios:
IMMINENT TRANSITION
• Electric RVs and other technology will be characterised by low supply
and high demand as these industries scramble to meet the needs of a
transitioning world. thl will need to maintain access to new and
existing technology through partnerships and relationships.
• The resilience of thl’s strategy under this scenario will depend on being
able to quickly pivot its business model and service offerings to meet
strict compliance requirements.
• Opportunity to develop local customer base as international travel
decreases due to more stringent decarbonisation policies.
DELAYED TRANSITION
• Supply chain disruptions are likely due to high demand for new
components and technology after 2030, combined with an increase in
extreme weather events.
• thl will have time and opportunity to position itself as a market leader
in decarbonisation before it is mandatory.
HOT HOUSE WORLD
• Extreme physical risks could close certain attractions or eliminate
tourism in whole regions seasonally.
• RVs could be used as emergency housing for people displaced by
extreme weather events.
• An extreme and volatile climate will have massive impacts on
supply chains.
Metrics and Targets: The metrics and targets used to assess and manage relevant climate-
related risks and opportunities where such information is material
9. The metrics used by the organisation
to assess climate-related risks
and opportunities
Now we have set our Scope 1 and 2 science-aligned target, we will be
identifying appropriate metrics to assess our CR&O in FY23.
1
0. The three Scopes of greenhouse gas
(GHG) emissions (if appropriate), and
the related risks
thl publicly discloses (via annual integrated reporting) its Scope 1, 2,
and partial 3 emissions.
1
1. Describe the targets used by the
organisation to manage climate-
related risks and opportunities and
performance against targets
thl’s science-aligned carbon reduction target for Scope 1 and 2 is a reduction
in greenhouse gas emissions of 50.4% by FY32 from a restated FY20 baseline.
We aim to publish our Scope 3 target in the FY23 Annual Integrated Report
after meaningful engagement with our crew and suppliers.
1
ARC, previously the Audit Committee, was renamed with a broader remit to oversee enterprise risk.
We take our climate risks and opportunities (CR&O) seriously
and are on the journey to understand their interaction across
the various aspects of our business. We recognise that our
current vehicle fleet creates significant GHG emissions which
contribute to climate change.
In this section we share thl’s first public climate-related
disclosures using the Task Force on Climate-related Financial
Disclosures (TCFD) framework, delivered in advance of NZX
requirements. Elements of this TCFD reporting are woven
throughout our FY22 Integrated Annual Report because for
us, climate strategy is part of our business strategy. We
recognise that we are early on the TCFD reporting journey, and
aim to improve our reporting over time. It is a summary of our
work to-date on how we have identified and are managing our
CR&O and has been prepared in accordance with TCFD
requirements (see table) but prior to the publication of
XRB standards.
The management of our CR&O needs to be fully integrated into
our corporate strategy, operations and processes. Our
sustainability strategy to become a future-fit business will play
a key role in managing our CR&O. Our priority CR&O are
described below. The table on the following page provides an
executive summary of the key findings in this report, organised
under each of the 11 TCFD recommended disclosure areas.
Our Climate Risks
& Opportunities:
thl’s first TCFD Report
As a responsible tourism business, we take a holistic, systems-
and science-based approach to how we create and maintain
value for all our stakeholders. Our values of Be Curious, Do The
Right Thing and Be The Best, will be key to our response to the
climate challenge, and to delivering our purpose of creating
unforgettable journeys, not just for our customers now, but also
for future generations.
Unforgettable Journeys
66
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
67
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Governance
Board oversight of climate-related risks
and opportunities
Governance of climate-related risks at thl involves the thl Board,
senior management and broader organisation.
The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for reviewing thl’s risk
management framework, however ongoing oversight is
delegated to the Audit & Risk Committee (ARC) in respect of
financial and strategic risk management, and to the Health,
Safety & Sustainability Committee (HSSC) in respect of
sustainability risk management, sustainability opportunities
and strategy.
Climate risks at strategic and operational levels are standing
items reported to ARC on a bi-monthly basis. ARC and HSSC
consider climate-related issues when guiding strategy and
action. In addition, all papers submitted to the Board are
expected to provide a Six Capitals Assessment including thl’s
impact on natural capital such as climate.
The TCFD process has highlighted the need for us to further
develop a formal sustainability and climate lens for reviewing
and guiding Board and thl activities including strategies; major
plans of action; risk management policies; performance
objectives; major capital expenditures etc. These activities will
be reviewed and addressed by thl in FY23.
Management’s role in assessing and
managing climate-related risks and
opportunities
The thl CEO and Executives all play a role in identifying and
managing our CR&O; monitoring climate-related megatrends;
reflecting climate issues in business strategy and ensuring
these are managed through our operations and our Enterprise
Risk Management (ERM) framework. Climate-related issues are
shared with the wider business by the CEO at internal Teams
Talks and disclosed externally in thl’s Integrated
Annual Reports.
The Chief Responsibility Officer and Responsible Management
(RM) team undertake climate and carbon reporting associated
with the risks and opportunities identified by the Executive. The
RM team works with stakeholders to undertake the
measurement and verification of thl’s greenhouse gas
emissions and, through the ERM framework, sees that the
CR&O identified are captured and mitigated.
Strategic and operational climate risks are managed by thl’s
Executive-level Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC –
previously the Enterprise Risk Steering Committee) and our
operational Risk Champions Network (RCN). See section
‘Protecting the value we create’ for more information.
The Future Fleet programme was developed by thl to
proactively manage the climate risks to and by our fleet,
particularly one of our priority risks – the lack of cost-effective,
long-range product options that can materially reduce
greenhouse gases. With new eRV (electric Recreational Vehicle)
products in the market, Future Fleet is now restarting plans to
pilot eRVs in our different countries of operation. For more
information, see the ‘Future Fleet programme progress’ section
in this report.
Led by the CEO of Action Manufacturing, a fully-owned
subsidiary of thl, Future Fleet involves key stakeholders such as
the thl Executive team and internal and external technical
experts. Progress is reported at the Strategic Product
Development Group (SPDG) and to ARC and HSSC.
The ‘Our responsibility journey’ section has further information
on thl’s other programmes to manage our carbon emissions
including Ignition – sustainability Branch Action Plans and
Accelerate – strategic partnerships.
Climate-Related Risk
& Opportunity (CR&O)
Management
thl expects our transition risks – particularly the lack of
availability of low-emissions RV technology, and the risks to
thl’s reputation if we don’t decarbonise – to impact thl sooner
than physical risks. The most significant risks to economies
transitioning to low-carbon models are likely to be experienced
over the next 10-30 years, while physical risks, such as from
acute and chronic weather events, are expected to continue to
increase and will have an even greater impact later this century.
thl has identified CR&O over the short, medium, and long-term.
We consider short-term to be up to be up to 24 months,
medium-term to be 2-10 years and long-term to be over
10 years.
SHORT-TERM
Up to 24 months
MEDIUM-TERM
2-10 years
LONG-TERM
10 years +
thl’s key assets are the RVs we rent and sell. The typical life of a
RV is 15-20 years. Therefore, production decisions that thl makes
today lock us into a specific carbon trajectory – and related
impact on climate change – for potentially the next
two decades.
Please see the diagram showing our priority CR&O which could
have a material financial impact on thl in the short, medium
and long-term.
OUR PRIORITY CLIMATE RISKS AND OPPORTUNITIES
SHORT-TERMMEDIUM-TERMLONG-TERM
OPPORTUNITY for thl leadership on climate response in RV sales and rentals
industry if science-aligned carbon reduction targets and future-fit goals are met
RISK to regulatory and legal
compliance given potential speed
of policy changes and lack of
available low-carbon technologies
RISK of change in customer demand and
experience due to increased frequency and
severity of acute and chronic weather events
RISK of supply chain impacts
from market responses to
climate change
RISK: Lack of cost-effective, long-range RV
product options to decarbonise thl’s fleet
Out of the risks thl prioritised from a long list (see diagram),
there is one current and short-term risk which we are seeking to
manage through our Future Fleet programme: the lack of
reliable RV technology to decarbonise thl’s fleet. We
understand that this risk will affect us over all timeframes we
have considered. However, given the average lifespan of our
vehicles (15-20 years), the impact of decisions we make about
our vehicles today will likely be felt in the medium-term. As a
result, we need to consider this risk in decisions we make today
– for example, on the rate of depreciation/expected
obsolescence of these vehicles. Hence we have listed this risk as
having potential financial impacts over a short-medium
time horizon.
The other priority risks listed are not material in the short-term
to the six capitals we regularly report on in our Integrated
Annual Reports: financial, manufactured, intellectual, human,
social and relationship and natural.
The key opportunity identified for thl is also material in the
short through long-term: the reputational opportunity to
position thl as leaders in RV sales and rentals in responding to
climate change, if science-aligned targets and sustainability
goals are met to ensure we become future-fit.
How our CR&O were determined
and prioritised
The priority climate risks and opportunity to thl were identified
as material using a specific methodology which had a focus on
climate change, detailed below. To properly manage these risks,
they have been integrated into our broader ERM framework
with governance and oversight provided by our Risk Champions
Network, our Executive-level Risk & Improvement Committee,
and the Audit & Risk Committee and Health, Safety &
Sustainability Committee.
Note on velocity/speed of impact: We expect our prioritised risks to become increasingly material in the medium to long-term.
Unforgettable Journeys
68
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
69
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Climate scenario workshops
Consultancy Beca facilitated a series of three climate scenario
analysis workshops with thl’s leadership team and key internal
stakeholders. Workshop 1 involved a risk prioritisation to
identify, via voting, the five highest priority risks and
opportunities from a preliminary long list.
See below table for a description of our priority risks and
opportunities.
RiskDescription
Lack of reliable RV technology to
decarbonise thl’s fleet
Lack of cost-effective, long-range RV
product options that can materially
reduce greenhouse gases (e.g., EVs).
Changes in customer demand
and experience due to physical
climate impacts
Increased frequency and severity
of both acute and chronic weather
events may affect customer demand
and experience.
Regulatory and legal compliance
Speed of policy changes pose
significant risks, particularly if
technology availability cannot keep up
with policy requirements.
Supply chain impacts from market
response to climate change
E.g., increase in the carbon price.
Impacts may lead to more expensive
procurement and operations.
OpportunityDescription
Reputation
Opportunity to position company
as industry leaders in responding to
climate change if science-based targets
and future-fit goals are met.
Workshops 2 and 3 involved a climate scenario analysis exercise
to take the five priority risks and opportunities identified during
the risk prioritisation exercise and test them under each of
three climate scenarios, developed by the Network for Greening
the Financial System (NGFS). The NGFS is comprised of central
banks – including in NZ, AU, and the US – who contribute to
developing climate and environmental risk management best
practices. Beca selected three scenarios that would test the
outer bounds of thl’s resilience, including extremes of physical
and transition risks.
ScenarioClimate
Policy
Transition
Risk Severity
Physical
Risk Severity
Description
Imminent
Transition
Immediate
and smooth
Initially high, then
gradual and ordered
Low-Medium
Ambitious and stringent climate policies are
introduced immediately and enacted to limit
global warming to 1.5°C. Net Zero is reached by
2050. Significant innovation is spurred and there
is fast change in technology.
Delayed
Transition
Delayed
Initially low
Severe after 2030
Medium-High
Policy is not enacted immediately, causing
emissions to increase until 2030. When policies
are enacted, they are stringent and abrupt.
Emissions exceed the Paris Agreement’s carbon
budget temporarily and then decline rapidly
after 2030.
Hot House
World
NoneLowExtreme
A world in which only current policies are
preserved, and there is no significant action on
climate change. This result in a “hot house world”,
where emissions lead to about 3°C of warming
by 2080.
2020
Imminent
Transition
Delayed
Transition
3.0°C
1.5°C
Hot House
World
Historic Net CO
2
Emmisions
204020602000
Following a discussion, a materiality rating of low, moderate,
or high was assigned to each of the five risks / opportunities
under each scenario.
Materiality ratings that were applied to risks and
opportunities during scenario analysis:
• Are aligned on the concept of ‘double materiality’.
1
• Refer to the level of risk severity under each scenario.
Transition and physical risks will exist under all three
climate scenarios. Therefore the low, moderate, or high
ratings refer to the level of risk severity under
each scenario.
• Provide, to some extent, a framework for prioritising
action as follows:
RatingAction
HIGH
Highest priority risks and opportunities. thl should
focus its risk management efforts on these.
MODERATE
Should be closely monitored but are not of
highest priority.
LOW
Are lower priority compared to ‘moderate’ risks and
opportunities but should still be monitored.
Priority risks and opportunities were assessed according to
their materiality under each scenario.
Materiality ratings were assigned for each country in which
thl operates, focussing on New Zealand, Australia and the
United States. The tables to the right show the average of
these ratings.
1
Double materiality recognises that climate financial risks are influenced by
long-term environmental and social factors. A reasonable person might consider
information material for reasons other than direct financial repercussions: for
example, the company’s impact on climate change (as well as climate change’s
impact on the company). Therefore, these materiality ratings encompass both
material financial risk and additional qualitative factors, such as reputational,
operational and health and safety risks.
Materiality Rating as described on left
RiskDescription
Imminent
transition
Delayed
transitionHot House World
Time horizon
over which
risk arises
Lack of reliable
RV technology to
decarbonise
thl’s fleet
Lack of cost-effective,
long-range RV product
options that can
materially reduce
greenhouse gases
(e.g., EVs).
HIGHHIGHHIGH
Short–medium term
Changes in
customer demand
and experience
due to physical
climate impacts
Increased frequency
and severity of both
acute and chronic
weather events may
affect customer demand
and experience.
LOWMODERATEHIGH
Medium–long term
Regulatory and
legal compliance
Speed of policy changes
pose significant risks,
particularly if technology
availability cannot
keep up with policy
requirements.
HIGHMODERATEHIGH
Medium-term
Supply chain
impacts from
market response
to climate change
E.g., increase in the
carbon price. Impacts
may lead to more
expensive procurement
and operations.
HIGHHIGHHIGH
Medium-term
Materiality Rating as described on left
OpportunityDescription
Imminent
transition
Delayed
transitionHot House World
Time horizon
over which
opportunity
arises
Reputation
Opportunity to position
company as industry
leaders in responding
to climate change if
science-aligned targets
and future-fit goals
are met.
HIGHHIGHHIGH
Short–medium term
Unforgettable Journeys
70
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
71
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
The impact of climate-related risks and
opportunities on thl
thl is keenly aware of the risks and opportunities posed by
climate change on our business, strategy and financial
planning, such as potential changes in customer demand and
tourism experiences due to the physical impacts of
climate change.
In addition, we have a significant impact on the climate. Our
core business, RVs, generate greenhouse gases through the use
of fossil fuels. It’s clear that we must seek opportunities to
decarbonise our fleet as quickly as is feasible.
However, there are hurdles that we need to overcome to enable
practical, customer-friendly and cost-effective solutions for our
RVs. Our vehicles are on the larger end of light commercial/
smaller end of freight in terms of weight, and need at least a
200km range to give our customers the capability they need on
their journey. We do not see this as a priority for vehicle
manufacturers (Original Equipment Manufacturer/OEMs)
whose focus is on cars, commercial light vehicles e.g. for last
mile delivery, and heavy fleet.
In addition, the answer for us may not simply be electrification.
We operate in countries such as Australia and the US where the
grid mix, while starting to change, is not as clean as NZ, and
energy is generated from coal and other fossil fuels. This means
that when Electric Vehicles (EVs) charge, although they are not
generating tailpipe emissions, they are still potentially drawing
electricity from a dirty grid. We are also aware that our current
products will continue their useful life for many years beyond
them being in our fleet, and that alternative low-emission fuel
sources will be required to reduce ongoing emissions from
these vehicles.
thl has invested in our Future Fleet programme to help us
proactively manage the carbon risks and opportunities relating
to our RVs, such as piloting new, low-emission products. Future
Fleet will help us navigate the complex RV value chain;
availability of technologies; new stakeholders; and rapidly
changing regulations which include the end of importation of
Internal Combustion Engine (ICE) vehicles. We know that it will
require a collaborative, partnership approach for us to make any
significant inroads in the timeframe required.
Our Future Fleet programme is also investigating different
technologies in the transition to a low-carbon world, including
hydrogen and biofuel. For all these technologies – EV, hydrogen
and biofuel, the lack of infrastructure and consistent supply is a
key issue. In addition, biofuel sourcing carries significant supply
chain risks.
We believe we need to decarbonise before changing customer
demand forces us to. Customers in the future are also expected
to experience more extreme weather events due to climate
change. We are part of bigger sector and national discussions
regarding climate adaptation and mitigation, and whether
national infrastructure is up to the challenge of wildfires, rising
sea levels, more severe storms and droughts etc.
Climate change also gives us an unfortunate opportunity: more
people will likely be displaced and will need mobile housing;
and more extreme weather events will increase demand for
temporary housing for e.g. firefighters and emergency services.
If we continue our progress to become a future-fit business and
meet the science-based, systems goals that comprise the
Future-Fit Business Benchmark, we have a chance to build on
our reputation as a business committed to regenerative tourism.
In short, our strategies to meet these risks and opportunities
need to be regularly reviewed to respond to changing
requirements.
How resilient is our strategy under
different climate scenarios?
So that we are planning for a range of possible futures, below
we summarise and describe different aspects of our corporate
strategy, taking into account the three different scenarios of
Imminent Transition, Delayed Transition and a Hot House World
described below.
Summary of key findings under three scenarios
IMMINENT TRANSITION
• Electric RVs and other technology will be characterised
by low supply and high demand as these industries
scramble to meet the needs of a transitioning world.
thl will need to maintain access to new and existing
technology through partnerships and relationships.
• The resilience of thl’s strategy under this scenario will
depend on being able to quickly pivot its business
model and service offerings to meet strict compliance
requirements.
• Opportunity to develop local customer base as
international travel decreases due to more stringent
decarbonisation policies.
DELAYED TRANSITION
• Supply chain disruptions are likely due to high demand
for new components and technology after 2030,
combined with an increase in extreme weather events.
• thl will have time and opportunity to position itself as a
market leader in decarbonisation before it is mandatory.
HOT HOUSE WORLD
• Extreme physical risks could close certain attractions or
eliminate tourism· in whole regions seasonally.
• RVs could be used as emergency housing for people
displaced by extreme weather events.
• An extreme and volatile climate will have massive
impacts on supply chains.
Fleet decarbonisation
Decarbonising our fleet will be an essential component to
meeting potential emissions requirements as well as mitigating
the impacts of climate change. There are various risks and
opportunities associated with the decarbonisation of our fleet,
as described in this report.
Technology development & a circular economy
Decarbonising our RV fleet will depend on technology that is
not yet readily available. While EV technology has been around
for many years, the development of electric RVs (eRVs) is
currently in its infancy, and challenges are associated with
accessing this technology. NZ’s right hand side driver
requirement makes these vehicles lower priority for the
international market. EVs also require charging stations, which
are expected to be more common in the US before NZ or AU.
Currently, eRVs do not have the capacity to cover long
distances. This is particularly material in AU, with longer hauls
and a smaller likelihood of big investments in EV infrastructure.
Other technologies could play a role in decarbonising thl’s fleet.
Hydrogen technology will require significant advancement
before it can be used in RVs, but several hydrogen initiatives are
already underway (e.g., Renault in France; and Japan and Korea
investing in hydrogen). Biofuel blends are another option that
would run on existing diesel and petrol engines. We believe
hydrogen and biofuels are more likely to be utilised in AU and
NZ, with biofuels a potential transition technology while
hydrogen and EV infrastructure is developed.
The process of decarbonising our fleet is likely to result in higher
investment required up-front for research and development,
but lower long-term maintenance costs. Under scenarios that
transition to a zero-carbon economy later, or not at all, there is a
risk associated with being an early adopter of EVs and other
low-emission vehicles and losing business viability in the
short-term due to increased costs and outpacing the market.
Through Action Manufacturing, we have an opportunity to both
retrofit our existing fleet and play a role in the development and
supply of clean RV technology. There is infrastructure thl is
reviewing now which could help to facilitate this shift. For
example, RVs with front wheel drive are easier to retrofit to a
hydrogen or electric system than those with rear wheel drive.
The transition to alternative technologies will require a
significant investment in upskilling technicians to servicing
and repairing EVs and other alternate vehicles. A circular
economy approach will be an important shift in thl’s strategy,
including reviewing our business models and considering the
entire lifespan of a vehicle and its component parts and
materials. thl has the opportunity to capitalise on these
opportunities having undertaken an initial Life Cycle
Assessment study of our RVs and with our extensive
logistical operation and manufacturing capability.
Supply chain disruptions & a shift to ‘local’
Disruptions in our supply chain were identified as a key risk in
all three scenarios. Under scenarios with higher transition risks,
demand far outpaces supply for new and renewable technology
and its components. NZ, and to a lesser degree AU, is
particularly vulnerable to supply chain issues due to their
remoteness. Neither country is large enough to develop its own
auto manufacturing industry, so each will continue to depend
on an international supply chain.
The supply of materials for manufacturing RVs could be
disrupted by sea level rise, resource shortages and acute
weather events. Some materials identified as vulnerable to
supply chain disruption include fiberglass, biofuel, plywood and
aluminium. At thl we could look to invest in shifting to locally
made, circular and bio-based materials where available which
could increase our supply chain resilience as well as reduce
freight costs.
There is an opportunity to better communicate sustainable
sourcing and practices to our customer base, particularly given
the work of our Global Sustainable Procurement working group
and our upcoming Supplier Code of Conduct. However, we will
need to find ways to convey complex information about vehicle
manufacturing into simple metrics such as ‘percent of
components parts that are sustainably sourced / part of a
circular system’. In transitioning scenarios, authentic and
transparent communication of sustainability performance and
potential use of digital transparency technologies such as
blockchain will become important to continuing to attract
customers to this mode of travel.
Resilience through partnerships
Partnership is a key theme of our resilience strategy under
various climate scenarios. Because thl’s primary location in NZ
is remote, and our buying power isn’t as large as other
automotive markets, effective partnership with suppliers and
using our influence to access products in a timely manner will
be essential.
Fuel supply / charging infrastructure is another systems
challenge, and in all the countries in which we operate – NZ, AU,
the US and the UK – we are seeking to partner with
organisations that want to demonstrate climate leadership
through pilot programmes and R&D.
Effective partnership has been key already in our ability to
weather the COVID-19 global pandemic, particularly in the US,
and in our original trials with electric chassis. Through Action
Manufacturing, we were the first in NZ to bring in LDV electric
chassis; we repowered light commercial vehicles for AU-based
SEA Electric and assisted in creating New Zealand’s first
intercity heavy EV truck for Alsco.
Moving forward, given thl’s unique offering of rental RVs
travelling significant distances, we are well placed to pilot and
test new low-emissions and circular economy technologies
for OEMs.
Unforgettable Journeys
72
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
73
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Physical impacts on customer experience, health,
and safety
Extreme weather events and increasing temperatures may
create a seasonal shift in tourist markets, such as increases in
overseas tourists visiting NZ and Australia during winter
months to escape Northern Hemisphere summers. In Australia,
more temperate areas (e.g. Tasmania) may become more
popular. NZ may have significant reductions in snow cover and
the length of the winter sports season. As temperatures rise,
our NZ fleet may need to be fitted with air conditioning (AC)
units. In the US, it is possible that some areas will be restricted
for large parts of the year e.g. due to wildfires. Tourist
attractions may become more distinctly seasonal, requiring
corresponding relocations of the fleet.
Particularly in Australia and the US, extreme heat in the
summer is likely to cause significant disruptions to the tourist
market. Even if new AC technology can be fitted into vehicles,
people are less likely to travel in >40ºC heat. These disruptions
may require us to explore new operational models, such as fleet
dispersal and remote vehicle hubs, or consider venturing into
new markets (i.e., more temperate regions, such as Europe).
Both the Delayed Transition and Hot House World scenarios
carry significant physical risks from an increasingly extreme
and volatile environment. The innate mobility of RVs means that
our products are relatively resilient to these physical risks (i.e.,
wildfires can be driven away from). Even if tourist destinations
are closed, RVs provide customers with the freedom to travel to
alternative locations. Communicating health and safety risks to
staff and customers will be critical, especially in a Hot House
World scenario.
CASE STUDY
Climate risks for a thl business:
Discover Waitomo
Reputational opportunities
Under transition scenarios, reputational opportunities will
depend on our ability to deliver on climate change goals.
Communicating our decarbonisation efforts through effective
storytelling will be an important component of our value
proposition to employees under all scenarios. Equally, given
that we are reliant on others for a significant technology step
change we will need to be transparent on the challenges and
hurdles we face to take material steps forward.
The pace of change under an Imminent Transition scenario will
pose more of a challenge. We will have to respond quickly to
market changes by diversifying our product offerings: for
example, by offering circular economy subscription-style
vehicle ownership as private vehicle ownership decreases in
response to policy changes.
Decarbonising under a Delayed Transition scenario could
provide more of a reputational opportunity, as we work in
collaboration with others to position ourselves as market
leaders before regulation is put in place. If, as is our aim, we can
successfully decarbonise our fleet, thl may have an opportunity
to share intellectual property about this process with peer
organisations. Monitoring the competitor market will be
important, as there are likely to be many fast followers who
catch up by 2030 onwards. Smaller companies may be able to
pivot and decarbonise more quickly, while we may be
constrained by our large fleet size or conversely size may be an
advantage in terms of influencing our suppliers for low /
zero-emissions products.
Under a Hot House scenario, we will still need to maintain our
social licence to operate by publicly pursuing our future-fit
sustainability goals. As disaster events dramatically increase
under this scenario, becoming industry leaders in non-tourism
temporary accommodation is a reputational opportunity.
Providing emergency service vehicles for disaster relief and
support services (such as for firefighters) may continue to
provide additional revenue and an opportunity to enhance our
brand. However, this may be more applicable to our reputation
in the investor market, rather than the customer market.
Metrics and Targets
Our Science-Aligned Carbon
Reduction Target
thl is at an early stage in setting formal and external goals,
targets and metrics for climate-related issues. Our Board has
emphasized the need to set a science-aligned target for carbon
reduction and thl is taking a phased approach to this, starting
with a Scope 1 and 2 target, followed by a Scope 3 target which
will be shared in our next Integrated Annual Report.
We have worked with independent sustainability firm
thinkstep-anz to restate our FY20 carbon footprint to include a
full inventory of our FY20 Scope 3 emissions and become our
new baseline year. Our emissions in the last quarter of FY20
were impacted by COVID-19 lockdowns and therefore were
appropriately adjusted with an uplift factor to represent our
pre-COVID-19 level of activity. This new baseline now
encompasses our business in its entirety, from the supply of raw
materials to our commercial operations through to the end of
life of our vehicles, even once we have sold them. As a result,
our restated baseline footprint has increased by over four times
to approximately 319,000 tCO
2
e.
Restating our FY20 baseline has meant we have been able to set
a science-aligned carbon reduction target for our Scope 1 and 2
emissions of 50.4% by 2032, essentially halving our pre-COVID-19
levels of carbon emissions in the next decade. Our emissions
reduction target takes an ‘absolute emissions reduction’
approach. It includes those Scope 1 and 2 emissions over which
we have direct control, but unusually for a business, our Scope 1
emissions include activity over which we have limited control –
but may be able to influence – customer journeys.
Our priority at thl is to ensure our customers have an exemplary
experience, with the freedom to travel and create unforgettable
journeys. Our challenge as a business is to find a way to
decouple carbon emissions from customer journeys without
compromising customer experience. The lack of available
technology and solutions is still a considerable barrier to
achieving this goal.
Our science-aligned target follows the Science-Based Targets
Institute (SBTi) methodology and aims to support the delivery
of the substantial reductions needed to limit future global
heating to 1.5ºC.
Our science-aligned target: thl
commits to absolute reduction
of Scope 1 and 2 greenhouse
gas emissions of 50.4% by FY32
from a restated FY20 baseline,
consistent with the aim of
limiting global heating to 1.5ºC.
A note on our Scope 3 target
As with many businesses, our Scope 3 emissions dominate our
restated baseline footprint, comprising 70% of the total
footprint. While we may be able to influence our upstream
supplier emissions, we do not control the emissions of our
vehicles once they are sold. Key to addressing this challenge
and having more influence on emissions from sold products in
the future, is our Future Fleet programme which aims to
transition our fleet to low and no-emissions vehicles as quickly
as feasibly possible.
In order to adopt a meaningful science-aligned carbon target
for our Scope 3 emissions, we will continue to update our view
and approach to Scope 3 GHG targets as we work with partners
in the supply chain to collectively ensure a systemic approach
to addressing the issues and identifying solutions. We need to
work together to establish realistic decarbonisation pathways
linked to genuine, scalable technological innovation.
We will be spending the next 12 months starting to engage key
stakeholders in our shared Carbon Challenge including our
crew, peers, customers and suppliers, including vehicle
manufacturers (OEMs).
Our Scope 1 and 2 target and development of a Scope 3 target
have been approved by the thl Executive team and the
thl Board.
The Waitomo Caves
The Waitomo Caves and Kiwi Experience operation
is already undergoing major shifts as a result of
fewer international visitors due to the COVID-19
pandemic. Climate change and the rising cost of
carbon could have a similar effect. In addition,
climate change could impact the sensitive
glowworm ecosystem. To appeal to a local customer
base, offerings could continue to shift more towards
education, science and immersive Te Reo (Māori
language) tours which are already proving popular.
Under scenarios with high physical risk severity, the
Waitomo Caves could be impacted by road closures
due to acute weather events or glowworm
senescence due to higher temperatures and
flooding. Waitomo is currently moving towards a
more resilient, New Zealand-made supply chain,
including growing food on-site.
Unforgettable Journeys
74
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
75
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Our FY22 Carbon Footprint
Our FY22 carbon footprint continues to be based on our
previous approach (Scopes 1 and 2 and limited Scope 3) and
baseline year of FY19, with customer journeys included in our
Scope 1 emissions.
As noted, we currently have limited control over our Scope 1
customer journey emissions. We will be extending our FY23
footprint to include our full Scope 3 emissions, see
section above.
Guidance on which emissions fall under which Scope is rapidly
evolving, and our allocation of our customer journey emissions
under Scope 1 may change in the future. In the following graphs
we have therefore included customer journey emissions in
Scope 1, but have also reported them separately for consistency
with previous years. COVID-19 has continued to have a profound
impact on our emissions in FY22, particularly on customer
journey emissions in New Zealand.
In this COVID-19 context, in FY22 group-wide operational
emissions across all business units fell a further 6% from FY21,
with a total decrease of 50% against our baseline year of FY19.
We have also seen a 31% reduction in customer journey
emissions on FY21, a total decrease of 51% against our baseline
year of FY19.
FY23 Carbon Footprint: Extending
Our Inventory
As discussed, in order to set a science-aligned carbon reduction
target, we have extended our FY20 carbon footprint to reflect a
full year of pre-COVID-19 activity and to include all our Scope 3
indirect upstream and downstream GHG emissions. In FY23, we
will update our digital GHG platform with this restated FY20
baseline year and extend our GHG inventory for our FY23
footprint to include our full Scope 3 emissions, which we will
share in our next Integrated Annual Report.
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
1,629
New Zealand
1,298
Australia
1,422
USA
45
Joint ventures
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions /
Carbon Footprint FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
37%
32%
30%
Group-wide Operational GHG Emissions year-on-year*
(tonnes CO₂e)
New
Zealand
Total GHG
emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Australia
Joint
venturesUSA
37,255
Total tonnes CO
2
e
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Scope FY22
- includes Customer Journey in Scope 1
(tonnes CO₂e)
Scope 1
1,210
Scope 2
2,492
Scope 3
91%
3%
6%
6
3,378
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
77%
18%
4%
Group-wide GHG Emissions by Emission Source FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
11%
13%
44%
28%
1,939
Transport & Stationary Fuels
1,210
Electricity
482
Waste sent to Landfill
3
Taxi Use
172
Air Travel
588
Materials
4%
*excluding customer journey
3,929
New Zealand
13,243
Australia
19,391
USA
36,563
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
Group-wide Customer Journey GHG Emissions FY22
(tonnes CO₂e)
53%
36%
11%
1%
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
*excluding customer journey
6% decrease
on FY21
40,957
Total FY22 footprint
(tonnes CO
2
e)
31% decrease
on FY21
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
4,394
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
6
39,941
39
769
182
0
20
Head Office
GHG Emissions by Business Unit FY22*
(tonnes CO₂e)
98%
2%
*including customer journey
thl Digital
Self Drive Experiences (NZ/AU/US)
Just Go (JV)
Action Manufacturing
Discover Waitomo
Kiwi Experience
40,957
Total GHG emissions
(tonnes CO
2
e)
37%
40%
35%
4,696
6,600
7,924
26%
24%
25%
1%
0%
1%
36%
36%
39%
1,7101,1941,74943
2,3731,5722,63421
3,1081,9792,793
44
FY21
37%4,39430%1%32%
1,4221,2981,62945
FY22
FY20
FY19
NOTE: 98% (~37,000 tCO₂e) of Scope 1 emissions comprises of
customer journey emissions which we can influence but not control
Our operational carbon footprint includes:
Scope 1Direct GHG emissions: transport fuel used in our
company cars, fuel used at our sites (LPG, natural
gas, diesel) and customer journeys, included in
Scope 1 but also reported separately
Scope 2Indirect GHG emissions from energy: emissions
associated with purchased electricity
Scope 3Other indirect GHG emissions: fuel used by staff
commuting to work; air and taxi travel; waste sent
to landfill; and motorhome maintenance
materials (replacement tyres, batteries and water)
Our FY22 carbon footprint has
been independently verified by
McHugh & Shaw Ltd. It is
considered consistent with the
mandatory requirements of ISO
14064-1:2018, with Reasonable
Assurance (Scope 1/ ISO Cat 1 &
2) and Limited Assurance
(Scope 3/ISO Cat 3-6).
Unforgettable Journeys
76
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
77
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
Next Steps:
Our Strategic Response
2040 British Columbia
(Canada)
Costa Rica 2050
2035
Cape Verde
2035 California
(United States)
2040 Canada
2035 Québec
(Canada)
2030 Ireland
2040 France
2040 Spain
2030 Slovenia
2030 Iceland
2035 United Kingdom
2030 Sweden
2025 Norway
2035 Denmark
2030 Netherlands
Singapore 2030
2035Australia
The Australian Capital Territory (ACT)
became the first jurisdiction in the
country to announce a date for the
end of new ICE vehicle sales
The NZ Climate Change Commission recommended the Government
ban the import and sale of new ICE vehicles by 2030-2035.
In 2022, the Government published its first Emissions Reduction Plan
in which it committed to four transport targets to reduce transport
emissions by 41% by 2035 from 2019 levels.
2030-2035New Zealand
Target to allow the sale or registration
of new BEVs and FCEVs only
2025
2030
2035
2040
2050
2050 International Zero-Emission
Vehicle Alliance (IZEVA)
Target to allow the sale or registration
of new BEVs and FCEVs only
2030
2035
2040
Source: ICCT, August 2021* Includes countries, states, and provinces that have set targets to only allow the sale or registration of new battery electric vehicles (BEVs), fuel cell electric vehicles (FCEVs), and plug-in hybrid electric vehicles (PHEVs).
Countries such as Japan with pledges that include hybrid electric vehicles (HEVs) and mild hybrid electric vehicles (MHEVs) are excluded as these vehicles are non plug-in hybrids.
GOVERNMENTS WITH OFFICIAL TARGETS TO 100% PHASE OUT SALES OR REGISTRATIONS
OF NEW INTERNAL COMBUSTION ENGINE CARS BY A CERTAIN DATE*
(Status: June 2021)
FY23 will be an important year for us at thl, with a key focus being to engage the whole business in our Carbon Challenge:
carbon sprints to set decarbonisation pathways with targets/milestones to help us gain momentum towards our science-
aligned target.
Through our Future Fleet programme we will continue to invest in R&D, piloting and scaling lower-emissions vehicles, supply
permitting, and partnering with OEMs that are leading the way.
These two initiatives will form part of a high level transition plan
1
to be developed consistent with the TCFD’s
recent guidance.
We will start to develop a high level adaptation plan, aligned with the New Zealand National Adaptation Plan (NAP - currently
out for consultation) and the Tourism Adaptation Roadmap (currently being developed by the Aotearoa Circle with thl and
other tourism stakeholders) to address how we will adapt to the physical risks from climate change.
We will assess the financial impacts of Climate-Related Risks and Opportunities (CR&O) and disclose these in our next TCFD
report which will aim to align with the External Reporting Board’s (XRB) reporting standards for climate-related disclosures to
be issued later in 2022.
We will set a science-aligned target for our Scope 3 emissions and will seek to support our suppliers, customers and
industry peers on their decarbonisation journeys.
We will review and further develop a sustainability lens, including climate, over strategy development, major plans of action,
risk management policies, performance objectives, major capital expenditures, etc.
We will continue to use our commitment to the Future-Fit Business Benchmark and the Global Sustainability Programme
described in this report.
A key element of this is our Sustainable Procurement Programme which takes a systems approach to drive down our carbon
emissions, and to support our suppliers and customers on their decarbonisation journey.
We will continue to regularly report our progress to the Board and our stakeholders.
We will continue to use the Sphera digital platform for internal reporting on our branch-level carbon impacts to inform
decision-making.
1
A ‘transition plan’ describes how an organisation aims to minimise climate-related risks and increase opportunities as the world
transitions toward a low-carbon economy, including by reducing emissions of its own operations and those of its value chain.
Unforgettable Journeys
78
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
79
OUR RESPONSIBILITY JOURNEY
RiskDescriptionImpactRisk ControlsRelevant Capitals
See About this report for more information
Cyber security
The risk of a cyber-security incident impacting operations
and customers such as Personally Identifiable Information
being copied, transmitted, viewed, stolen or used by an
unauthorised individual. Risk remains high.
Loss of business-critical systems causing operational
disruption and loss of customer trust.
Financial impact due to networks going offline to contain,
eradicate and recover.
Internal controls such as ongoing improvements in software
and crew awareness training; and external controls such as
third-party cyber solution monitoring.
Supply chain
disruption
Ongoing disruption to manufacturing supply chains leading
to failure to deliver products in time for the rental season, e.g.
chassis not available, manufacturers can’t supply volumes
required etc. Risk remains high.
Impact on delivery for customers and/or increase in cost
of vehicle buy/build/maintenance, impacting profitability.
Potential reputational impact.
Maintain multiple suppliers. Reschedule sale of vehicles.
Regular fleet meetings, build documents kept live. Monthly
meetings to monitor production and imports. Flex staff
numbers. Regular engagement with suppliers.
Major market
shocks or
abnormal
macroeconomic
factors
Major market shocks and/or abnormal macroeconomic factors
in one or all markets impacting customer demand. Potential
factors include pandemic, war, terrorism, economic recession,
high inflation and geopolitical tensions.
While the impacts of the pandemic are reducing, with
increasing inflation globally and an increasing risk of a
recession, this risk remains elevated.
Market shocks can lead to a material reduction and increased
volatility in rental demand, vehicle sales demand and margins,
and overall tourism visitor numbers. This in turn has a
significant impact on profitability and potentially the
capital structure.
Active monitoring of global trends and economic environment.
Agility and diversification in business models, product
offerings and across geographies. Develop domestic tourism
and non-tourism markets. Minimise long-term fixed costs and
commitments where appropriate to maintain cost flexibility
e.g. property.
Competitor
behaviour -
new or existing
competitors
disrupt market
Disruptive existing or new entrant enters the market, taking
advantage of lower fleet volumes post-COVID-19 and the
ongoing growth of P2P. Risk remains high.
Additional fleet supply and new entrant behaviours alter
market dynamics, putting revenue and profitability at risk.
Price checks; mystery shoppers; competitor assessments;
multi-channel distribution presence.
RiskDescriptionImpactRisk ControlsRelevant Capitals
See About this report for more information
Megatrends in
tourism
Megatrends in tourism e.g. travel restrictions or changing
customer expectations lead to changing travel patterns and
impact demand over the short to long-term. Risk remains high.
Reduction in inbound tourism reduces demand, impacting
profitability and ROFE. External factors increase the cost of air
travel. Potential reputational impact. Indications of longer, less
frequent trips.
Maintain influence in core markets; develop new markets;
continue to source non-tourism revenue opportunities and
to engage with tourism bodies. Monitor economic/external
environment. Manage balance sheet ratios, flex fleet. Drive
and communicate sustainability progress to meet/anticipate
customer expectations.
Regulatory
and legal
compliance
Interpretation of, and response to, regulation and risk of
non-compliance in a fast-changing regulatory landscape.
Risk remains high.
Non-compliance to rapidly changing legal/regulatory
landscape creating reputational, legal and financial
impacts e.g. exposure to litigation; revenue loss; and
operational disruption.
Regular monitoring and response to legal policy and
compliance changes to enable our operations to
continue to comply.
Social license
to operate
Losing social license to operate from communities unwilling
to accept impact of customer journeys and tourism in general.
This risk is more likely in NZ. Risk remains high.
Push-back from communities on thl, our products and the
industry as a whole, due to communities unwilling to accept
the negative impact of tourism on local environment; potential
impact on customer experience; potential reputational
damage to thl.
Monitor annual tourism impact community surveys; capacity
of national parks (US); RVSA compliance (US) and tourism
experiences in smaller countries such as Scotland.
Vehicle
technological
and
obsolescence
risks
Poor selection and investment in new, low-emission vehicle
technology with rapid pace of change.
Early adoption of the wrong product leads to lack of
reduction in emissions leading to climate change; financial
consequences; obsolescence of existing fleet, leads to
impairment of all or some of fleet; operational impacts of poor
decisions, disruption to daily activity.
Ongoing delivery of Future Fleet programme with
eight workstreams:
Merger does
not complete
or unsuccessful
implementation
The merger of Apollo and thl is a sizeable transaction that
requires resource to be dedicated to it, both before the
merger is approved and the transaction completes, and post
completion when a multi-year integration project will need
to be undertaken to deliver identified synergies. Risk remains
high due to the high return potential.
If the approval process for the transaction continues to extend
beyond expectations, there will be increased management
time and costs associated with the transaction. Non-approval
of the transaction will impact proposed shareholder returns.
If the merger is approved to proceed and the integration is
not handled successfully there is risk the synergies will not be
fully realised, cultural integration may not occur effectively
and long-term financial performance could under-deliver on
expectations.
Regulatory approval risk is being mitigated through ongoing
advisor engagement and the proposed divestment of certain
assets to JUCY Rentals/Next Capital. Integration risk is being
minimised through use of KPMG consulting services for
structure and support alongside a dedicated integration team,
led by the Chief Customer & Commercial Officer.
Health, Safety &
Wellbeing
(HSW)
As an essential service provider with tourism offerings,
COVID-19 exposes our crew and customers to health and
safety risks in addition to operational HSW risks from our
transport and adventure tourism businesses which need
to be proactively addressed. The key operational health
and safety risks for a business of our nature are on-site
traffic management, vehicle safety, working at heights,
manufacturing services and adventure tourism.
Risk remains high.
Serious illness, injury or loss of life. If our operation was no
longer regarded as safe, we would face major impacts on our
operating model, as well as fines, lawsuits and significant
reputational damage. COVID-19 variants continue to be a
key focus.
Continuing to embed HSW culture in all parts of the business.
New global Head of HSW, new Acting NZ Lead, HSW and new
Health, Safety & Sustainability Coordinator in place. Expanded
arrangement with US Health & Safety vendor. Continue to
act on recommendations of internal Health & Safety Audit.
Prioritise site visits and critical risks, and continue with
Executive Site Inspections. Key staff given safety training.
Building a new Health & Safety Management System (HSMS)
aligned with ISO 45001 to support consistent processes and
knowledge sharing across jurisdictions. Refreshing SOPs.
Labour supply
risk: recruitment
and retention
Labour supply, recruitment and retention risk in a
post-COVID-19 context.
Risks also for AU and NZ around recruitment of casual and
skilled workers given immigration/border controls, ageing
population and lack of skilled workers for emerging tech
(EV, hydrogen etc).
Recruitment challenges in US show signs of easing in certain
regional markets. Retention of digital crew is improving due to
control measures.
Lack of skilled labour and sustainable labour force/high churn
impacting operations and customer offering.
Our focus on crew wellbeing and engagement remains
paramount with various initiatives in progress, including
enhancing the crew journey, competitive wages/Future-Fit
Wages to ensure a decent standard of living for everyone,
retention programmes and leadership development.
Extreme
weather events
including from
climate change
Natural weather events, including those caused by climate
change, impacting operations. Remains high and is a
current issue in Waitomo where floods impacted glowworm
population and the business had to close for a number of
days and droughts caused a build-up of silt which had to
be removed to allow access for our tour boats.
Disruption to travel infrastructure impacting customers, staff
or suppliers, and/or impacting operations.
Disruption to our Discover Waitomo glowworm tours,
ecosystem and population.
Continue to monitor significant events and climate conditions
and their impact on our customers, crew and assets using our
technology platforms and internal sustainability/environmental
managers. Assess any new operational locations against event
and climate risk posed in that area.
At thl we take an integrated approach to Enterprise Risk Management (ERM), managing risks at
all levels of the organisation. We identify and manage our strategic, operational and regulatory
risks using our ERM Framework – a suite of policies and tools including our ERM Policy, our
online Risk Register and the ERM ‘Glovebox’ intranet site. Our approach and standard operating
procedures are captured in our Enterprise Risk Manual. Risk training is provided both online
through ‘DriveTrain’ and to our emerging leaders as part of the ‘DriveSchool’
training programme.
Risks and opportunities identified by our operational Risk Champions Network (RCN) are
reported up to Risk Owners in the Risk & Improvement Committee (RIC). Both Risk Champions
and Risk Owners are responsible for regularly reviewing their risks.
RIC provides Executive-level governance and a consistent approach to ERM across thl. In turn,
RIC reports key strategic and ‘front and centre’ operational risks up to the Sustainability & Risk
Committee. From FY23, RIC will report into the new Audit & Risk Committee (previously the
Audit Committee) who will provide Board-level oversight of our ERM. Our key, high-rated risks
are detailed below.
Protecting the value we create
Our Enterprise Risk Management Framework
FY23 will see the Responsible Management team, RCN and RIC focusing on delivering control
measure projects particularly for our higher-rated risks; prompt risk reviews; aligning ERM and
our Health, Safety and Wellbeing (HSW) management system to provide consistency; improving
our risk reporting – including on the effectiveness of our controls; iterating our TCFD climate risk
and opportunity disclosures; and developing a robust methodology for identifying opportunities
for improvement..
In FY22 we have built a solid foundation for risk management, and in FY23 we will build on this
to contribute to a strong risk culture.
Below are the key short, medium and long-term strategic risks and ‘front and centre’ operational
risks as agreed and owned by RIC.
Unforgettable Journeys
80
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
81
PROTECTING THE VALUE WE CREATE
Our
thl seeks to provide the market with the
information it needs, in a form that is
useful for investors, creditors, insurers
and other users of annual reports, to
allocate investments in a way that
contributes to a low-emissions, climate-
resilient economy. In order to do this,
thl has voluntarily disclosed climate-
related financial risks and opportunities
(CR&O) in alignment with TCFD
recommendations, in the Climate &
Carbon Strategy section in this report.
Directors’ statement83
Consolidated income statement84
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income85
Consolidated statement of changes in equity86
Consolidated statement of financial position87
Consolidated statement of cash flows88
Notes to the consolidated financial statements89
Independent auditor’s report134
Corporate governance140
Board of Directors154
Corporate information155
CONTENTS
The Directors of Tourism Holdings Limited (thl) are pleased to
present to shareholders, the Annual Financial Statements
for thl and its controlled entities (together the ‘Group’) for the
year ended 30 June 2022.
The Directors are responsible for presenting financial
statements in accordance with New Zealand law and generally
accepted accounting practice, which present fairly, in all
material respects, the financial position of the Group as at 30
June 2022 and the results of the Group’s operations and cash
flows for the year ended on that date.
The Directors consider the financial statements of the Group
have been prepared using accounting policies which have been
consistently applied and supported by reasonable judgements
and estimates and that all relevant financial reporting and
accounting standards have been followed.
The Directors believe that proper accounting records have been
kept which enable, with reasonable accuracy, the determination
of the financial position of the Group and facilitate compliance
of the financial statements with the Financial Markets Conduct
Act 2013.
The Directors consider that they have taken adequate steps to
safeguard the assets of the Group, and to prevent and detect
fraud and other irregularities.
Internal control procedures are also considered to be sufficient
to provide a reasonable assurance as to the integrity and
reliability of the financial statements.
This document constitutes the 2022 Annual Report to
Shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited.
This Annual Report is signed on behalf of the Board by:
Cathy Quinn ONZM Rob Hamilton
Chair Chair of the Audit
& Risk Committee
25 August 2022
Directors’
statement
Unforgettable Journeys
82
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
83
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Consolidated income statement
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Consolidated statement of comprehensive income
For the year ended 30 June 2022
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Sales of services
2118,886130,033
Sales of goods
2226,864229,140
Total revenue
345,750359,173
Cost of sales
2(150,785)(186,033)
Gross profit
194,965173,140
Administration expenses
4, 5(51,369)(37,861)
Operating expenses
4, 5(147,473)(150,000)
Other income
310,7606,460
Operating profit/(loss) before financing costs*
6,883(8,261)
Finance income
1741
Finance expenses
6(10,736)(10,888)
Net finance costs
(10,719)(10,847)
Share of profit from associates
211,105718
Share of profit from joint ventures
-18
Loss before tax
(2,731)(18,372)
Income tax benefit
76123,858
Loss for the year
(2,119)(14,514)
Loss is attributable to:
Non-controlling interests
20(637)(839)
Equity Holders of the parent
(1,482)(13,675)
Loss for the year
(2,119)(14,514)
(Loss)/earnings per share from loss for the
year attributable to the equity holders of
the Company
8
Basic (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(1.0)(9.2)
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(1.0)(9.1)
* The consolidated income statement includes one non-GAAP measure (that is, operating profit before financing costs or “EBIT”)
which is not a defined term in New Zealand International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS). The Directors and management
believe that this non-GAAP financial measure provides useful information to assist readers in understanding the Group’s financial
performance. This measure should not be viewed in isolation and is intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore
may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies.
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Loss for the year
(2,119)(14,514)
Other comprehensive income/(losses)
Items that may be reclassified subsequently
to profit or loss
Foreign currency translation reserve movement
(net of tax)
2414,952(8,929)
Equity investment reserve movement (net of tax)
24(954)-
Cash flow hedge reserve movement (net of tax)
313,9383,078
Other comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
net of tax17,936(5,851)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year15,817(20,365)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
is attributable to:
Equity holders of the Company
16,454(19,526)
Non-controlling interests
(637)(839)
Total comprehensive income/(loss) for the year
15,817(20,365)
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
Unforgettable Journeys
84
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
85
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Assets
Non-current assets
Property, plant and equipment
11311,831273,072
Intangible assets
1655,40751,121
Financial asset
195,63020,835
Derivative financial instruments
30453-
Investment in associates
215,9664,936
Right-of-use assets
1270,76662,339
Deferred tax assets
35-957
Total non-current assets
450,053413,260
Current assets
Cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
Trade and other receivables
2633,08228,681
Inventories
1567,29057,455
Assets classified as held for sale
18333-
Current tax receivables
6,254581
Total current assets
145,775124,804
Total assets
595,828538,064
Equity
Share capital
23278,983277,792
Retained earnings
37,70042,313
Cash flow hedge reserve
31321(3,617)
Other reserves
2414,664(1,030)
Non-controlling interests
-(2,859)
Total equity
331,668312,599
NOTES
SHARE
CAPITAL
$000’s
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$000’s
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$000’s
OTHER
RESERVES
$000’s
NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$000’s
TOTAL
EQUITY
$000’s
Opening balance
as at 1 July 2021277,79242,313(3,617)(1,030)(2,859)312,599
Loss for the year-(1,482)--(637)(2,119)
Other
comprehensive
income
Cash flow hedge
reserve movement
(net of tax)
31--3,938--3,938
Equity investment
reserve 19---(954)-(954)
Foreign currency
translation reserve
movement
(net of tax)24---14,952-14,952
Total
comprehensive
income/(loss) for
the year-(1,482)3,93813,998(637)15,817
Transactions with
owners
Issue of ordinary
shares (net of
issue costs)
23197----197
Acquisition of non-
controlling interests20-(3,496)--3,496-
Transfer f rom
employee share
scheme reserve
23,
24994365-(1,207)-152
Employee share
scheme reserve24---2,903-2,903
Total transactions
with owners1,191(3,131)-1,6963,4963,252
Closing balance
as at 30 June 2022278,98337,70032114,664-331,668
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
For the year ended 30 June 2022
For the year ended 30 June 2021
Consolidated statement of financial position
As at 30 June 2022
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Liabilities
Non-current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
2597,29886,659
Derivative financial instruments
30455,124
Deferred income tax liability
3516,0779,989
Lease liabilities
1272,72164,479
Total non-current liabilities
186,141166,251
Current liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
25-125
Trade and other payables
2731,91325,263
Revenue in advance
26,04613,087
Employee benefits
9,0418,017
Provisions
618413
Derivative financial instruments
3015148
Current tax liabilities
-3,374
Lease liabilities
129,8988,787
Liabilities classified as held for sale
18488-
Total current liabilities
78,01959,214
Total liabilities
264,160225,465
Total equity and liabilities
595,828538,064
For and on behalf of the Board who authorised the issue of the consolidated financial
statements on 25 August 2022.
C Quinn ONZM Rob Hamilton
Chair Chair of the Audit
& Risk Committee
25 August 2022 25 August 2022
NOTES
SHARE
CAPITAL
$000’s
RETAINED
EARNINGS
$000’s
CASH FLOW
HEDGE
RESERVE
$000’s
OTHER
RESERVES
$000’s
NON-
CONTROLLING
INTERESTS
$000’s
TOTAL
EQUITY
$000’s
Opening balance
as at 1 July 2020269,98855,815(6,695)5,991-325,099
Loss for the year-(13,675)--(839)(14,514)
Other
comprehensive
income
Cash flow hedge
reserve movement
(net of tax)
31--3,078--3,078
Foreign currency
translation reserve
movement
(net of tax)24---(8,929)-(8,929)
Total
comprehensive
(loss)/income for
the year
-(13,675)3,078(8,929)(839)(20,365)
Transactions with
owners
Issue of ordinary
shares (net of
issue costs)
237,773----7,773
Acquisition of non-
controlling interests----(2,020)(2,020)
Transfer f rom
employee share
scheme reserve
23,
2431173-(204)--
Employee share
scheme reserve24---2,112-2,112
Total transactions
with owners7,804173-1,908(2,020)7,865
Closing balance
as at 30 June 2021277,79242,313(3,617)(1,030)(2,859)312,599
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
Unforgettable Journeys
86
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
87
Consolidated statement of cash flows
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Cash flows from operating activities
Receipts f rom customers
128,337150,534
Proceeds f rom sale of goods
227,289222,265
Proceeds f rom insurance recoveries
1331,826
Interest received
1741
Dividend received
807869
Payments to suppliers and employees
(199,077)(159,783)
Purchase of rental assets
(164,465)(119,922)
Interest paid
(10,471)(10,878)
Taxation (paid)/received
(4,189)2,024
Net cash flows (used in)/from
operating activities34(21,619)86,976
Cash flows from investing activities
Proceeds f rom sale of property, plant
and equipment
175110
Purchase of property, plant and equipment
(2,930)(1,199)
Sale proceeds f rom Togo class B shares
1723,145-
Receipt f rom joint ventures
-353
Purchase of intangibles
(4,606)(4,113)
Net cash paid as part of the step acquisition
of Outdoria-(374)
Net cash received as part of the step acquisition
of AMLP-4,631
Net cash flows from/(used in) investing activities
15,784(592)
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Cash flows from financing activities
Payment for lease liability principal
12(9,611)(7,732)
Proceeds f rom borrowings
2589,05761,853
Repayments of borrowings
25(76,158)(136,420)
Proceeds f rom share issue
23193304
Net cash flows from/(used in)
financing activities
3,481(81,995)
Net (decrease)/increase in cash
and cash equivalents(2,354)4,389
Opening cash and cash equivalents38,08735,514
Exchange gains/(losses) on cash
and cash equivalents3,083(1,816)
Closing cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
The accompanying notes form part of, and should be read in conjunction with, these financial statements.
Index
About this report
Section A – Financial performance
1 Segment note 91
2 Revenue 94
3 Other income, net 96
4 Loss before tax includes the following specific expenses 96
5 Employee benefits expense 97
6 Finance expenses 97
7 Income tax 97
8 Earnings per share 98
9 Dividends 99
10 Imputation credits 99
Section B - Assets used to generate profit 99
11 Property, plant and equipment 100
12 Leases 102
13 Capital commitments 103
14 Operating leases 103
15 Inventories 104
16 Intangible assets 104
Section C - Investments 108
17 Togo share disposal 109
18 Kiwi Experience held for sale 109
19 Sale of mighway and SHAREaCAMPER 109
20 Outdoria share buy-back 110
21 Investments in associate 110
22 Subsidiaries 111
Section D - Managing funding 111
23 Share capital 111
24 Other reserves 112
25 Borrowings 113
26 Trade and other receivables 114
27 Trade and other payables 115
28 Financial instruments 115
Section E - Managing risk 117
29 Financial risk management 117
30 Derivative financial instruments 121
31 Cash flow hedge reserve 123
Section F - Other 123
32 Related party transactions 123
33 Share-based payments 125
34 Reconciliation of loss after tax with cash flows
from operating activities 130
35 Deferred income tax 132
36 Changes in accounting policies and disclosures 133
37 Contingencies 133
38 Other events 133
39 Events after the reporting period 133
Unforgettable Journeys
88
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
89
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
About this report
Basis of preparation
The primary operations of Tourism Holdings Limited (the ‘Company’ or ‘Parent’ or ‘thl’) and
its subsidiaries (together the ‘Group’) are the manufacture, rental and sale of motorhomes
and other tourism related activities. The Parent is domiciled in New Zealand. The registered
office is Level 1, 83 Beach Road, Auckland 1010, New Zealand. Tourism Holdings Limited is a
company registered under the Companies Act 1993 and is an FMC reporting entity under
Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013.
The consolidated financial statements (financial statements) of the Group have been prepared:
• in accordance with Generally Accepted Accounting Practice (GAAP), and comply with
New Zealand equivalents to International Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and
International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS), as applicable for a “for profit” entity;
• i n accordance with the requirements of Part 7 of the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013
and the NZX Main Board Listing Rules;
• under the historical cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain assets and
liabilities as identified in specific accounting policies; and
• in New Zealand dollars with values rounded to thousands ($000’s) unless otherwise stated.
These financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis (refer to Note 25).
Throughout this document, accounting policies and critical accounting estimates are
identified using the following key:
Key:
= Accounting policy
= Critical accounting estimate
Transactions and balances in the functional currency
Foreign currency transactions are translated into the functional currency using the exchange
rates prevailing at the dates of the transactions. Foreign exchange gains and losses resulting
f rom the settlement of such transactions and f rom the translation at year end exchange rates of
monetary assets and liabilities denominated in foreign currencies are recognised in the income
statement, except when deferred in equity as qualifying cash flow hedges.
At the end of each reporting period:
(a) Foreign currency monetary items are translated using the closing rate;
(b) Non-monetary items that are measured in terms of historical cost in a foreign currency
are translated using the exchange rate at the date of the transaction; and
(c) Non-monetary items that are measured at fair value in a foreign currency are translated
using the exchange rates at the date when the fair value was measured.
Summary of significant accounting policies
a) Consolidation
The Group consolidates its subsidiaries, as these are the entities over which the Group has
control. The Group controls an entity when the Group is exposed to, or has rights to, variable
returns f rom its involvement with the entity and has the ability to affect those returns through
its power over the entity. Subsidiaries are fully consolidated f rom the date on which control is
transferred to the Group. They are deconsolidated f rom the date that control ceases.
Inter-company transactions, balances and unrealised gains on transactions between Group
companies are eliminated. Unrealised losses are also eliminated but considered an impairment
indicator of the asset transferred. Accounting policies of subsidiaries have been changed where
necessary to ensure consistency with the policies adopted by the Group. Information on the
Group’s subsidiaries can be found in note 22.
b) Foreign currency translation
Functional and presentation currency
Items included in the financial statements of each of the Group’s entities are measured using
the currency of the primary economic environment in which the entity operates (‘the functional
currency’). The financial statements are presented in New Zealand dollars, rounded to the
nearest thousand, which is the Company’s functional and presentation currency.
Translation into presentation currency
The results and financial position of all the Group entities (none of which has the currency of
a hyperinflationary economy) that have a functional currency different from the presentation
currency are translated into the presentation currency as follows:
(i) assets and liabilities for each statement of financial position (‘balance sheet’) presented
are translated at the closing rate at the date of that balance sheet;
(ii) income and expenses for each income statement are translated at the average monthly
exchange rates; and
(iii) all resulting exchange differences are recognised as a separate component of equity.
Goodwill and fair value adjustments arising on the acquisition of a foreign entity are treated
as assets and liabilities of the foreign entity and translated at the closing rate.
Section A – Financial performance
In this section
This section explains the financial performance of thl, providing additional information about
individual items in the income statement, including segmental information, certain expenses
and dividend distribution information.
1. Segment note
The operating segments of thl are reported f rom a geographic and service type perspective.
They are made up of the following business operations:
• New Zealand Rentals – Rental of maui, Britz and Mighty motorhomes, and the sale
of motorhomes
• Action Manufacturing – Manufacturer and the sale of motorhomes and other
speciality vehicles
• Tourism Group – Kiwi Experience (held for sale) and the Discover Waitomo Caves
Group experiences
• Australia Rentals – Rental of maui, Britz and Mighty motorhomes and 4WD vehicles,
and the sale of motorhomes
• United States Rentals – Rental and sale of Road Bear, Britz, Mighty and El Monte RVs
• Other - includes Group Support Services, group elimination entries and thl digital.
thl digital includes mighway, SHAREaCAMPER (sold in April 2022), Cosmos and Outdoria.
The associate Just go is also included in this category.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
90
Unforgettable Journeys
91
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
1. Segment note (continued)
2022
NEW
ZEALAND
RENTALS
$000’s
NEW
ZEALAND
ACTION
MANU-
FACTURING
$000’s
TOURISM
GROUP
$000’s
AUSTRALIA
RENTALS
$000’s
UNITED
STATES
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Sales of services
18,356
-3,17841,99753,6471,708118,886
Sales of goods –
external73,92526,045-35,91690,89682226,864
Sales of goods –
inter-segment-41,633---(41,633)-
Revenue f rom
customers92,28167,6783,17877,913144,543(39,843)345,750
Depreciation
(12,305)
(2,445)(1,489)(13,307)(14,627)(533)(44,706)
Goodwill
impairment-----(678)(678)
Amortisation
(14)
(4)(705)(27)(111)(989)(1,850)
Other costs,
external(88,941)(21,589)(5,225)(58,016)(117,074)(788)(291,633)
Other costs,
inter-segment -(38,730)---38,730-
Operating profit/
(loss) before
interest and tax(8,979)4,910(4,241)6,56312,731(4,101)6,883
Interest income
-
2-221117
Interest expense
(564)
(283)(62)(1,683)(3,933)(4,211)(10,736)
Share of profit
f rom joint venture
and associate-----1,1051,105
Operating profit/
(loss) before tax(9,543)4,629(4,303)4,8828,800(7,196)(2,731)
Taxation
2,622
(2)352(1,378)(2,649)1,667612
Operating profit/
(loss) – after
interest and tax
(6,921)4,627(3,951)3,5046,151(5,529)(2,119)
Capital
expenditure12,4992,32229343,164112,818131171,227
Non-current
assets69,51713,62917,198102,150224,23123,328450,053
Total assets96,88545,24818,095133,370279,03423,196595,828
Net funds
employed
70,99129,67714,80866,067174,02734,569390,139
2021
NEW
ZEALAND
RENTALS
$000’s
NEW
ZEALAND
ACTION
MANU-
FACTURING
$000’s
TOURISM
GROUP
$000’s
AUSTRALIA
RENTALS
$000’s
UNITED
STATES
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Sales of services
31,057
-5,42134,51856,0692,968130,033
Sales of goods –
external100,9166,225-31,02190,978-229,140
Sales of goods –
inter-segment-10,154---(10,154)-
Revenue f rom
customers131,97316,3795,42165,539147,047(7,186)359,173
Depreciation
(18,409)
(676)(1,586)(14,523)(11,535)(801)(47,530)
Asset impairment
-
-(46)---(46)
Amortisation
(12)
(1)(666)(36)(106)(346)(1,167)
Other costs,
external (128,234)(5,647)(3,764)(50,780)(120,825)(9,441)(318,691)
Other costs,
inter-segment-(9,509)---9,509-
Operating profit/
(loss) before
interest and tax
(14,682)546(641)20014,581(8,265)(8,261)
Interest income
-
--113941
Interest expense
(716)
(84)(77)(1,490)(3,155)(5,366)(10,888)
Share of profit
f rom joint venture
and associate-----736736
Operating profit/
(loss) before tax(15,398)462(718)(1,289)11,427(12,856)(18,372)
Taxation
4,272
(90)49396(2,286)1,5173,858
Operating profit/
(loss) – after
interest and tax
(11,126)372(669)(893)9,141(11,339)(14,514)
Capital
expenditure9,4775,9711417,73571,881(853)104,225
Non-current
assets92,51213,13018,99382,712166,32539,588413,260
Total assets
131,406
33,40120,163115,177199,19638,721538,064
Net funds
employed100,07119,65117,30055,574122,61446,087361,297
1. Segment note (continued)
Operating segments are reported in a manner consistent with the internal reporting provided
to the chief operating decision-maker (CODM). The CODM, who is responsible for allocating
resources and assessing performance of the operating segments, has been identified as the
executive management team together with the Board of Directors (the Board), who together
make strategic decisions.
Operating profit/(loss) before interest and tax is the main financial measure used by the CODM
to review the Group’s performance.
All revenue is reported to the executive team on a basis consistent with that used in the income
statement. Segment assets and liabilities are measured in the same way as in the financial
statements. These assets and liabilities are allocated based on the operations of the segment,
and the physical location for assets.
Segment assets consist primarily of property, plant and equipment, intangible assets, right-
of-use assets, inventories, receivables and operating cash. The investments and derivatives
designated as hedges of borrowings are allocated to “Other segment’. Net funds employed
are non-GAAP measures that are not defined in NZ IFRS. The Board and management believe
that these non-GAAP financial measures provide useful information to assist readers in
understanding the Group’s financial performance. These measures should not be viewed
in isolation and are intended to supplement the NZ GAAP measures and therefore may not
be comparable to similarly titled amounts reported by other companies. The net funds
employed are segment total assets less segment non-interest-bearing liabilities and cash on
hand. The lease liability as a result of NZ IFRS 16 is not considered to be part of funds employed.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
92
Unforgettable Journeys
93
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
2. Revenue
NZ IFRS 15 ‘Revenue from contracts with customers’
The revenue earned by the Group is derived f rom the satisfaction of one or more
performance obligations, which are satisfied at a point in time or over a period of time.
(i) Sales of services
Sales of services comprises rental income and service revenue.
Rental income
Rental income is recognised in the accounting period in which the services are
rendered, by reference to completion of the specific transaction. Where the rental covers
a period of more than one day, revenue is recognised on a straight-line basis based on
the number of days of the booking that have occurred by year end as a proportion of the
total number of days in the booking. The portion of the revenue that occurs after year
end is shown as revenue in advance on the statement of financial position.
Service revenue
Service revenue comprises various performance obligations (rental add-ons such as
accessories and customer liability reduction) in which satisfaction in most cases occurs
evenly over the rental period and is recognised accordingly. The Group recognises this
revenue over time, as the customer simultaneously receives and consumes the benefits
provided by the Group’s performance.
Sales f rom tourism services are recognised when the service is rendered to the customer
and are recognised in the accounting period in which the performance obligation is
satisfied, being when the customer obtains the benefit from the service. It relates to the
satisfaction of a number of performance obligations at a point in time; the contract price
that is determined for any single performance obligation is based with reference to the
stand alone price and no significant financing components exist, as the transaction is
settled within 12 months from the transaction date. There are no costs to obtain or fulfil
the contract.
The Group prices its services on a fixed basis and the pricing is fixed and determinable
when the duly executed arrangement is finalised. It has also been determined
that there are no significant financing components as part of the Group’s sale of
services arrangements.
Revenue f rom these sales is recognised net of the estimated discounts or other
promotions. Accumulated experience is used to estimate and provide for the discounts,
using the expected value method, and revenue is only recognised to the extent that it is
highly probable that a significant reversal will not occur.
The Group recognises the contract liability which represents the Group’s obligation to
transfer goods or services to a customer for which the Group has received consideration
f rom the customer. It relates to the payments and deposits f rom the customers and
are disclosed as revenue in advance in the statement of financial position. The average
timing of satisfaction of performance obligations in relation to the payment of the
contract liability is between 1-6 months.
(ii) Sales of goods
The Group sells a range of motorhomes, accessories and other merchandise. Sales
are recognised when control of the goods has transferred, being when the goods are
handed over to the customer and the customer has the ability to direct the use of the
goods. It relates to the satisfaction of a single performance obligation at a point in time;
the contract price is determined and no significant financing components exist as the
transaction is settled within 12 months f rom the transaction date and no costs to obtain
or fulfil the contract.
2. Revenue (continued)
Sales of services
Sales of services includes revenue f rom rental of motorhomes, Wi-Fi, accessories and
additional services relating to the rental of motorhomes and the sale of tourism experiences
(for Kiwi Experience and Waitomo) and app subscriptions income (thl digital).
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Rental revenue
96,70195,840
Service revenue
22,18534,193
Total sales of services
118,886130,033
The expected minimum lease payments to be received on lease of motorhomes, based on the
booked rentals as of balance date, are as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Within one year
7,1162,849
Within one to two years
36
Total
7,1192,855
Sales of goods
• Cost of goods includes the net book value of ex-rental fleet sold and the purchase price
of new vehicles, trade-ins and retail goods sold.
• Vehicle selling expenses consists primarily of amounts paid by thl to third party warranty
providers, and costs incurred under warranty claims.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Sales of goods
226,864229,140
Cost of goods
(149,375)(184,173)
Vehicle selling expenses
(1,410)(1,860)
Cost of sales
(150,785)(186,033)
Gross profit
76,07943,107
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
94
Unforgettable Journeys
95
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
3. Other income, net
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Gain on sale of mighway and SHAREaCAMPER
5,381-
Gain on loan forgiveness
2,267-
Gain on sale of Togo Class B preference share
1,326-
Net loss on disposals of non fleet assets
(193)(824)
Insurance repairs
(848)(1,883)
Proceeds f rom insurance recovery
-3,112
Gain on exiting Mangere branch lease
-1,621
US Paycheck Protection Program ("PPP") loan forgiveness
-1,457
Loss on acquisition of remaining shareholding in AMLP
-(1,406)
Fair value movements on financial assets recognised at fair
value through profit or loss2821,178
Other income*
2,5453,205
Other income
10,7606,460
* Included within other income is dividend income from the Togo Class B preference shares.
4. Loss before tax includes the following specific expenses
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Transaction costs
(1)
5,108-
Depreciation
11, 1244,70647,530
Goodwill impairment
16678-
Amortisation of intangible assets
161,8501,167
Rental and operating lease costs
1,5581,612
Raw materials and consumables
1,1781,141
Repairs and maintenance including damage repairs
21,33321,887
Net foreign exchange (gain)/loss
(174)156
(1)
Transaction costs in relation to the Apollo merger of $5.1M have been incurred to 30 June 2022 and expensed through the
income statement.
Audit fees – PricewaterhouseCoopers
Audit of financial statements
i
685566
Other – audit related
16-
Other fees – PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand
Treasury services
ii
-10
Agreed upon procedures
iii
977
Total fees paid to PricewaterhouseCoopers New Zealand
710653
Notes on fees paid to auditor:
i. The fee includes the fees for the annual audit of the consolidated financial statements of thl.
ii. Treasury services in 2021 are in relation to financial markets risk analysis and commentary.
iii. Agreed upon procedures in 2022 are in relation to the interim financial statements. Agreed
upon procedures in 2021 are in relation to the Waitomo lease compliance for FY20, the interim
financial statements, quarterly banking compliance certificate, holiday pay calculation
remediation and COVID-19 payroll assessment.
5. Employee benefits expense
Employee entitlements to salaries and wages and annual leave to be settled within
12 months of the reporting date represent present obligations resulting f rom employees’
services provided up to the reporting date. These are calculated at undiscounted
amounts based on remuneration rates that the Group expects to pay.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Wages and salaries*
66,36161,973
Share-based payment costs (note 33)
3,0382,112
Other employee benefits
2,2891,805
Total employee remuneration
71,68865,890
* Wages and salaries include net benefits received and passed on to employees in relation to NZ COVID-19 Wage Subsidy, Resurgence
Support and Leave Support Scheme of $3.8M (2021: $1.6M). Wage subsidy received is netted off against wages and salaries. There was
no Australian Jobkeeper scheme received for 2022 (2021: $2.8M).
6. Finance expenses
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Interest on bank borrowings
7,0557,468
Interest on finance leases
3,6813,420
Total finance expenses
10,73610,888
7. Income tax
The Group is subject to income taxes in multiple jurisdictions. Significant judgement
is required in determining the worldwide provision for income taxes. There are many
transactions and calculations for which the ultimate tax determination is uncertain
during the ordinary course of business. The Group recognises liabilities for anticipated
tax audit issues based on estimates of whether additional taxes will be due. Where the
final tax outcome of these matters is different from the amounts that were initially
recorded, such differences will impact the income tax and deferred tax provisions in the
period in which such determination is made.
Current and deferred income tax
Income tax expenses comprises current tax and deferred tax.
Current tax is the amount of income tax payable based on the taxable profit for the
current year, plus any adjustments to income tax payable in respect of prior years.
Current tax is calculated using rates that have been enacted or substantially enacted
by balance date.
Deferred tax is the amount of income tax payable or recoverable in future periods
in respect of temporary differences and unused tax losses. Temporary differences
are differences between the carrying amount of assets and liabilities in the financial
statements and the corresponding tax bases used in the computation of taxable profit.
Deferred tax liabilities are generally recognised for all taxable temporary differences.
Deferred tax assets are recognised to the extent that it is probable that taxable profits
will be available, against which the deductible temporary differences or tax losses can
be utilised.
Deferred tax is not recognised if the temporary difference arises f rom the initial
recognition of goodwill or f rom the initial recognition of an asset and liability in a
transaction that is not a business combination and, at the time of the transaction,
affects neither accounting profit nor taxable profit.
Deferred tax is recognised on taxable temporary differences arising on investments
in subsidiaries and associates, except where the company can control the reversal of
the temporary difference and it is probable that the temporary difference will not be
reversed in the foreseeable future.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
96
Unforgettable Journeys
97
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
8. Earnings per share
20222021
Loss attributable to the equity holders of the Parent ($000's)
(1,482)(13,675)
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue (000's)
151,989148,893
Basic (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(1.0)(9.2)
Diluted
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share is calculated by adjusting the weighted average number
of ordinary shares outstanding to assume conversion of all dilutive potential ordinary shares
arising f rom the employee share scheme (refer to note 33).
20222021
Weighted average number of ordinary shares on issue (000's)
151,989148,893
Dilutive redeemable shares and options if exercised (000's)
753565
Total shares (000's)
152,742149,458
Diluted (loss)/earnings per share (in cents)
(1.0)(9.1)
9. Dividends
During the years ended 30 June 2022 and 2021, the Group did not declare or pay any dividends.
Dividend distributions to the Company’s shareholders are recognised as a liability in
the Group’s financial statements in the period in which the dividends are approved
by the Board.
10. Imputation credits
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
The amount of imputation credits available
for use in subsequent reporting periods4,4634,914
The above amounts represent the balance of the imputation credit account as at the year
end adjusted for:
• Imputation credits that will arise f rom the payment of the amount of the provision for
income tax;
• Imputation debits that will arise f rom the payment of dividends recognised as a liability
at the reporting date; and
• Imputation credits that will arise f rom the receipt of dividends recognised as receivables
at the reporting date.
Section B – Assets used to generate profit
In this section
This section describes the assets thl uses in the business to generate profit, including:
• Property, plant and equipment
The most significant component is the motorhome fleet. Premises, in general,
are leased, however significant buildings are the Waitomo Caves Visitor Centre
and the Waitomo Caves Homestead.
• Leased assets
The most significant leased assets relate to the premises in New Zealand, Australia
and the United States.
• Inventory
The most significant inventory items are the ex-rental motorhome fleet assets
that are held for sale. Other inventory items include spare parts, living equipment
used inside rental motorhomes, and retail stock.
• Intangible assets
Intangible assets include:
– goodwill arising from the purchase of the Road Bear RV and El Monte RV businesses;
– the cost of the Waitomo Caves leases;
– software;
– brands; and
– trademarks, leases and licenses.
7. Income tax (continued)
Deferred tax is calculated at the tax rates that are expected to apply in the period when
the liability is settled or the asset is realised, using tax rates that have been enacted or
substantially enacted by balance date.
Current tax and deferred tax are charged or credited to the income statement, except
when it relates to items charged or credited directly to equity, in which case the tax is
classified within equity.
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Current tax
(4,885)(2,050)
Deferred tax
354,273(1,808)
Income tax benefit
(612)(3,858)
The Group shall offset current tax assets and current tax liabilities if, and only if, the Group has
a legal enforceable right to set off the recognised amounts, and intends either to settle on a
net basis, or to realise the asset and settle the liability simultaneously.
The tax on the loss before tax differs f rom the theoretical amount that would arise using the
weighted average tax rate applicable to profits of the consolidated companies as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Loss before tax
(2,731)(18,372)
Tax calculated at domestic rates applicable to
(losses)/profits in the respective countries
(680)(5,342)
Prior year adjustment
(876)-
Non-assessable income
(1)
(3,810)(961)
Expenses not deductible for tax purposes
5,2642,762
Recognised deferred tax - Employee share scheme
(396)-
Adjustment for US tax losses carried back
(2)
(114)(317)
Income tax benefit
(612)(3,858)
(1) The non-assessable income includes income from the Group’s equity investment in Just go, the gain on sale of mighway and
SHAREaCAMPER, the gain on sale of Togo class B preference shares and loan forgiveness.
(2) The adjustments for US tax losses carried back has been fully utilised in the current and prior years.
The weighted average effective tax rate was 22% (2021: 21%).
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
98
Unforgettable Journeys
99
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
11. Property, plant and equipment
Property, plant and equipment are made up of the following assets:
• Motorhomes – this comprises the rental fleet of the Rentals New Zealand, Rentals Australia
and Rentals United States businesses. Motorhomes that are held for sale are reclassified
from property, plant and equipment to inventory (as shown in the table below);
• Motor vehicles – this comprises vehicles owned by the business, including shuttles and
company cars;
• Land and buildings – this comprises owned land and buildings in Waitomo;
• Other plant and equipment – this comprises office equipment, furniture, and other
plant used to operate the business; and
• Capital work in progress – this represents capital purchases and projects that are not yet
in service. The most significant work in progress relates to the motorhome fleet built for
the next season.
Land and buildings are shown at historical cost, less subsequent accumulated
depreciation for buildings. Land is not depreciated. All other property, plant and
equipment are stated at historical cost less accumulated depreciation. Historical cost
includes expenditure that is directly attributable to the acquisition of the items.
Subsequent costs are included in the asset’s carrying amount or recognised as a
separate asset, as appropriate, only when it is probable that future economic benefits
associated with the item will flow to the Group and the cost of the item can be
measured reliably. All other repairs and maintenance are charged to the income
statement during the period in which they are incurred.
The Group estimates the residual values of the fleet in order to depreciate motorhome
assets using the straight-line method. This estimate of the useful life and the residual
value of the vehicle is based on when it is expected to be taken out of the rental fleet.
The residual value is influenced by its condition, the mileage on the motorhome and
the consumer demand within the relevant resale market. The Group also considers the
market conditions and the impact any changes could have on the estimates as part
of the overall fleet management programme. The Group completes an annual review
of the appropriateness of the residual values and useful lives that have been used by
reviewing the gains/losses made on recent sales and forecasts of similar motorhomes.
The estimated useful lives of motorhomes on the rental fleet are 1 - 7 years. The annual
depreciation rates as a percentage of the original costs of between 5% and 15% for the life
of motorhomes. If the depreciation rate increases/(decreases) by 1% for motorhomes, the
depreciation expense will increase/(decrease) by approximately $3.0M for the year.
Depreciation on other assets is calculated using the straight-line method to allocate
their cost amounts to their residual values over their estimated useful lives as follows:
Buildings 8 - 50 years
Leasehold improvements term of the lease
Motor vehicles (non-fleet) 3 - 14 years
Other plant & equipment 2 - 40 years
The assets’ useful lives are reviewed, and adjusted if appropriate, at each balance date.
An asset’s carrying amount is written down immediately to its recoverable amount if the
asset’s carrying amount is greater than its estimated recoverable amount.
Gains and losses on disposals are determined by comparing proceeds with the carrying
amount. These are included in the income statement.
11. Property, plant and equipment (continued)
MOTORHOMES
$000’s
MOTOR
VEHICLES
$000’s
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$000’s
OTHER
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$000’s
CAPITAL
WORK IN
PROGRESS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Year ended
30 June 2022
At 1 July 2021
274,05286512,3937,10314,619309,032
Additions and transfers
f rom work in progress
(net)161,3801573531,9436,734170,567
Disposals(2,489)(49)(72)(274)(283)(3,167)
Reclassification
of motorhomes
to inventories(118,374)----(118,374)
Impairment(223)---(222)(445)
Exchange differences18,102914975-18,335
Depreciation charge(30,928)(218)(1,717)(1,876)-(34,739)
Closing net book amount301,52076411,1066,97120,848341,209
As at 30 June 2022
Cost
369,5562,39728,98331,57120,848453,355
Accumulated
depreciation(68,036)(1,633)(17,877)(24,600)-(112,146)
Net book amount301,52076411,1066,97120,848341,209
Less reclassification
of motorhomes
to inventories at
balance date
Cost
43,390----43,390
Accumulated
depreciation(14,012)----(14,012)
Net book amount
reclassified29,378----29,378
Closing net book
amount post
reclassification272,14276411,1066,97120,848311,831
MOTORHOMES
$000’s
MOTOR
VEHICLES
$000’s
LAND AND
BUILDINGS
$000’s
OTHER
PLANT AND
EQUIPMENT
$000’s
CAPITAL
WORK IN
PROGRESS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Year ended
30 June 2021
Opening cost
494,6172,05229,15621,29216,000563,117
Opening accumulated
depreciation(117,769)(1,281)(15,210)(15,570)-(149,830)
Opening net book
amount376,84877113,9465,72216,000413,287
Additions and transfers
f rom work in progress
(net)100,9055398683,368(1,455)104,225
Disposals(9,718)(199)(560)(197)-(10,674)
Reclassification of
motorhomes to
inventories(148,124)----(148,124)
Exchange differences(10,204)(18)(182)(43)74(10,373)
Depreciation charge(35,655)(228)(1,679)(1,747)-(39,309)
Closing net book amount274,05286512,3937,10314,619309,032
As at 30 June 2021
Cost
359,9982,50028,85831,63614,619437,611
Accumulated
depreciation(85,946)(1,635)(16,465)(24,533)-(128,579)
Net book amount274,05286512,3937,10314,619309,032
Less reclassification
of motorhomes
to inventories at
balance date
Cost
55,598----55,598
Accumulated
depreciation(19,638)----(19,638)
Net book amount
reclassified35,960----35,960
Closing net book
amount post
reclassification
238,09286512,3937,10314,619273,072
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
100
Unforgettable Journeys
101
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
12. Leases
The Group’s leasing activities
The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia and the United States
under operating lease agreements. Lease agreements may contain both lease and non-lease
components. The Group allocates the consideration in the agreement to the lease and non-
lease components based on their relative stand-alone prices. However, for leases of real estate
for which the Group is a lessee, the Group has elected not to separate lease and non-lease
components and instead accounts for these as a single lease component.
Lease terms are negotiated on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms,
escalation clauses and renewal rights. The lease agreements do not impose any covenants
other than the security interests in the leased assets that are held by the lessor. Leased assets
may not be used as security for borrowing purposes.
Lease liabilities have been measured at the present value of the lease payments, discounted
using a discount rate derived f rom the incremental borrowing rate for each relevant overseas
territory when the interest rate implicit in the lease was not readily available. Incremental
borrowing rates applied to lease liabilities range between 3.9% - 6.5% (2021: 3.1% - 5.3%). The
Group is exposed to potential future increases in variable lease payments based on the change
of an index or rate, which are not included in the lease liability until they take effect. When
adjustments to lease payments based on an index or rate take effect, the lease liability is
reassessed and adjusted against the right-of-use asset.
Right-of-use assets are measured at cost comprising the following:
• the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
• any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less any lease
incentives received
• any initial direct costs, and
• restoration costs.
The right-of-use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset’s useful life and the expected
lease term on a straight-line basis. The Board considered whether there were any indicators
of impairment of the Group’s right-of-use assets by assessing any potential impact of onerous
leases to the recognised asset, and also at the CGU level (refer to note 16). The Board is of the
view that the there is no impairment to the right-of-use assets.
Short-term and low-value leases
Payments associated with short-term leases and leases of low-value assets are recognised
on a straight-line basis as an expense in the income statement. Short-term leases are leases
with a lease term of 12 months or less and predominantly relate to computer equipment.
Extension and termination options are included in a number of property leases across the
Group. In determining the lease term, management considers all facts and circumstances
that create an economic incentive to exercise an extension option, or not exercise a termination
option. Extension options (or periods after termination options) are only included in the lease
term if the lease is reasonably certain to be extended (or not terminated). The assessment of
the lease term is reviewed if a significant event or a significant change in circumstances occurs
which affects this assessment and that is within the control of the Group. The extension options
are only exercisable by the Group and not by the lessor. Where an extension is reasonably
certain of being exercised, that extension period and related costs are recognised on the
statement of financial position.
To determine the incremental borrowing rate, the Group uses a build-up approach that
starts with a risk-f ree interest rate adjusted for credit risk for leases held by the Group and
makes adjustments specific to the lease, e.g. term, country, currency and security.
12. Leases (continued)
The right-of-use assets have the following additions and modifications:
30 JUNE 2022
$000’s
BUILDINGS
30 JUNE 2021
$000’s
BUILDINGS
Opening net book value at 1 July 2021
62,33969,552
Additions
10,82310,133
Modifications
3,362684
Terminations
(384)(7,033)
Impairment
-(46)
Exchange differences
4,593(2,740)
Depreciation charges
(9,967)(8,211)
Closing net book value at 30 June 2022
70,76662,339
Cost
98,92079,337
Accumulated depreciation
(28,154)(16,998)
Closing net book value at 30 June 2022
70,76662,339
Consolidated income statement and cash flow
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Interest paid on leases (operating activities)
3,6813,420
Payments for lease liability principal (financing activities)
9,6117,732
Total cash outflows from lease liabilities
13,29211,152
Maturity analysis
Lease liabilities as lessee
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Between 0 to 1 year
9,8988,787
Between 1 to 2 years
7,3337,645
Between 2 to 5 years
19,64816,490
More than 5 years
45,74040,344
Total lease liabilities as lessee
82,61973,266
13. Capital commitments
Capital commitments relate to the build of the Group’s fleet for the following year.
Purchase orders placed for capital expenditure at balance date but not yet incurred is as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
(1)
$000’s
Property, plant and equipment
109,05975,304
(1)
The comparative numbers have been adjusted to reflect the elimination of intra group capital commitments in relation to
Action Manufacturing, a 100% owned subsidiary of the Group.
14. Operating leases
The Group predominantly leases its premises in New Zealand, Australia and the United
States under operating lease arrangements. The leases have varying terms, escalation
clauses and renewal rights. A significant portion of the risks and rewards of ownership
are retained by the lessor and, therefore, they are classified as operating leases.
Payments made under operating leases (net of any incentives received f rom the lessor)
are charged to the income statement on a straight-line basis over the period of the lease.
The future aggregate minimum lease payments under non-cancellable operating leases
are as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Within one year
631119
The Group has recognised these leases as operating leases on the basis of short-term and
low-value leases.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
102
Unforgettable Journeys
103
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
15. Inventories
Inventories are made up of the following categories:
• Raw materials – this comprises parts, factory and workshop stock;
• Motorhomes held for sale – this mainly comprises ex-rental fleet which are now
on the sale yard and also includes new fleet and trade-ins for sale;
• Finished goods – this comprises living equipment to be used in motorhomes and
retail shop stock; and
• Inventory provision – a provision is created to allow for the value of inventory which
is no longer useable or to recognise the net realisable value when it is lower than cost.
Inventories are stated at the lower of cost and net realisable value. Cost is determined
using the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. The cost of finished goods and work in
progress comprises design costs, raw materials, direct labour, other direct costs and
related production overheads (based on normal operating capacity). It excludes
borrowing costs. Net realisable value is the estimated selling price in the ordinary
course of business, less applicable variable selling expenses.
Rental assets held for sale at balance date have been reclassified as inventory.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Raw materials
22,92114,308
Motorhomes held for sale
38,85138,511
Finished goods
6,1815,112
Provision for obsolescence
(663)(476)
67,29057,455
16. Intangible assets
Intangible assets of the Group comprise:
• Brands - the brand value acquired relates to the Road Bear RV brand of the United States
rentals business;
• Goodwill - this relates to Road Bear and El Monte RV business combinations;
• Trademarks, leases and licences – thl has a licence to operate the Waitomo Glowworm Caves
until 2027, and licences to operate other caves in the Waitomo region, with licence terms
expiring in 2032, 2033 and 2039; and
• Other intangibles – this relates to acquired software licences and software development costs.
Brands
The Road Bear RV brand acquired in the United States rentals business combination
was valued using the relief f rom royalty method and is recognised at fair value at the
acquisition date. The brand value is included in the net assets of the cash-generating
unit (CGU). The brand is deemed to have an indefinite life as the Group has determined
that there is no foreseeable limit to the period over which the brand is expected to
generate net cash inflows for the entity. The brand is tested annually for impairment
and is carried at cost less any accumulated impairment losses.
Goodwill
Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of an acquisition over the fair value of the
Group’s share of the net identifiable assets of the acquired subsidiary at the date of
acquisition. Separately recognised goodwill is tested annually for impairment and
carried at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Impairment losses on goodwill
are not reversed. Gains and losses on the disposal of an entity include the carrying
amount of goodwill relating to the entity sold.
Goodwill is allocated to cash-generating units for the purpose of impairment testing.
The allocation is made to those cash-generating units or groups of cash-generating
units that are expected to benefit from the business combination in which the
goodwill arose. The units or groups of units are identified at the lowest level at
which goodwill is monitored for internal management purposes, being the
operating segments (note 1).
16. Intangible assets (continued)
Trademarks, leases and licences
Trademarks, leases and licences are shown at historical cost of acquisition by the Group
less amortisation.
Amortisation of trademarks, leases and licences are calculated using the straight-line
method over the life of the underlying assets.
Other intangibles
Acquired computer software licences are capitalised on the basis of the costs incurred
to acquire and bring to use the specific software. These costs are amortised over their
estimated useful lives (three to fifteen years).
Costs associated with maintaining computer software programmes are recognised
as an expense, as incurred. Costs that are directly associated with the production
of identifiable and unique software products controlled by the Group, and that will
probably generate economic benefits exceeding costs beyond one year, are recognised
as intangible assets. Direct costs include the software development employee costs
and an appropriate portion of relevant overheads.
Computer software development and application costs are recognised as assets and
are amortised over their estimated useful lives (three to five years), only if such costs
create an intangible asset that the Group controls and the intangible asset meets the
recognition criteria. Costs that are not capitalised as computer software are expensed as
incurred unless the costs meet the requirement to be recognised as an asset controlled
by the Group in accordance with IFRIC agenda decision on Software-as-a-Service. In this
case, the costs paid upf ront are recorded as prepayment for services and amortise over
the expected terms of the cloud computing agreement.
BRAND
$000’s
GOODWILL
$000’s
TRADEMARKS,
LEASES AND
LICENSES
$000’s
OTHER
INTANGIBLES
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2022
At 1 July 2021
80531,19613,8595,26151,121
Exchange differences1033,869-43,976
Additions---4,6064,606
Goodwill impairment-(678)--(678)
Disposal-(157)(1,341)(270)(1,768)
Amortisation charge--(655)(1,195)(1,850)
Closing net book amount90834,23011,8638,40655,407
As at 30 June 2022
Cost
90880,52829,29323,741134,470
Accumulated amortisation
and impairment
-(46,298)(17,430)(15,335)(79,063)
Net book amount90834,23011,8638,40655,407
BRAND
$000’s
GOODWILL
$000’s
TRADEMARKS,
LEASES AND
LICENSES
$000’s
OTHER
INTANGIBLES
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2021
At 1 July 2020
87633,27615,36375250,267
Exchange differences(71)(2,774)(860)(122)(3,827)
Additions-694515,1205,865
Disposal---(17)(17)
Amortisation charge--(695)(472)(1,167)
Closing net book amount80531,19613,8595,26151,121
As at 30 June 2021
Cost
80577,49430,63419,401128,334
Accumulated amortisation
and impairment-(46,298)(16,775)(14,140)(77,213)
Net book amount80531,19613,8595,26151,121
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
104
Unforgettable Journeys
105
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
16. Intangible assets (continued)
Impairment of non-financial assets
The Group tests whether goodwill and brands have suffered any impairment on an
annual basis in accordance with the accounting policy stated below. The recoverable
amount of an asset or CGU is the greater of its value-in-use and its fair value less costs of
disposal. The Group has estimated the recoverable amount of its CGUs on a value-in-use
basis and determined that there is no impairment.
Assets that have an indefinite useful life are not subject to amortisation and are tested
annually for impairment. Assets that are subject to amortisation or depreciation are
reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that
the carrying amount may not be recoverable. An impairment loss is recognised for
the amount by which the asset’s carrying amount exceeds its recoverable amount.
The recoverable amount is the higher of an asset’s fair value less costs to sell and value
in use. For the purpose of assessing impairment, assets are grouped at the lowest levels
for which there are separately identifiable cash flows (cash-generating units).
The table below details the cash-generating units that goodwill and brands are attributable to:
RENTALS
$000’s
OTHER
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
2022
United States of America – goodwill
34,230-34,230
United States of America – brands
908-908
35,138-35,138
2021
New Zealand – goodwill
-829829
United States of America – goodwill
30,367-30,367
United States of America – brands
805-805
31,17282932,001
The Board have assessed at balance date whether any impairment indicators exist. In making
this assessment, the Board have taken into consideration the impact of COVID-19 on the business.
The recoverable amount of a CGU is determined on value-in-use calculations. These calculations
use cash flow projections based on management prepared forecasts covering a four year period
plus a terminal value calculation. These annual free cash flows are then discounted by a country
specific post-tax discount rate to arrive at a recoverable amount (or enterprise value) of the
CGU which is compared to the carrying book value. The Group has engaged an external party
to undertake the discount rate calculation during the year based on the current market inputs.
The Group has adopted these rates in the value-in-use calculations.
The CGU value in use models used by thl to generate the cash flow projections incorporate
the expected growth rates f rom markets the businesses operate in. Capital expenditure and
disposal proceeds are projected forward based on current build or purchase costs, realisable
sale values and expected fleet rotation by vehicle type (for the rentals operations).
We note that while the sensitivity of key assumptions provided in the above table would
not on their own result in an impairment in each case, it is possible that they could occur in
combination. We note that there is currently less headroom in the US Rentals CGU than in
either New Zealand or Rentals Australia. While the sensitivity of key assumptions provided in the
table would not on their own result in an impairment in each case, it is possible that they could
occur in combination. If the Group applied an increase in the US discount rate of 2%, that could
result in an impairment of the US Rental CGU.
16. Intangible assets (continued)
The following table shows the sensitivity analysis for the value-in-use calculations of the Group’s
significant CGUs:
CGUKEY ASSUMPTIONS
CHANGE IN KEY
ASSUMPTION
REDUCTION IN
RECOVERABLE
AMOUNT
($M’s)
INCREASE IN
RECOVERABLE
AMOUNT
($M’s)
WOULD THE
INDICATED
SENSITIVITY
RESULT IN
IMPAIRMENT
United States
of America
Discount rate:
8.53%
Discount rate
(+/- 1.0%)3142No
Terminal growth
rate: 1.25%
Terminal growth
rate (+/- 0.25%)78No
2021 Discount rate:
8.3%
Hire days
(+/- 5.0%)2828No
2021 Terminal
growth rate: 1.25%
Vehicle sales
(+/- 5.0%)*31-No
New ZealandDiscount rate:
9.49%
Discount rate
(+/- 1.0%)2937No
Terminal growth
rate: 1.0%
Terminal growth
rate (+/- 0.25%)77No
2021 Discount rate:
9.16%
Hire days
(+/- 5.0%)1913No
2021 Terminal
growth rate: 1.0%
Vehicle sales
(+/- 5.0%)*17-No
AustraliaDiscount rate:
8.39%
Discount rate
(+/- 1.0%)3547No
Terminal growth
rate: 1.5%
Terminal growth
rate (+/- 0.25%)89No
2021 Discount rate:
8.15%
Hire days
(+/- 5.0%)2929No
2021 Terminal
growth rate: 1.5%
Vehicle sales
(+/- 5.0%)*23-No
* A sensitivity of increasing vehicle sales cannot be assessed in isolation because it would have a flow on impact to fleet levels and
rental revenue. Therefore no positive sensitivity has been shown in that regard.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
106
Unforgettable Journeys
107
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
Section C – Investments
In this section
thl ’s investments comprise subsidiaries, associate and joint ventures. This section explains
the investments held by thl, providing additional information, including:
a) Accounting policies, judgements and estimates that are relevant for measuring
the investments; and
b) Analysis of thl’s associate and joint ventures.
thl ’s investments include:
• A 49% interest in Just go, a motorhome rental operation in the United Kingdom.
• Investment in Camplify Holdings Limited, through the sale of mighway
SHAREaCAMPER business.
• In June 2022, Outdoria Pty Limited, previously an associate entity became
a 100% owned subsidiary.
Business combination
The acquisition method of accounting is used to account for all business combinations,
regardless of whether equity instruments or other assets are acquired. The consideration
transferred for the acquisition of a subsidiary comprises the:
• fair values of the assets transferred
• liabilities incurred to the former owners of the acquired business
• equity interests issued by the Group
• fair value of any asset or liability resulting f rom a contingent consideration arrangement,
and
• fair value of any pre-existing equity interest in the acquiree.
Identifiable assets acquired and liabilities and contingent liabilities assumed in a
business combination are measured initially at their fair values at the acquisition
date. The Group recognises any non-controlling interest in the acquired entity on an
acquisition-by-acquisition basis either at fair value or at the non-controlling interest’s
proportionate share of the acquired entity’s net identifiable assets.
Acquisition-related costs are expensed as incurred.
The excess of the consideration transferred, amount of any non-controlling interest in
the acquired entity, and acquisition-date fair value of any previous equity interest in the
acquired entity over the fair value of the net identifiable assets acquired is recorded as
goodwill. If those amounts are less than the fair value of the net identifiable assets of
the business acquired, the difference is recognised directly in the income statement
as a bargain purchase.
Where settlement of any part of cash consideration is deferred, the amounts payable in
the future are discounted to their present value as at the date of exchange. The discount
rate used is the entity’s incremental borrowing rate, being the rate at which a similar
borrowing could be obtained from an independent financier under comparable terms
and conditions.
Contingent consideration is classified either as equity or a financial liability. Amounts
classified as a financial liability are subsequently remeasured to fair value with changes
in fair value recognised in the income statement.
17. Togo share disposal
On 2 April 2020, the Group entered into an agreement with Thor Industries (“Thor”) to undertake
a managed exit f rom Togo Group in favour of a digital strategy focusing on New Zealand and
Australia and more closely aligned with thl’s core RV rentals business. The Group’s shareholding
in Togo was reduced from 50% ordinary shares to 26.49% Class B preference shares, with a face
value of USD$20.2M and entitled thl to a 3% annual cash dividend for a four year period.
Thor held a call option relative to the Class B preference shares, exercisable over a four year
period, after which time, if the option is not exercised, the Class B shareholding would have
converted to 26.49% of the ordinary shares in Togo Group. At 30 June 2021, the retained
interest in Togo was held at fair value through profit of loss at $20.8M.
On 16 March 2022, the Group entered into an agreement with Thor to sell its Class B
preference shares held in Togo. On 18 March 2022 the Group received cash proceeds of $23.1M
for the share sale, plus a final dividend of $0.8M, totalling $23.9M. The financial asset of the Class
B shares was derecognised from the Group’s balance sheet and a gain on sale of $1.3M was
recognised in the income statement (refer to note 3).
18. Kiwi Experience held for sale
At 30 June 2022, the Kiwi Experience business was classified as held for sale following the
decision to divest the business with the intention of completing a sale within the next
12 months. Segment results are presented within the Tourism Group, however Kiwi Experience
does not represent a disposal group.
19. Sale of mighway and SHAREaCAMPER
On 26 October 2021, the Group entered into an agreement to sell its peer to peer business
mighway and SHAREaCAMPER to Camplify Holdings Limited (CHL, an ASX listed entity) for a
purchase price of $8.1M. The transaction completed on 29 April 2022 with the purchase price
being settled by CHL issuing new fully paid ordinary shares to thl in two tranches. The resulting
gain on sale of $5.4M has been recognised in the income statement. This includes expenses
related to the disposal of $256k.
19. Sale of mighway and SHAREaCAMPER (continued)
The carrying amount of assets and liabilities transferred to Camplify as at the date of sale were:
29 April 2022
$000’s
Other assets
118
Software
1,513
Goodwill
158
Total Assets
1,789
Other liabilities
161
Net Assets
1,628
Fair value of issued shares and deferred consideration:
Tranche 1 Shares Issued
Date$000’s
Fair value – 29 April 2022
2,959
Fair value – 30 June 2022
2,005
Change in fair value recognised through OCI*
(954)
*OCI - Other Comprehensive Income
Tranche 2 Deferred Consideration
Date$000’s
Fair value – 29 April 2022
4,305
Fair value – 30 June 2022
3,624
Change in fair value recognised in the income statement
(681)
The fair value of the first tranche is determined by reference to the closing share price of CHL
on completion date. The fair value of the second tranche is determined by an independent
valuer using a Black-Scholes pricing model to value the embedded options in relation to the
deferred settlement which will be issued 12 months after completion.
The tranche 1 shares are a financial asset and measured at fair value through other
comprehensive income as elected at initial recognition. The tranche 2 receivable (deferred
consideration) is also a financial asset measured at fair value through the income statement.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
108
Unforgettable Journeys
109
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
20. Outdoria share buyback
The Group initially acquired 46% shareholding in Outdoria Pty Limited (Outdoria) as part of
the Togo Group exit arrangement in March 2020. thl established significant influence over
Outdoria and therefore accounted for its investment in Outdoria using the equity method. On
31 July 2020, Outdoria bought back 18.2% of the shares which resulted in an increase in thl’s
shareholding to 59.73%, making thl a majority shareholder with majority Board control. On
this basis, thl obtained control over Outdoria and since that date consolidated its interest and
recognised a corresponding non-controlling interest for the remaining 40.27%.
On 30 June 2022, Outdoria bought back all shares held by GTR Ventures Pty Ltd (GTR), resulting
in Outdoria becoming a 100% owned subsidiary of the thl Group.
Changes in the ownership interest of a subsidiary that does not result in a loss of control of the
subsidiary are equity transactions. The difference between the cumulative amount of the non-
controlling interest and the fair value of the consideration paid was recognised directly in equity.
As a result, thl derecognised its non-controlling interest (NCI) of $3.5M through the consolidated
statement of changes in equity.
The Group assessed the carrying value of its Outdoria business at 30 June 2022, resulting in an
impairment of goodwill and other assets of $678k and $98k, respectively. The impairment was
recognised in operating expenses within the consolidated income statement.
In addition, GTR agreed to forgive its outstanding loan amount resulting in a gain of $2.3M;
which was recognised in other income in the consolidated income statement with a
corresponding reduction in other borrowings (refer to note 25).
21. Investments in associate
Associates
Associates are all entities over which the Group has significant influence, but not control,
generally accompanying a shareholding of between 20% and 50% of the voting rights.
Investments in associates are accounted for using the equity method of accounting after
initially being recognised at cost. The Group’s share of its associates’ post-acquisition
profits or losses is recognised in the income statement.
The share of profits recognised in the income statements are as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Just go
1,105759
Outdoria (up to 31 July 2020)
-(41)
Total
1,105718
Just go
The Group holds a shareholding of 49.0% in Skewbald Limited (trading as Just go). Just go is
a motorhome rental business operating in the United Kingdom. The investment has been
accounted for as an investment in associate, and the Group’s share of associates profits have
been recognised within the Group’s investment.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Just go
5,9664,936
Total
5,9664,936
22. Subsidiaries
The principal activities of the Parent Company and trading subsidiaries are motorhome
rental (Tourism Holdings Australia Pty Limited, JJ Motorcars Inc and El Monte Rents Inc) and
attractions (Waitomo Caves Limited). All other subsidiaries including Outdoria (previously
59.73%) are 100% owned. The Group has control over these subsidiaries and therefore it has
fully consolidated these subsidiaries f rom the date control was attained. All subsidiaries have
30 June balance dates. Material subsidiary companies at 30 June 2022 and 2021 are:
% EQUITY INTEREST
NAME
PLACE OF BUSINESS / COUNTRY
OF INCORPORATION 20222021
Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedAustralia
100100
Waitomo Caves LimitedNew Zealand
100100
JJ Motorcars Inc.United States of America
100100
El Monte Rents Inc.United States of America
100100
Tourism Holdings USA Inc.United States of America
100100
TH2connect GP Limited New Zealand100100
Action Manufacturing Group GP
(f rom 28 February 2021)
New Zealand
100100
Outdoria Pty Limited
(from 27 June 2022), note 21
Australia
10060
For further information on the acquisition of Action Manufacturing, refer to financial statements
for the year ended 30 June 2021.
Section D – Managing funding
In this section
This section explains how thl manages its capital structure and working capital, the various
funding sources and distributions to shareholders. In this section of the notes there is
information about:
a) Equity;
b) Debt;
c) Receivables and payables; and
d) Financial instruments.
23. Share capital
2022
SHARES
000’s
2021
SHARES
000’s
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Ordinary shares
Opening balance
151,489148,015277,792269,988
Issue of ordinary shares –
redeemable ordinary shares converted
-150-273
Transfer f rom employee share scheme reserve
or redeemable shares converted
---31
Issue of ordinary shares – in lieu of Directors’ fees
556399142
Ordinary shares to be issued – in lieu of Directors’
fees accrued at 30 June
--2821
Ordinary shares issued – cash paid by employees
94-193-
Ordinary shares issued as part consideration
for AMLP
-3,261-7,337
Ordinary shares issued - options and rights offer
423-871-
Closing balance
152,061151,489278,983277,792
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
110
Unforgettable Journeys
111
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
23. Share capital (continued)
The total number of ordinary shares is 152,060,700 shares (2021: 151,489,050) and these are
classified as equity. The shares have no par value. All ordinary shares are issued and fully paid. All
ordinary shares rank equally with one vote attached to each fully paid ordinary share.
In the current year 985,630 (2021: 985,630 redeemable ordinary shares on issue) redeemable
ordinary shares were cancelled in April 2022 and there are no outstanding redeemable ordinary
shares at 30 June 2022.
Ordinary shares were issued to Directors in lieu of Directors’ fees per the terms outlined in note
32. Shares were issued in October 2021 (35,169) and April 2022 (20,273). In the prior year shares
were issued to Directors in lieu of Directors’ fees in October 2020 (26,027) and April 2021 (37,253).
At 30 June 2022 share capital includes $28k accrual for shares to be issued in lieu of Directors’
fees (2021: $42k).
24. Other reserves
Foreign currency translation reserve
Exchange differences arising on the translation of foreign operations are taken to the foreign
currency translation reserve. When any net investment is disposed of, the related component
of the reserve is recognised in the income statement as part of the gain or loss on disposal.
The closing exchange rates used to translate the statement of financial position are as follows:
20222021
NZD/AUD
0.90310.9310
NZD/USD
0.62140.6998
NZD/GBP
0.51270.5050
Employee share scheme
The employee share scheme reserve is used to recognise the accumulated value of redeemable
shares granted which have been recognised in the income statement. In accordance with the
Group’s accounting policy, amounts accumulated in the executive share scheme reserve have
been transferred to share capital on the exercise of the options or to retained earnings when
they have been forfeited (refer to note 33).
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Foreign currency translation reserve
Balance at beginning of the year
(4,004)4,925
Currency translation differences (net of tax)
14,952(8,929)
Balance at year end
10,948(4,004)
Employee share scheme reserve
Balance at beginning of the year
2,9741,066
Value of employee services charged to the income
statement
2,9032,112
Transfer to retained earnings
(213)(173)
Transfer to share capital
(994)(31)
Balance at year end
4,6702,974
Equity investment reserve
Balance at the beginning of the year
--
Change in fair value of equity instrument
19(954)-
Balance at year end
(954)-
Total other reserves
14,664(1,030)
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Maturity of non-current portion
Bank loans
One to two years
97,2982,199
Two to three years
-84,460
97,29886,659
Interest rates (excluding line fees) applicable at 30 June 2022 on the bank term loans ranged
from 1.89% to 5.90% p.a. (2021: 1.80% to 3.15% p.a.).
The guaranteeing group consisting of Tourism Holdings Limited and all New Zealand,
Australian and USA 100% owned subsidiaries had, at balance date, multi-currency revolving cash
advance facilities with Westpac Banking Corporation, Westpac New Zealand Limited, ANZ Bank
New Zealand Limited and Australia and New Zealand Banking Group Limited. The Group has
provided a composite first ranking debenture over the assets and undertakings of the Group in
New Zealand, Australia and the USA.
The facility agreement was amended in June and August 2021. The amended agreement
includes committed facilities for debt funding of approximately $258 million. The facility consists
of a number of tranches maturing between June 2023 and June 2024.
The amended agreement also includes:
• a requirement for consent f rom the Group’s banking partners for any distribution
to shareholders during the term of the facilities;
• the Group’s leverage ratio and interest coverage ratio will become a primary covenant
test f rom 30 September 2022, with other existing covenants (equity ratio and guaranteeing
group ratio) remaining applicable;
• a new covenant relating to minimum shareholder funds was added; and
• testing of cumulative EBITDA requirement was to be tested quarterly f rom the period
30 September 2021. The last test date was 30 June 2022.
In accordance with NZ IFRS 9 Financial Instruments, the amendment was treated as an
extinguishment of the existing liability followed by the recognition of a new liability.
25. Borrowings
Borrowings are recognised initially at fair value, net of transaction costs incurred.
Borrowings are subsequently stated at amortised cost; any difference between the
proceeds (net of transaction costs) and the redemption value is recognised in the
income statement over the period of the borrowings using the effective interest method.
Borrowings are classified as current liabilities, unless the Group has an unconditional
right to defer settlement of the liability for at least 12 months after the balance date.
Borrowing costs are recognised as an expense in the period in which they are incurred,
except for borrowing costs directly attributable to the acquisition, construction or
production of a qualifying asset, which are capitalised.
Qualifying assets are those assets that necessarily take an extended period of time
(six months or more) to get ready for their intended use.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Non-current
Bank borrowings
97,29884,460
Other borrowings
-2,199
97,29886,659
Current
Bank borrowings
-125
Total borrowings
97,29886,784
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
112
Unforgettable Journeys
113
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
25. Borrowings (continued)
The Group has assessed forecast compliance with these covenants by preparing a cash flow
scenario forecast for the Group for the next four years and using the forecast to calculate the
financial covenants at future calculation dates.
As at the date of these financial statements the Group is within the banking covenant
requirements.
All markets that the Group operates in have experienced changes in external trading conditions
during the year as a result of the impacts of COVID-19 and industry-wide supply chain
challenges creating some vehicle delivery delays and inflation in the cost of materials. Given
the volatility of the current environment, there is a risk that actual trading performance may
fall below forecasts, however with international borders re-opening thl is seeing a recovery
of international demand for RV travel in all countries it operates in. This is evidenced in the
strong number of international bookings in the United States over the 2022 summer period
and in New Zealand and Australia, there are good indications for demand, primarily for travel
f rom October 2022 onwards. On this basis, the Board expects that the Group will be able to
meet its undertakings and covenants in relation to the banking facility and will have sufficient
cash to discharge its liabilities as they fall due, for at least one year from the date the financial
statements are approved.
Having regard to all of the above, the Board’s assessment acknowledges that there are
uncertainties that may require the Board to make changes to the business to respond to the
uncertainties, with the primary levers available being to adjust fleet levels through increased
fleet sales, reduce fleet capital expenditures or to change the timing of fleet purchases. This is
similar to the approach that has been adopted in the last two financial years. Accordingly, the
Board’s assessment is that there is no material uncertainty and it has been concluded that
the going concern assumption is appropriate. Therefore these financial statements have been
prepared on the basis of a going concern.
26. Trade and other receivables (continued)
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Trade receivables
15,40517,324
Less provision for impairment of receivables
(257)(1,203)
Trade receivables – net
15,14816,121
Prepayments
4,8513,788
Other receivables
4,5883,758
Receivable under buy-back arrangement
8,4955,014
Total trade and other receivables
33,08228,681
At June 2022 trade and other receivables includes $8,495k (June 2021: $5,014k) relating to
vehicles purchased under a short-term buy-back arrangement. This agreement involves
purchasing vehicles to be used in the fleet for a period less than 12 months and then sold
back to the supplier. On initial recognition, thl recognised the cash paid for the vehicles, the
price expected to be received upon resale, and the balancing amount of the two is considered
the lease expense. The transaction is accounted for as a short-term lease on the basis that:
• thl have an economic incentive to exercise their put option (selling the vehicles back to
the supplier);
• thl have the right to use the vehicles for a fixed period at a predetermined price; and
• the vehicles do not meet the definition of property plant and equipment.
Due to low risk of the counterparties for these arrangements, the assessed expected
credit losses are immaterial.
There is no concentration of credit risk with respect to trade receivables, as the Group
has a large number of customers, internationally dispersed.
The Group has recognised a decrease of $946k (2021: $903k decrease) in the provision
for the impairment of its trade receivables which has been included in other operating
expenses. The Group has written off, to other operating expenses, $719k (2021: $864k)
of balances of receivables during the year ended 30 June 2022.
27. Trade and other payables
Trade payables
Trade payables are obligations to pay for goods or services that have been acquired in
the ordinary course of business from suppliers. Trade payables are classified as current
liabilities if payment is due within one year or less (or in the normal operating cycle of
the business if longer). If not, they are presented as non-current liabilities.
Trade payables are recognised initially at fair value net of transaction costs and
subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Trade payables
13,90312,133
Accrued expenses and other payables
18,01013,130
Total trade and other payables
31,91325,263
28. Financial instruments
Classification of financial assets
The Group classifies its financial assets in the following measurement categories:
• those to be measured subsequently at fair value (either through Other Comprehensive
Income (OCI) or through profit or loss), and
• those to be measured at amortised cost.
The classification depends on the business model for managing the financial assets
and the contractual terms of the cash flows.
The Group reclassifies debt investments when and only when its business model for
managing those assets changes.
The carrying amounts of the Group’s borrowings are denominated in the following currencies:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
New Zealand dollar
5538,122
Australian dollar
-3,759
United States American dollar
93,34371,449
Pounds sterling
3,4023,454
97,29886,784
The Group has the following undrawn borrowing facilities:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Floating rate
– Expiring within one year
50,000-
– Expiring beyond one year
110,019116,298
160,019116,298
The Group capitalised $347k of borrowing costs (2021: $558K) in relation to refinancing.
26. Trade and other receivables
Trade and other receivables are recognised initially at fair value plus transaction costs
and subsequently measured at amortised cost using the effective interest method, less
provision for impairment. The Group assesses on a forward looking basis the expected
credit losses associated with its trade and other receivables which are carried at
amortised cost. The impairment methodology applied depends on whether there has
been a significant increase in credit risk.
The Group applies the simplified approach permitted by NZ IFRS 9, which requires
expected lifetime losses to be recognised f rom initial recognition of the receivables.
To measure the expected credit losses, trade and other receivables have been grouped
based on shared credit risk characteristics and the days past due. The expected loss rates
are based on the historical credit losses experienced. Where appropriate, the historical
loss rates are adjusted to reflect current and forward-looking information.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
114
Unforgettable Journeys
115
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
28. Financial instruments (continued)
Measurement of financial assets
At initial recognition, the Group measures a financial asset at its fair value plus, in the
case of a financial asset not at fair value through profit or loss (FVPL), transaction costs
that are directly attributable to the acquisition of the financial asset. Transaction costs
of financial assets carried at FVPL are expensed in profit or loss.
Debt instruments
Subsequent measurement of debt instruments depends on the Group’s business model
for managing the asset and the cash flow characteristics of the asset. There are three
measurement categories into which the Group classifies its debt instruments:
Amortised cost: Assets that are held for collection of contractual cash flows where
those cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest are measured
at amortised cost. Interest income from these financial assets is included in
finance income using the effective interest rate method. Any gain or loss arising on
derecognition is recognised directly in profit or loss and presented in other gains/(losses)
together with foreign exchange gains and losses. Impairment losses are presented as
separate line item in the income statement.
Fair Value through Other Comprehensive Income (FVOCI): Assets that are held for
collection of contractual cash flows and for selling the financial assets, where the assets’
cash flows represent solely payments of principal and interest, are measured at FVOCI.
Movements in the carrying amount are taken through OCI, except for the recognition
of impairment gains or losses, interest income and foreign exchange gains and losses
which are recognised in profit or loss. When the financial asset is derecognised, the
cumulative gain or loss previously recognised in OCI is reclassified from equity to profit
or loss and recognised in other gains/(losses). Interest income from these financial assets
is included in finance income using the effective interest rate method. Foreign exchange
gains and losses are presented in other gains/(losses) and impairment expenses are
presented as separate line item in the income statement.
FVPL: Assets that do not meet the criteria for amortised cost or FVOCI are measured
at FVPL. A gain or loss on a debt investment that is subsequently measured at FVPL is
recognised in profit or loss and presented net within other gains/(losses) in the period
in which it arises.
The interest rate swaps in place as at 30 June 2022 and 30 June 2021 qualified as cash
flow hedges. The Group’s risk management strategies and hedge documentation are
aligned with the requirements of NZ IFRS 9 and these relationships are therefore
treated as hedges.
28. Financial instruments (continued)
2022
MEASURED
AT
AMORTISED
COST
$000’s
MEASURED
AT FAIR
VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
MEASURED
AT FAIR
VALUE
THROUGH
OCI
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
97,298---97,298
Derivative financial instruments
---6060
Trade and other payables
29,114---29,114
2021
MEASURED
AT
AMORTISED
COST
$000’s
MEASURED
AT FAIR
VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Liabilities
Interest bearing loans and borrowings
86,784--86,784
Derivative financial instruments
--5,2725,272
Trade and other payables
22,495--22,495
2022
FINANCIAL
ASSET AT
AMORTISED
COST
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS
VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS
VALUE
THROUGH
OCI
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Asset
Financial asset
-3,6242,005-5,630
Cash and cash equivalents
38,816---38,816
Retained interest in Togo
-----
Trade and other receivables
28,231---28,231
Derivative financial instruments
---453453
2021
FINANCIAL
ASSET AT
AMORTISED
COST
$000’s
FINANCIAL
ASSETS
VALUE
THROUGH
PROFIT OR
LOSS
$000’s
DERIVATIVES
USED FOR
HEDGING
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
Asset
Cash and cash equivalents
38,087--38,087
Retained interest in Togo
-20,835-20,835
Trade and other receivables
24,893--24,893
Derivative financial instruments
----
Section E – Managing risk
In this section
This section explains the financial risks thl faces, how these risks affect thl’s financial
position and performance, and how thl manages these risks. In this section of the notes
there is information:
a) Outlining thl’s approach to financial risk management; and
b) Analysing financial (hedging) instruments used to manage risk.
In the normal course of business the Group is exposed to a variety of financial risks including
foreign currency, interest rate, credit and liquidity risks. To manage this risk the Group’s treasury
activities are performed by a central treasury function and are governed by Group policies
approved by the Board of Directors.
The Group’s overall risk management programme focuses on the unpredictability of
financial markets and seeks to minimise potential adverse effects on the Group’s financial
performance. The Group does not enter into derivative financial instruments for trading
or speculative purposes.
29. Financial risk management
Currency risk
The Group operates internationally and is exposed to foreign exchange risk arising f rom various
currency exposures, primarily with respect to the Australian dollar and the United States dollar.
Foreign exchange risk arises when future commercial transactions are in currencies other than
functional currency.
Foreign exchange exposures on future commercial transactions incurred by operations in
currencies other than their functional currency are managed by using forward currency
contracts in accordance with the Group’s treasury policy.
The Parent makes purchases in foreign currency and is exposed to foreign currency risk. This is
managed by utilisation of forward currency contracts f rom time to time in accordance with the
Group’s treasury policy.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
116
Unforgettable Journeys
117
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29. Financial risk management (continued)
Exchange rate sensitivity
The following table shows the impact of a 5 cent movement up or down in the New Zealand
dollar vs. the Australian dollar and United States dollar and the impact that this exchange rate
change has on reported net profit after tax and equity. The table shows the post-tax impact
on reported profit and equity in relation to currency risk, as described above, and does not
include the impact of translation risk, as described in note 24. A 5 cent change is considered
a reasonable possible change based on prior year movements.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Post-tax impact on reported profit and equity of:
A 5 cent increase in the NZ dollar vs the AU dollar
(1)(2)
A 5 cent increase in the NZ dollar vs the US dollar
24(6)
A 5 cent decrease in the NZ dollar vs the AU dollar
12
A 5 cent decrease in the NZ dollar vs the US dollar
(24)6
Interest rate risk
The Group’s interest rate risk primarily arises f rom long-term borrowings, cash and cash
equivalents. Borrowings issued at variable rates expose the Group to cash flow interest rate risk.
Borrowings issued at fixed rates expose the Group to fair value interest rate risk.
The Group manages its cash flow interest rate risk by using floating to fixed interest rate
derivative contracts. Such interest rate derivative contracts have the economic effect of
converting borrowings from floating rates to fixed rates. Generally the Group raises long-term
borrowings at floating rates that are lower than those available if the Group borrowed at fixed
rates directly.
Under the interest rate derivative contracts, the Group agrees with other parties to exchange, at
specified intervals (mainly quarterly), the difference between fixed contract rates and floating
rate interest amounts calculated by reference to the agreed notional principal amounts.
The Group maintains cash on overnight deposit in interest bearing bank accounts.
The following tables set out the interest rate repricing profile and current interest rate of the
interest bearing financial assets and liabilities.
29. Financial risk management (continued)
Interest rate sensitivity
At year end the floating bank borrowings and cash deposits were subject to interest rate
sensitivity risk. The remaining borrowings are fixed using interest rate derivative contracts.
If the Group’s floating borrowings and deposits year end balances remained the same
throughout the year and interest rates moved by 1.0% then the impact on profitability and
equity is as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Pre-tax impact of:
An increase in interest rates of 1%
(112)(177)
A decrease in interest rates of 1%
112177
At year end the value of interest rate derivative contracts used as cash flow hedges were subject
to interest rate risk in relation to the value recognised in equity. If interest rates moved by 1.0%
across the yield curve then the impact on the fair value of the swaps on equity is shown in the
following table. A movement of 1%, or 100bps, is considered by management as a reasonable
estimate of a possible shift in interest rates for the year based on historical movements. There
is $55k of ineffective interest rate swaps recognised in the income statement in relation to
the valuation of the interest rate swaps (2021: $251K). The remaining interest rate swaps were
effective as at 30 June 2022.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Post tax impact on equity of a 1% move in interest rates
An increase in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve
1,1041,613
A decrease in interest rates of 1% across the yield curve
(1,122)(1,643)
EFFECTIVE
INTEREST
RATE
FLOATING
$000’s
FIXED UP
TO 1 YEAR
$000’s
FIXED
1 - 2 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
2- 5 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED >5
YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
As at 30 June 2022
Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
-38,816----38,816
-38,816----38,816
Liabilities
Bank borrowings
8.47%--97,298--97,298
--97,298--97,298
Interest rate
derivative contracts*3.3%-20,20115,28955,847-91,337
The effective interest rate of Group borrowings is 8.47% (2021: 7.9%) including the impact of the
interest rate swaps and line fees on facilities.
EFFECTIVE
INTEREST
RATE
FLOATING
$000’s
FIXED UP
TO 1 YEAR
$000’s
FIXED
1 - 2 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED
2- 5 YEARS
$000’s
FIXED >5
YEARS
$000’s
TOTAL
$000’s
As at 30 June 2021
Assets
Cash and cash
equivalents
-38,087----38,087
-38,087----38,087
Liabilities
Bank borrowings
7.9%-1252,19984,460-86,784
-1252,19984,460-86,784
Interest rate
derivative contracts*2.9%-17,86218,36454,4794,28794,992
* Notional contract amounts and include forward starting interest rate swaps.
Credit risk
The Group has a concentration of credit risk in respect of the amount outstanding f rom the
buy-back fleet arrangement. The Group has no other significant concentrations of credit risk.
Policies are in place to ensure that wholesale sales of products and other receivables arising
are made to customers with an appropriate credit history. Sales to retail customers are made
in cash or via major credit cards. Derivative contract counterparties and cash on deposit are
limited to high credit rated quality financial institutions.
The Group considers its maximum exposure to credit risk as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
Trade receivables (net of impairment provision)
15,14816,121
Other receivables
4,5883,758
Receivable under buy-back arrangement
8,4955,014
67,04762,980
The Group has numerous credit terms for various customers. The terms vary f rom cash,
monthly and greater depending on the service and goods provided and the customer
relationship. Collateral is not normally required. All trade receivables are individually reviewed
regularly for impairment as part of normal operating procedures and, where appropriate,
a provision is made. Trade receivables less than three months overdue are not considered
impaired. Overdue amounts that have not been provided for relate to customers that have
a reliable trading credit history and no recent history of default.
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Trade receivable analysis
Debtors past due
1,7413,419
Impairment provision
(257)(1,203)
Debtors past due but not impaired
1,4842,216
Debtors current
13,66413,905
Total trade debtors
2615,14816,121
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
118
Unforgettable Journeys
119
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
29. Financial risk management (continued)
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Ageing of debtors past due
1-30 days
6401,055
31-60 days
4521,214
61-90 days
202323
91+ days
447827
Total debtors past due
1,7413,419
There is no overdue balance in other receivables and receivables under buy-back arrangements
as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil).
Liquidity risk
Prudent liquidity risk management implies maintaining sufficient cash and marketable
securities, the availability of funding through an adequate amount of credit facilities and the
ability to close out market positions. Due to the dynamic nature of the underlying businesses,
Group Treasury aims to maintain flexibility in funding by rolling the draw downs on a short-term
basis and keeping credit lines available.
The table below analyses the Group’s financial liabilities into relevant maturity groupings based
on the remaining period at the reporting date to the contractual maturity date.
29. Financial risk management (continued)
Capital risk management
The Group’s objectives when managing capital are to safeguard the Group’s ability to
continue as a going concern in order to provide returns for shareholders and benefits for other
stakeholders and maintain an optimal capital structure to reduce the cost of capital. The Group
considers capital to be share capital and interest bearing debt. To maintain or alter the capital
structure the Group has the ability to review the amount of dividends paid to shareholders,
return capital to shareholders, issue new shares, reduce or increase debt or sell assets.
There are a number of externally imposed bank covenants required as part of seasonal and
term debt facilities. These covenants are calculated monthly and reported to banks quarterly.
The most significant covenants relating to capital management are Net Interest Bearing Debt
to EBITDA ratio, and an Equity to Total Assets ratio (net of intangible assets) (note 25). There have
been no breaches or events of review for the current or prior period.
Seasonality
The tourism industry is subject to seasonal fluctuations with peak demand for tourism
attractions and transportation over the summer months. The operating revenue and profits of
the Group’s segments are disclosed in note 1. New Zealand and Australia’s profits are typically
generated over the southern hemisphere summer months and the United States of America’s
profits are typically generated over the northern hemisphere summer months. Due to the
seasonal nature of the businesses, the risk profile at year end is not representative of all risks
faced during the year.
30. Derivative financial instruments
Derivative financial instruments and hedging activities
The Group enters into interest rate swaps and other derivatives to hedge interest rate risk.
Derivatives are initially recognised at fair value on the date a derivative contract is entered
into and are subsequently remeasured at their fair value at the end of each reporting period.
The method of recognising the resulting gain or loss depends on whether the derivative is
designated as a hedging instrument and, if so, the nature of the item being hedged.
The Group designates certain derivatives as hedges of a particular risk associated with a
recognised asset or liability or a highly probable forecast transaction (cash flow hedge).
The amounts disclosed are the contractual undiscounted cash flows.
UP TO 1
YEAR
$000’s
BETWEEN
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
BETWEEN
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
GREATER
THAN 5
YEARS
$000’s
Total
$000’s
CARRYING
VALUE
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2022
Trade and other payables
29,114---29,11429,114
Bank borrowings5,401102,0352,369-109,80597,298
Lease liabilities9,8977,33519,64845,73982,61982,619
Interest rate and foreign
currency derivative
contracts*2,7292,1512,8546178,35160
47,141111,52124,87146,356229,889209,091
UP TO 1
YEAR
$000’s
BETWEEN
1-2 YEARS
$000’s
BETWEEN
2-5 YEARS
$000’s
GREATER
THAN 5
YEARS
$000’s
Total
$000’s
CARRYING
VALUE
$000’s
Year ended 30 June 2021
Trade and other payables
22,495---22,49522,495
Bank borrowings4,5786,62988,213-99,42086,784
Lease liabilities12,02510,51223,16949,44095,14673,266
Interest rate and foreign
currency derivative
contracts*2,2641,6992,433796,4755,272
41,36218,840113,81549,519223,536187,817
* The amounts expected to be payable on a net basis in relation to the interest rate swaps have been estimated using forward interest
rates applicable at the reporting date.
The Group documents, at the inception of the transaction, the relationship between hedging
instruments and hedged items, as well as its risk management objectives and strategy for
undertaking various hedge transactions. The Group also documents its assessment, both at
hedge inception and on an ongoing basis, of whether the derivatives that are used in hedging
transactions are highly effective in offsetting changes in fair value or cash flows of hedged items.
Movements on the hedging reserve in shareholders’ equity are shown in note 31. The full fair
value of hedging derivatives is classified as a non-current asset or liability if the remaining
maturity of the hedged item is more than 12 months, and as a current asset or liability if the
remaining maturity of the hedged item is less than 12 months. Trading derivatives are classified
as a current asset or liability.
Cash flow hedges
The effective portion of changes in the fair value of derivatives that are designated and qualify
as cash flow hedges are recognised in equity. The gain or loss relating to the ineffective portion
is recognised immediately in the income statement. The gain or loss relating to the interest rate
swaps are recognised in interest expense.
Amounts accumulated in equity are recycled in the income statement in the periods when
the hedged item affects profit or loss (for instance when the forecast sale that is hedged takes
place). The gain or loss relating to the effective portion of interest rate swaps hedging variable
rate borrowings is recognised in the income statement within ‘finance expenses’. The gain or
loss relating to the effective portion of forward foreign exchange contracts hedging export sales
is recognised in the income statement within ‘sales’. However, when the forecast transaction
that is hedged results in the recognition of a non-financial asset (for example, inventory) or a
non-financial liability, the gains and losses previously deferred in equity are transferred from
equity and included in the initial measurement of the cost of the asset or liability.
When a hedging instrument expires or is sold, or when a hedge no longer meets the criteria
for hedge accounting, any cumulative gain or loss existing in equity at that time remains in
equity and is recognised when the forecast transaction is ultimately recognised in the income
statement. When a forecast transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or
loss that was reported in equity is immediately transferred to the income statement.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
120
Unforgettable Journeys
121
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
30. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
20222021
ASSETS
$000’s
LIABILITIES
$000’s
ASSETS
$000’s
LIABILITIES
$000’s
Interest rate swaps – current portion
-15-148
Interest rate swaps – non current portion
45345-5,124
Total cash flow hedges
45360-5,272
The ineffective portion recognised in the profit or loss that arises from cash flow hedges in
2022 amount to $55k (2021: $251K).
Interest rate swaps
The notional principal amounts of the outstanding interest rate swap contracts at
30 June 2022 were $83,290k (2021: $87,848k).
At 30 June 2022, the fixed interest rates vary from 2.29% to 4.86% (2021: 2.13% to 4.74%).
The liquidity table in note 29 identifies the periods in which the cash flows are expected
to occur.
Fair values
The carrying amount of financial assets and financial liabilities recorded in the financial
statements approximates their fair values:
• Derivative financial instruments are carried at fair value as discussed below.
• Receivables and payables are short-term in nature and, therefore, approximate fair value.
• Interest bearing liabilities re-price at least every 90 days and, therefore, approximate fair value.
30. Derivative financial instruments (continued)
The following inputs are used for fair value calculations of derivatives:
• Interest rate forward price curve– Published market swap rates
• Foreign exchange forward prices– Published spot foreign exchange rates and interest
rate differentials
• Discount rate for valuing interest
rate derivatives
– The discount rates used to value interest rate
derivatives are published market interest rates as
applicable to the remaining life of the instrument
• Discount rate for valuing forward
foreign exchange contracts
– The discount rates used to value interest rate
derivatives are published market interest rates as
applicable to the remaining life of the instrument
There were no changes to these valuation techniques during the period.
31. Cash flow hedge reserve
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Balance at beginning of year
(3,617)(6,695)
Fair value gain
5,6644,025
Deferred tax on fair value gain
(1,585)(1,127)
Ineffective interest rate swap transferred
to income statement (net of tax)
(141)180
Balance at end of year
321(3,617)
The cash flow hedge reserve is used to record gains or losses on hedging instruments that are
recognised directly in equity. The hedging instruments are used to manage interest rate risk.
Amounts are recognised in the income statement when the associated hedged transaction
affects profit or loss.
Financial instruments of the Group that are measured in the statement of financial position
at fair value are classified by level under the following fair value measurement hierarchy:
Level 1 Quoted prices (unadjusted) in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2 Inputs other than quoted prices included within Level 1 that are observable
for the asset or liability, either directly (that is, as prices) or indirectly (that is,
derived f rom prices).
Level 3 Inputs for the asset or liability that are not based on observable market data
(that is, unobservable inputs).
The level in the fair value hierarchy within which the fair value measurement is categorised
is determined on the basis of the lowest input to the fair value measurement. If a fair
value measurement uses observable inputs that require significant adjustment based on
unobservable inputs, the measurement is a Level 3 measurement.
The Group’s policy is to recognise transfers into and transfers out of fair value hierarchy levels
as of the date of the event or change in circumstances that caused the transfer.
As at 30 June 2022 the Group’s assets and liabilities measured at fair values are issued shares
in Camplify Holdings (CHL) which are classified within Level 1 of the fair value hierarchy (note
19), derivative financial instruments which are classified within Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy
(2021: Level 2), and the receivable of deferred consideration in relation to CHL shares (tranche
2 shares (note 20)) which are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy. There were no
transfers of financial instruments between levels of the fair value hierarchy during the year.
The methods used in determining fair value are as follows:
Derivative financial instruments
The fair value of derivative financial instruments is calculated using quoted prices. Where such
prices are not available, use is made of discounted cash flow analysis using the applicable yield
curve or available forward price data for the duration of the instruments.
Section F – Other
In this section
This section includes the remaining information relating to thl’s consolidated financial
statements which is required to comply with financial reporting standards.
32. Related party transactions
Key management compensation
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Salaries and other short-term employee benefits
4,4573,940
Share based payments benefits
1,6141,341
Total positions included in key management compensation are 13 (2021: 12).
Executive management do not receive any Directors’ fees as Directors of subsidiary companies.
Directors’ fees
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Directors' fees
697660
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
122
Unforgettable Journeys
123
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
32. Related party transactions (continued)
Shares issued in lieu of cash
At the 2013 Annual Meeting of shareholders, shareholder approval was obtained for thl to issue
shares in whole or in part payment of directors’ remuneration. For the period to 30 September
2021, Rob Campbell and Rob Hamilton elected to receive 50% of their director fees in shares,
and Debbie Birch elected to receive 33% of her director fees in shares. From 1 October 2021, Rob
Hamilton elected to receive 25% of his director fees in shares and Debbie Birch has opted out of
receiving any shares in part payment of her director fees. Shares issued in lieu of directors’ fees
are as follows:
SHARES 000’sVALUE $000’s
2022 202120222021
Shares issued in lieu of cash
556399142
Shares to be issued to directors at 30 June
--2842
Grant Brady (Director of AMLP)
Grant Brady, Director of AMLP, is a minority shareholder and director of Bush Road Enterprises
Limited. thl subleases a property in Bush Road which is owned by Bush Road Enterprises
Limited. The cost of the subleases and operating expenses are set out in the table below:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Cost of sublease and operating expenses
417545
33. Share-based payments
Share scheme
Share scheme 2009-16
From the 2009 financial year the Group has operated an equity-settled, share-based
long-term incentive plan for the Chief Executive and other senior executives under
which the Group receives services f rom the executives as consideration for redeemable
ordinary shares of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in
exchange for the grant of the redeemable shares is recognised as an expense in the
income statement with a corresponding increase in equity. The total amount to be
expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the redeemable shares granted.
Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share
capital on redemption of the redeemable shares or to retained earnings where they are
forfeited or not exercised after the vesting date. At the end of each reporting period, the
Group revises its estimates of the number of redeemable shares that are expected to
vest based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision
to original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment
to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the scheme are contained in a trust deed, with the following main terms:
1. Redeemable shares are issued and held by THL Corporate Trustee Limited on behalf
of the executive.
2. Prior to April 2015 the issue price of the redeemable shares was set based on the volume
weighted average price of Tourism Holdings Limited ordinary shares over the 10 days
leading up to the issue date. From April 2015 the issue price was calculated over a 20 day
period leading up to the issue date, to align with the calculation of shares issued to
directors’ in lieu of directors fees.
3. One cent is payable on acceptance of the redeemable shares.
Action Manufacturing LP
Grant Brady is a shareholder in another entity, Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited that
previously owned 50% of Action Manufacturing Limited Partnership (“AMLP”) until 28 February
2021. AMLP manufactures the motorhomes and campervans used by Rentals New Zealand,
manufactures motorhomes and parts for Rentals Australia, and manufactures specialty vehicles
for external customers. Pricing is based on the cost of manufacture plus an agreed margin
set out in the Limited Partnership Agreement. During the prior year, the Group sold certain
ex-rental vehicles to AMLP to repurpose and resell. AMLP also subleases part of the Bush Road
property described above.
2022
$000’s
8 months to
28 February 2021
$000’s
Purchase of motorhomes by the Group f rom the joint venture
-12,706
Sales of vehicles by the Group to the joint venture
-534
Interest charged to the joint venture
-37
Management of mighway vehicles
-10
Schork Family
As part of the consideration for the acquisition of El Monte Rents Inc, the Group issued 3,384,266
ordinary shares to entities associated with the Schork family. An entity associated with the
Schork family provides warranties to customers of El Monte Rents Inc - the total amount paid
by customers during 2022 was $256k (2021: $443k). At the time of the acquisition, the Group
entered into a number of property lease agreements with entities associated with the Schork
family. The leases are in relation to branches used by El Monte RV. The cost of the leases are set
out in the table below:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Total lease payments
3,2043,034
4. The redeemable shares are able to be converted to ordinary shares at the election
of the executive after a minimum of two years at a rate of one third of the issue per year.
The exercise price payable by the executive is the issue price plus a cost of equity
adjustment for two years, less dividends paid for two years.
5. The redeemable shares are entitled to dividends only to the extent that they are paid up.
6. The maximum period that the redeemable shares can be on issue is six years.
7. Valuation of the redeemable shares for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the
Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to the income statement
over the life of the scheme/option with a corresponding credit to the employee share
scheme reserve.
Movements in the number of redeemable shares outstanding and their related weighted
average exercise prices under the 2009 scheme are as follows:
Average
exercise
price*
2016
GRANT
201 5
GRANT
2014
GRANT
TOTAL
REDEEMABLE
SHARES
At 30 June 2020
985,630493,200-1,478,830
Redeemable shares exercised
$1.84-(150,000)-(150,000)
Redeemable shares cancelled/
forfeited$1.63-(343,200)-(343,200)
At 30 June 2021
985,630--985,630
Redeemable shares cancelled/
forfeited(985,630)--(985,630)
At 30 June 2022
----
* Exercise price is issue price, less 1 cent paid, less dividends paid for two years, plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
124
Unforgettable Journeys
125
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
33. Share-based payments (continued)
Convertible shares at 30 June 2022 were nil (2021: 985,630).
The value of the redeemable shares calculated using the Binomial Option Pricing Model is
being amortised over the life of the redeemable share rights. An expense of $222k in 2022
(2021: nil) f rom prior periods has been reversed f rom the executive share scheme reserve
due to the cancellation of the options at the expiry date.
In arriving at the value of the redeemable share rights under the Binomial Option Pricing
Model the following inputs have been used:
2016
Issue price
$2.57
Forecast dividend yield over the life of the transfer rights
6.1%
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
3.40%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
23.0%
Cost of equity adjustment p.a.
12.30%
Note: the exercise prices above are adjusted for any dividends paid to date, but make no
assumption about future dividends, which will be deducted f rom the exercise price.
Share scheme 2017
In the 2017 financial year the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based long-term
incentive plan for the Chief Executive and other senior executives under which the Group
receives services f rom the executives as consideration for Options to purchase ordinary
shares of the Group. The fair value of the employee services received in exchange for
the grant of the Options is recognised as an expense in the income statement. The total
amount expensed is determined by reference to the fair value of the Options granted.
Amounts accumulated in the employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share
capital on the exercise of the Options or to retained earnings where they are forfeited.
At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises its estimates of the number
of Options that are expected to vest based on the non-market vesting conditions.
It recognises the impact of the revision to original estimates, if any, in the income
statement, with a corresponding adjustment to the employee share scheme reserve.
The terms of the 2017 scheme are contained in a document entitled ‘The Rules of the
Tourism Holdings Long-term Incentive Scheme 2017’:
1. Options to purchase ordinary shares are issued to executives by the Board.
2. The option price is set based on the volume weighted average price of Tourism Holdings
Limited ordinary shares over the 20 days leading up to the grant date.
3. The options can be exercised at the election of the employee after a minimum of two years
f rom the grant date. A maximum of one third of the options can be exercised after two
years, two thirds after three years and all options can be exercised after four years. After six
years, the options lapse and there is no further right to exercise. The exercise price payable
by the executive is the option price plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years, less
dividends paid for two years.
4. The participants holding options have no interest in the ordinary shares that are the
subject of the options, until the options are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
5. Valuation of the options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the Binomial
Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to the income statement and loss
over the life of the scheme/option with a corresponding credit to the employee share
scheme reserve.
33. Share-based payments (continued)
Movements in options granted under the 2017 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED
PRICE
2022
GRANT
2021
GRANT
2020
GRANT
2019
GRANT
2018
GRANT
2017
GRANT
TOTAL
OPTIONS
At 30 June 2020-1,440,0001,160,000786,666893,3334,279,999
Options granted$2.27-2,155,000----2,155,000
Options cancelled-(360,000)(345,000)(106,667)(40,000)(851,667)
At 30 June 2021-2,155,0001,080,000815,000679,999853,3335,583,332
Options granted$2.841,522,000-----1,522,000
Options cancelled(80,000)(85,000)(80,000)(93,333)(80,000)(418,333)
At 30 June 20221,522,0002,075,000995,000735,000586,666773,3336,686,999
The exercise price will be calculated as the issue price less dividends paid for two years,
plus a cost of equity adjustment for two years.
The value of the share transfer rights is calculated using the Binomial Option Pricing Model
and is being amortised over the life of the share transfer rights. The 2022 expense of $423k
(2021: $306k) will accumulate in the employee share scheme reserve.
In arriving at the value of the share transfer rights under the Binomial Option Pricing Model
the following inputs have been used:
20222021
Issue price
$2.84$2.27
Forecast dividend yield over the life of the transfer rights
4.50%6.00%
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
2.48%0.58%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
32.50%35.00%
Cost of equity adjustment
11.98%10.61%
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
126
Unforgettable Journeys
127
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
33. Share-based payments (continued)
Share scheme 2020
In the 2021 financial year the Group introduced an equity-settled, share-based short-
term retention plan (FY21 Scheme) in lieu of the cash based short-term incentive
scheme for employees that are eligible per the terms of their employment.
Under the FY21 Scheme, the Group receives services f rom employees as consideration
for (a) Share Options to purchase ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited at a pre-
determined exercise price, and/or (b) Share Rights that can be exercised for the issue of
ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited, with no exercise price. The fair value of the
employee services received in exchange for the grant of the Share Options and Share
Rights is recognised as an expense in the income statement, with a corresponding
increase in equity. The total amount to be expensed is determined by reference to the
fair value of the Share Options and Share Rights granted. Amounts accumulated in the
employee share scheme reserve are transferred to share capital on the exercise of the
Share Options and Share Rights, or to retained earnings where they are forfeited or not
exercised after the vesting date. At the end of each reporting period, the Group revises
its estimate of the number of Share Options and Share Rights that are expected to vest
based on the non-market vesting conditions. It recognises the impact of the revision to
original estimates, if any, in the income statement, with a corresponding adjustment to
the employee share scheme reserve.
33. Share-based payments (continued)
Movements in share rights granted under the 2021 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED
PRICE
2022
GRANT
2021
GRANT
TOTAL
RIGHTS
Rights granted
$2.00-939,630939,630
At 30 June 2021
-939,630939,630
Rights granted$2.55884,835-884,835
Rights converted-(469,834)(469,834)
Rights cancelled(43,802)(19,559)(63,361)
At 30 June 2022
841,033450,2371,291,270
The 2022 expense of $1,115k (2021: $1,398k) will accumulate in the employee share scheme reserve.
Movements in share options granted under the 2021 scheme are as follows:
ISSUED
PRICE
2022
$000’s
GRANT
2021
$000’s
GRANT
TOTAL
$000’s
OPTIONS
Options granted
$2.01-672,835672,835
At 30 June 2021
-672,835672,835
Rights granted$2.55796,232-796,232
Rights converted-(93,982)(93,982)
Rights cancelled-(17,314)(17,314)
At 30 June 2022
796,232561,5391,357,771
The 2022 expense of $380k (2021: $283k) will accumulate in the executive share scheme reserve.
In arriving at the value of the share transfer rights under the Binomial Option Pricing Model the
following inputs have been used:
20222021
Risk f ree rate of interest over the exercise period of the share transfer rights
2.48%0.42%
Volatility of Tourism Holdings Limited share price returns mid point
32.50%30.00%
The terms of the 2020 scheme are contained in a document entitled the ‘Tourism Holdings
Short-term Incentive Scheme 2020’:
1. Share Options to purchase ordinary shares, and Share Rights that can be exercised for the
issue of ordinary shares, are issued to eligible employees by the Board.
2. The Share Option price is equal to the volume weighted average price of Tourism Holdings
Limited ordinary shares over the 20 trading days leading up to the date on which the offer
is provided.
3. 50% of the Share Options and Share Rights vest 12 months after the grant date, and the
remaining 50% vest 24 months after the grant date. After the Share Options and Share
Rights have vested, they can be exercised by the employee by giving notice to the Group.
4. The Share Rights lapse if not exercised by the employee by the latter of:
(a) sixty (60) days after the applicable vesting date; and
(b) the end of the calendar year in which the vesting date occurred.
The Share Options lapse if not exercised by the employee within six years of the grant date.
5. The exercise price payable by the employee for the Share Rights is nil. The exercise price
payable by the employee for the Share Options is the option price.
6. The participants holding Share Rights and Share Options have no interest in the ordinary
shares that are the subject of the Share Options or Share Rights, until the Share Options
or Share Rights are exercised and ordinary shares issued.
7. A valuation of the Share Options for accounting purposes is done by KPMG using the
Binomial Option Pricing Model. The assessed value is charged to the income statement
over the life of the option with a corresponding credit to the employee share scheme reserve.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
128
Unforgettable Journeys
129
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
34. Reconciliation of loss after tax with cash flows from operating activities
(continued)
Net debt reconciliation
This section sets out an analysis of net debt and the movements in the net debt.
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
Total cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
Borrowings, short-term
-(125)
Borrowings, long-term
(97,298)(86,659)
Lease liabilities, short-term
(9,898)(8,787)
Lease liabilities, long-term
(72,721)(64,479)
Net debt
(141,101)(121,963)
Cash and cash equivalents
38,81638,087
Gross debt
(179,917)(160,050)
Net debt
(141,101)(121,963)
Cash and cash equivalents includes cash on hand, cheques, deposits held at call with financial
institutions and bank overdrafts.
There is no restricted cash as at 30 June 2022 (2021: nil).
ASSETSLIABILITIES FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES
CASH/BANK
OVERDRAFT
000’s
BORROWINGS
DUE WITHIN
ONE YEAR
000’s
BORROWINGS
DUE AFTER
ONE YEAR
000’sTOTAL
Balance at 1 July 202035,514(7,304)(237,889)(209,679)
Cash flow4,389-74,56778,956
Foreign exchange
adjustment(1,816)-2,096280
Non-cash movement –
AMLP acquisition-(125)-(125)
Non-cash movement –
lease liabilities-(1,483)10,0888,605
Net debt at 30 June 202138,087(8,912)(151,138)(121,963)
Balance at 1 July 202138,087(8,912)(151,138)(121,963)
Cash flow(2,354)125(12,899)(15,128)
Foreign exchange
adjustment3,0831582,1025,343
Non-cash movement –
lease liabilities-769(10,122)(9,353)
Net debt at 30 June 202238,816(7,860)(172,057)(141,101)
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Plus/(less) non-cash items:
Net loss on sale of property, plant and equipment
192822
Net gain recognised in relation to the Togo sale
(1,326)-
Net loss recognised in relation to the AMLP transaction
-1,406
Total items classified as investing activities
(1,134)2,228
Reclassification of cash flows associated
with rental assets
Net book value of rental assets sold
120,596157,993
Purchase of rental assets
(164,465)(119,922)
Total cash flows associated with rental assets
(43,869)38,071
Trading cash flow
3,62370,475
Plus/(less) movements in working capital:
(Decrease)/increase in trade payables excluding rental assets
(9,452)2,068
(Decrease)/increase in revenue received in advance
12,081(346)
(Decrease)/increase in provision for taxation
(9,255)384
(Decrease)/increase in employee benefits
705122
Decrease/(increase) in trade and other receivables
61810,629
(Increase)/decrease in inventories
(19,939)3,644
Total movements in working capital
(25,242)16,501
Net cash flows (used in)/from operating activities
(21,619)86,976
34. Reconciliation of loss after tax with cash flows from operating activities
In accordance with NZ IAS 7 the Group classifies cash flows from the sale and purchase
of rental assets as operating cash flows. Where the timing of receipts and payments is
of a short-term nature, the cash flows are presented on a net basis.
NOTES
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Net loss after tax
(2,119)(14,514)
Plus/(less) non-cash items:
Depreciation of property, plant and equipment
1134,73939,309
Depreciation of right-of-use assets
129,9678,221
Amortisation of intangibles
161,8501,167
Amortisation of executive share scheme
333,0382,112
Movement in deferred taxation
5,008(1,901)
Decrease in provision for doubtful debts
(883)(903)
Interest
26410
Impairment of goodwill and assets
161,13546
Share of (profit) from joint venture and associates
21(1,105)(736)
Non-cash Directors’ remuneration
128164
Fair value (gain)/loss on financial assets at FVPL
(282)(1,178)
Gain on termination of Mangere lease
-(1,621)
Accounting gain on mighway & SHAREaCAMPER sale
(5,381)-
Loan forgiveness – Other borrowings
2,267-
Total non-cash items
50,74544,690
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
130
Unforgettable Journeys
131
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
35. Deferred income tax
Deferred income tax assets are recognised for tax loss carry-forwards to the extent that
the realisation of the related tax benefit through the future taxable profits is probable.
Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are offset when there is a legally enforceable
right to offset current tax assets against current liabilities and when the deferred income
tax relate to the same fiscal authority.
The gross movement on the deferred income tax account is as follows:
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Beginning of the year
9,03210,230
Income statement charge – provision
620148
Income statement charge – property plant and equipment
15,907(4,753)
Tax losses
(12,254)287
Adjustment for US tax losses carried back
(1)
-2,510
Tax charged to equity-derivative
2,115610
Other
657-
End of the year
16,0779,032
2022
$000’s
2021
$000’s
Amounts recognised in income statement
Provisions
(3,849)(5,172)
Property, plant and equipment
54,83635,726
Tax losses
(33,845)(18,321)
Prepayment and share rights
133-
Leases
(2,405)(2,284)
Other - Kiwi Experience reclassed to asset held for sale
207-
Amounts recognised directly in equity
Derivative financial instruments
1,000(917)
Net deferred tax liability
16,0779,032
(1)
Tax credits include tax losses in the US which were rolled back to previous tax years prior to the rate change where tax had been
filed at the higher rate.
30 June 2022
$000’s
30 June 2021
$000’s
Deferred tax assets
-(957)
Deferred tax liabilities
16,0779,989
Net deferred tax liability
16,0779,032
36. Changes in accounting policies and disclosures
Issued standards and amendments
There are no new or amended standards which have been adopted in the year ended
30 June 2022 that have a material impact on the Group.
Following the publication of the IFRS Interpretations Committee (IFRIC) agenda decision on
Configuration or Customisation costs in a Cloud Computing Arrangement in March 2021, the
Group has considered and concluded that there is no change of accounting policy required.
37. Contingencies
As at 30 June 2022 the Group has bank guarantees of $1.8M in place (2021: $1.6M).
Predominantly these are in lieu of bonds paid relating to leased assets.
38. Other events
Merger with Apollo
On 10 December 2021, the Company announced that it entered into a conditional Scheme
Implementation Deed with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited (Apollo, ATL), to merge through
an Australian Scheme of Arrangement, whereby thl will acquire all outstanding shares in
ATL. The scheme is conditional upon thl receiving approval to list on the Australian Securities
Exchange (ASX) and subject to approval of Apollo shareholders and finalisation of appropriate
funding arrangements for the merged entity. In addition, there are various court and regulatory
approvals in Australia and New Zealand, including Australian and New Zealand competition
regulatory clearance and other conditions specified in the Scheme Implementation Deed
which was released to the ASX and NZX on 10 December 2021.
thl and ATL continue to work with the New Zealand Commerce Commission (NZCC) and
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission (ACCC) to address the issues identified
with a proposal that the merged entity divests certain assets in each country. A decision
by both commissions is expected in September. Although the timeline for completing the
various regulatory processes associated with this potential transaction has been extended, the
thl Board remains supportive of the proposed merger. In July 2022, thl and Apollo agreed to
amend the Scheme Implementation Deed to extend the final date for satisfaction or waiver of
all conditions precedent to the scheme to 15 October 2022.
Transaction costs in relation to the Apollo merger of $5.1M have been incurred to 30 June 2022
and expensed through the income statement. The Group will incur further costs in relation to
the proposed transaction in FY23.
39. Events after the reporting period
Acquisition of MaxiTrans
On 29 July 2022, Action Manufacturing, 100% owned subsidiary of the Group, acquired MaxiTrans
for $2.1M, subject to final completion accounts. MaxiTrans is a well-established business
operating in the heavy transport industry under the Freighter brand and complements Action’s
existing Fairfax business by way of offering significant product extension.
There are no events after the reporting period which materially affect the information within
the consolidated financial statements.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Notes to the consolidated financial statements (continued)
FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
132
Unforgettable Journeys
133
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Our opinion
In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Tourism Holdings
Limited (the Company), including its subsidiaries (the Group), present fairly, in all material
respects, the financial position of the Group as at 30 June 2022, its financial performance and its
cash flows for the year then ended in accordance with New Zealand Equivalents to International
Financial Reporting Standards (NZ IFRS) and International Financial Reporting Standards (IFRS).
What we have audited
The Group’s consolidated financial statements comprise:
• the consolidated statement of financial position as at 30 June 2022;
• the consolidated income statement for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of comprehensive income for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of changes in equity for the year then ended;
• the consolidated statement of cash flows for the year then ended; and
• the notes to the consolidated financial statements, which include significant accounting
policies and other explanatory information.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on Auditing (New Zealand)
(ISAs (NZ)) and International Standards on Auditing (ISAs). Our responsibilities under those
standards are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated
financial statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a
basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with Professional and Ethical Standard 1
International Code of Ethics for Assurance Practitioners (including International Independence
Standards) (New Zealand) (PES 1) issued by the New Zealand Auditing and Assurance
Standards Board and the International Code of Ethics for Professional Accountants (including
International Independence Standards) issued by the International Ethics Standards Board for
Accountants (IESBA Code), and we have fulfilled our other ethical responsibilities in accordance
with these requirements.
Our firm carries out other services for the Group in the areas of agreed upon procedures in
relation to the interim financial statements. In addition, certain partners and employees of our
firm may deal with the Group on normal terms within the ordinary course of trading activities
of the Group. The provision of this other service and relationships have not impaired our
independence as auditor of the Group.
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judgement, were of most
significance in our audit of the consolidated financial statements of the current year. These
matters were addressed in the context of our audit of the consolidated financial statements
as a whole, and in forming our opinion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on
these matters.
Description of the key audit matter
Funding requirements and forecast compliance with loan
facility undertakings and covenants
As at 30 June 2022, the Group’s bank borrowings were
$97.3 million as disclosed in note 25 Borrowings. The
Group’s amended facility agreement includes committed
debt funding facilities of approximately $258 million,
maturing between June 2023 and June 2024, with certain
financial covenants.
The Group has assessed forecast compliance with these
covenants by preparing a cash flow scenario forecast for the
next four years and using the forecast to calculate the financial
covenants at future calculation dates. The assessment
prepared by the Group shows compliance with covenants at
all future calculation dates.
We consider this as a key audit matter because forecasts
are inherently subjective, with key assumptions based on
estimates and judgement, coupled with the uncertainties of
the ongoing effect of COVID-19 on the Group’s performance
and cash flows.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented by management over forecast compliance with covenants and
assessed whether they were appropriately designed and implemented.
We read the amended facility agreement and understood the amended covenant requirements and undertakings.
We obtained management’s forecast, including the forecast calculations to assess compliance against relevant covenants for at
least 12 months from the date of approval of the consolidated financial statements, and performed the following procedures:
• compared management’s forecast used in assessing future covenant compliance to the Board approved forecast in June 2022,
noting that any differences do not change the outcome of the assessment;
• understood management’s forecasting process and the basis for determining the key assumptions;
• assessed management’s historical forecasting reliability by comparing the Group’s actual results against the forecast over
the last three years. Where actual results deviated f rom historical forecast results, we understood the underlying reasons and
considered the potential impact on the reliability of the forecast prepared in the current year;
• tested the mathematical accuracy of the forecast model;
• assessed the reasonableness of the key assumptions incorporated in the forecast;
• reviewed the forecast sensitivity analysis performed by management and overlaid this with our own assessment
and assumptions;
• assessed the impact of the most recent results, subsequent to balance date, to the forecast assumptions and forecast
covenant compliance;
• reperformed the forecast covenant compliance calculations at the calculation dates for at least 12 months f rom the date of
approval of the consolidated financial statements;
• understood, at a high level, the plan for capital and funding arrangements resulting f rom the Group’s potential acquisition of
Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited; and
• considered the adequacy of disclosures in note 25 to the consolidated financial statements in accordance with the relevant
accounting standards.
Unforgettable Journeys
134
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
135
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Description of the key audit matter
Goodwill impairment assessment
The Group tests intangible assets with indefinite useful lives
for impairment annually by comparing the cash generating
unit’s (CGU) recoverable amount determined using value
in use (VIU) with the CGU’s carrying amount. The Group’s
goodwill in United States of America (US) Rentals CGU had
a carrying value of $34.2 million as of 30 June 2022 (note 16
Intangible assets).
The impairment assessment was a key focus area of our audit
due to the inherent judgement in assessing impairments and
the uncertainty on the assumptions applied by the Board in
their impairment assessment.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented by management over impairment assessments and considered
whether they were appropriately designed and implemented.
In considering the impairment assessments for the US Rentals CGU, we performed the following:
• obtained the Group’s impairment assessment and model and held discussions with management to understand:
– the Group’s continued strategy in navigating through the ongoing impact of COVID-19;
– the current performance of the CGU and the forecasts; and
– the basis for determining the key assumptions in preparing the impairment models;
• compared actual results to forecast performance for the past three financial years, understood reasons for deviations, analysed
key trends and considered the impact on our assessment of forecast earnings;
• considered the actual results for the month of July 2022 against forecast; and
• engaged our auditor’s valuation expert to:
– assess the valuation methodology underlying the impairment analysis including the mechanical calculation of the
impairment models; and
– assess the reasonableness of the discount rate, terminal value methodology and assumptions;
We also assessed the adequacy of disclosures, including the sensitivity analysis disclosed in note 16 of the consolidated financial
statements, in accordance with the relevant accounting standards.
Description of the key audit matter
Residual values and depreciation rates for motorhomes
The Group generates revenue f rom motorhomes through
rental income and the sale of motorhomes f rom its ex-rental
fleet that have been reclassified to inventory. As disclosed in
note 11 Property, plant and equipment of the consolidated
financial statements, the net book value of motorhomes at 30
June 2022 was $301.5 million, after $30.9 million of depreciation
charged for the year. The total net book value of motorhomes
reclassified to inventory at balance date was $29.4 million.
As disclosed in note 2 Revenue of the consolidated financial
statements, the Group sold motorhomes during the year for
$226.9 million with a total cost of sales of $150.8 million.
The method of estimating the depreciation rate, which
includes an estimation of residual values, is detailed in note 11
of the consolidated financial statements.
The estimation of an appropriate depreciation rate for
motorhomes directly affects both depreciation expense and
the net book value of ex-rental fleet reclassified to inventory,
and can therefore have a significant impact on both the
current and future profit of the Group, which is why we have
given this area specific audit focus and attention.
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
We obtained an understanding of the controls implemented by management over their review of residual values and
depreciation rates and assessed whether they were appropriately designed and implemented.
We performed the following audit procedures to assess the judgements made by management in determining the residual
values and depreciation rates for motorhomes:
• updated our understanding of the relevant business processes and management’s annual assessment of motorhome residual
values and depreciation rates;
• considered whether the methodology applied and data used were consistent with prior period;
• tested mathematical accuracy of the calculations supporting management’s analysis;
• for a sample of motorhomes sold during the year, compared the sales proceeds to the carrying amount (i.e. the depreciated
net book value) and recalculated the profit or loss on sale;
• compared the actual sales margin and depreciation rates achieved during the year to historical and forecasted results. Where
actual results deviate f rom historical and/or forecasted results, we understood the underlying reasons and considered the
potential impact on current and future depreciation rates;
• assessed whether depreciation rates applied were consistent with the accounting policy and recalculated the depreciation
charge for the year; and
• considered the adequacy of disclosure, including the appropriateness of the sensitivity analysis as disclosed in note 11, in
accordance with the relevant accounting standards.
Unforgettable Journeys
136
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
137
Independent auditor’s report
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Independent auditor’s report (continued)
To the shareholders of Tourism Holdings Limited
Our audit approach
Overview
Overall group materiality: $1,450,000, which approximately
represents 4% of a five year weighted average operating profit
before financing costs, excluding one-off transaction costs in
relation to the Apollo merger.
We chose this approach as it reduces the impact of one off
results which do not reflect the long term performance of the
business. In our view, a five year weighted average operating
profit before financing costs is more appropriate given the
volatility of the Group’s results over the last three years.
We identified subsidiaries that, due to their financially
significant contribution as well as strategic importance to the
Group’s overall results, required a full-scope audit. In addition,
we also performed specific audit procedures on certain
balances and transactions of other subsidiaries. Audits of each
subsidiary are performed at a materiality level calculated with
reference to a proportion of the Group materiality relative to the
financial significance of the business concerned.
As reported above, we have three key audit matters, being:
• Funding requirements and forecast compliance with loan facility undertakings and
covenants
• Goodwill impairment assessment
• Residual values and depreciation rates for motorhomes
As part of designing our audit, we determined materiality and assessed the risks of material
misstatement in the consolidated financial statements. In particular, we considered where
management made subjective judgements; for example, in respect of significant accounting
estimates that involved making assumptions and considering future events that are inherently
uncertain. As in all of our audits, we also addressed the risk of management override of internal
controls, including among other matters, consideration of whether there was evidence of bias
that represented a risk of material misstatement due to f raud.
Materiality
The scope of our audit was influenced by our application of materiality. An audit is designed
to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial statements are
f ree f rom material misstatement. Misstatements may arise due to f raud or error. They are
considered material if, individually or in aggregate, they could reasonably be expected
to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of the consolidated
financial statements.
Based on our professional judgement, we determined certain quantitative thresholds for
materiality, including the overall Group materiality for the consolidated financial statements as a
whole as set out above. These, together with qualitative considerations, helped us to determine
the scope of our audit, the nature, timing and extent of our audit procedures and to evaluate
the effect of misstatements, both individually and in aggregate, on the consolidated financial
statements as a whole.
How we tailored our group audit scope
We tailored the scope of our audit in order to perform sufficient work to enable us to provide
an opinion on the consolidated financial statements as a whole, taking into account the
structure of the Group, the accounting processes and controls, and the industry in which the
Group operates.
Other information
The Directors are responsible for the other information. The other information comprises the
information included in the Annual Report, but does not include the consolidated financial
statements and our auditor’s report thereon.
Our opinion on the consolidated financial statements does not cover the other information and
we do not express any form of audit opinion or assurance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the consolidated financial statements, our responsibility is
to read the other information and, in doing so, consider whether the other information is
materially inconsistent with the consolidated financial statements or our knowledge obtained
in the audit, or otherwise appears to be materially misstated. If, based on the work we have
performed on the other information that we obtained prior to the date of this auditor’s report,
we conclude that there is a material misstatement of this other information, we are required to
report that fact. We have nothing to report in this regard.
Responsibilities of the Directors for the consolidated financial statements
The Directors are responsible, on behalf of the Company, for the preparation and fair
presentation of the consolidated financial statements in accordance with NZ IFRS and IFRS,
and for such internal control as the Directors determine is necessary to enable the preparation
of consolidated financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to
f raud or error.
In preparing the consolidated financial statements, the Directors are responsible for assessing
the Group’s ability to continue as a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to
going concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless the Directors either
intend to liquidate the Group or to cease operations, or have no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial
statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the consolidated financial
statements, as a whole, are f ree f rom material misstatement, whether due to f raud or error,
and to issue an auditor’s report that includes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level
of assurance, but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs (NZ)
and ISAs will always detect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
f rom f raud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the aggregate, they could
reasonably be expected to influence the economic decisions of users taken on the basis of these
consolidated financial statements.
A further description of our responsibilities for the audit of the consolidated financial
statements is located at the External Reporting Board’s website at:
https://www.xrb.govt.nz/assurance-standards/auditors-responsibilities/audit-report-1/
This description forms part of our auditor’s report.
Who we report to
This report is made solely to the Company’s shareholders, as a body. Our audit work has been
undertaken so that we might state those matters which we are required to state to them in
an auditor’s report and for no other purpose. To the fullest extent permitted by law, we do
not accept or assume responsibility to anyone other than the Company and the Company’s
shareholders, as a body, for our audit work, for this report or for the opinions we have formed.
The engagement partner on the audit resulting in this independent auditor’s report is
Lisa Crooke.
For and on behalf of:
Chartered Accountants
Auckland
25 August 2022
PricewaterhouseCoopers, 15 Customs Street West, Private Bag 92162, Auckland 1142, New Zealand
T: +64 9 355 8000, F: +64 9 355 8001, pwc.co.nz
Unforgettable Journeys
138
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Unforgettable Journeys
139
Tourism Holdings Limited (‘thl’) operates under a set of corporate governance principles
designed so that thl is effectively managed. The Board is committed to the continued
development of thl’s corporate governance practices by reviewing and developing its
corporate governance policies and monitoring developments to keep abreast of corporate
governance best practice.
thl’s corporate governance f ramework includes:
• The constitution of thl, which describes the ‘rules’ under which the Company operates,
including issue and other share transactions, distributions, shareholder meetings,
Director appointment, remuneration and powers, and the conduct of Board and
shareholder meetings.
• The Board Charter and sub-committee charters, which set out the roles and responsibilities
of the Directors.
• The Code of Ethics, which outlines the standards of ethical behaviour expected of Directors,
staff and contractors.
• The Market Disclosure Policy, which outlines the policy around disclosure of
company information, including the commitment to compliance with continuous
disclosure requirements.
• The Securities Trading Policy, which outlines policy and guidelines around trading in
thl securities by Directors, officers and staff.
• The Diversity Policy, which outlines the commitment to diversity in Board, Executive
and staff appointments.
• The Delegated Authority Policy, which outlines the delegation of authority by the
Board to management, and the authorisation levels at which Board approval is required.
thl’s governance practices have been reviewed against the recommendations of the NZX
Corporate Governance Code (‘Code’). The Board considers that the thl governance f ramework
and practices for the year ended 30 June 2022 are in compliance with the recommendations
of the Code. The information in this Governance Report is current as at 25 August 2022 and
has been approved by the thl Board.
thl’s corporate governance policies and charters are available on its website at
www.thlonline.com.
Principle 1 – Ethical behaviour (continued)
Trading is permitted outside the blackout periods, provided the restricted person confirms that
they do not hold any material information and that they are not aware of any reason that would
prohibit them f rom trading. Any trading must be completed within 10 trading days of approval
being given. Restricted persons are defined in the policy as:
• all Directors;
• the Chief Executive Officer (CEO);
• all members of the senior management team and their direct reports;
• the administrative staff of the senior management team;
• all employees in the finance team;
• trusts and companies controlled by such persons;
• anyone notified by the Chief Financial Officer (CFO) from time to time; and
• anyone participating in the Long-Term Incentive Scheme.
The Securities Trading Policy is available at www.thlonline.com.
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance
“To ensure an effective Board, there should be a balance of independence, skills,
knowledge, experience and perspectives.”
Board skills and expertise
thl’s Board is comprised of Directors who have a mix of skills, knowledge, experience and
diversity to adequately meet and discharge its responsibilities and to add value to the
Company through efficient and effective governance and leadership. The current Directors
have a varied and balanced mix of skills, including extensive operational experience,
knowledge of the tourism industry, as well as extensive experience in capital markets,
growth and global transactions.
Principle 1 – Ethical behaviour
“Directors should set high standards of ethical behaviour, model this behaviour and hold
management accountable for these standards being followed throughout the organisation.”
thl is committed to being a good corporate citizen. The Company expects Directors, employees
and contractors to practise high ethical standards in the performance of their duties, to comply
with all applicable laws and regulations, cooperate with all regulatory bodies and Government
agencies, and use Company assets and resources only for the legitimate and ethical
achievement of its objectives.
thl has adopted a Code of Ethics supporting its maintenance of such high ethical standards
and reinforces thl’s commitment to the community. The Code of Ethics addresses the areas
of ethical business practices, insider trading, conflicts of interest and use of Company property,
amongst other matters. The Code of Ethics is available at www.thlonline.com.
Securities Trading Policy
thl has in place a formal Securities Trading Policy and guidelines which applies to all Directors,
officers and employees of thl and its subsidiaries who intend to trade in thl listed securities.
All individuals defined as “restricted persons” under that policy must notify thl of their intention
to trade and obtain approval f rom the Board before trading in thl’s shares. No trading in shares
is permitted in ‘blackout periods’ f rom 1 June each year until 48 hours after the release of the
full year results and f rom 1 December each year until 48 hours after the release of the half year
results, except in exceptional circumstances. In the year ending 30 June 2022, no consent was
provided for any restricted persons to trade during a blackout period.
Below is a summary of the key skills and expertise held by the Board, which are considered
most relevant to effectively fulfilling the Board’s current objectives:
• Corporate governance experience, including publicly listed company experience;
• Global business experience in multi-site operations;
• Tourism industry experience;
• Experience in development and execution of growth strategies;
• Sustained positive people leadership;
• Community and Iwi engagement;
• Focus on deployment and management of capital for a strong return on funds employed;
• Investment banking, capital markets and M&A transaction experience;
• Legal and regulatory expertise;
• Financial governance and audit oversight;
• Health and safety governance and management experience;
• Treasury and funding expertise; and
• International business leadership and CEO and CFO experience.
Individual Director profiles are set out in the Board of Directors section.
Roles and Responsibilities of the Board
The Board is committed to managing thl in an ethical and professional manner, and in the
best interests of the Company and its shareholders. thl has a Board Charter, available on its
website, which amongst other matters sets out the specific responsibilities of the Board,
including the following:
• Oversight of thl, including its control and accountability procedures and systems;
• Appointment, performance and removal of the CEO;
• Confirmation of the appointment and removal of the senior Executives (being the direct
reports to the CEO);
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
140
Unforgettable Journeys
141
Corporate governance
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Principle 2 – Board composition and performance (continued)
• Setting the remuneration of the CEO and CFO, approval of the remuneration of the
senior Executives, and the adoption of thl’s remuneration policy;
• Overseeing the development, adoption and communication of the corporate strategy
and objectives and oversight of the adequacy of thl’s resources required to achieve the
strategic objectives;
• Approval of and monitoring of actual results against the annual business plan and
budget (including the capital expenditure plan);
• Review and ratification of thl’s internal compliance and control, codes of conduct,
and legal compliance;
• Approval and monitoring of the progress of capital expenditures, capital management
initiatives, and acquisitions and divestments;
• Overseeing accounting and reporting systems and thl’s compliance with its continuous
disclosure obligations;
• Approval of the annual and half-year financial statements;
• Setting measurable objectives for achieving diversity with the organisation; and
• Adopting and reviewing thl’s risk management f ramework.
Board performance evaluation and training
On an annual basis the Chair conducts a review of Board performance. A review using an
independent external facilitator is conducted every second year. Board Committees review
performance against their Charters on an annual basis. The Remuneration and Nomination
Committee is responsible for ensuring Directors remain up to date with relevant training.
Director appointment and nomination
The policy for appointment and retirement of Directors is contained within thl’s constitution
and Board Charter. In accordance with the thl’s Listing Rules, Directors must not hold office
(without re-election) past the third Annual Meeting following their appointment or three years,
whichever is longer.
Rob Hamilton and Guorong Qian shall retire by rotation at the 2022 Annual Meeting and,
being eligible, will offer themselves for re-election.
Principle 3 – Board Committees
“The Board should use Committees where this will enhance its effectiveness in key areas,
while still retaining Board responsibility.”
There are four standing Committees described below, each of which operates under a written
charter. The performance of the standing Committees is reviewed annually against the Charters.
Each Committee is authorised to deal with matters as set out in its Charter or falling within
its mandate. Where the Board has delegated decision-making authority to a Committee,
that Committee is entitled to make decisions on such matters, otherwise the Committee is
to submit recommendations to the Board for consideration. From time to time, the Board
delegates specific matters to the appropriate Committee so that a detailed review and
analysis is undertaken. The Committee then reports back to the Board regarding their
findings and recommendations.
Following an external review of thl’s Board Committees, thl has undertaken a number of recent
changes to its Committee structures. The (formerly named) Sustainability and Risk Committee
now oversees matters relating to thl’s employee health, safety and wellbeing matters, while
the (formerly named) Audit Committee now oversees both financial and strategic risk
management. The responsibilities of the Marketing and Customer Experience Committee
were re-assumed by the thl Board.
The Audit and Risk Committee
The Audit and Risk Committee is comprised solely of Non-Executive Directors of the Board,
a majority of whom must be independent Directors. The Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
must not be the Chair of the Board.
The Committee meets a minimum of three times each year. The Audit and Risk Committee
has oversight of, and assists the Board to fulfil its responsibilities in the areas of financial
reporting, audit functions, and financial and strategic risk management and control.
thl employees are able to attend Audit and Risk Committee meetings f rom time to time
by invitation f rom the Committee.
The Audit and Risk Committee oversees thl’s internal audit work programme based on
thl’s risk management f ramework. An internal audit work plan is developed each year,
with internal audit assignments completed by the internal finance function, with external
support as required.
The current composition of the Audit and Risk Committee is Rob Hamilton (Chair),
Debbie Birch, Cathy Quinn and Gráinne Troute.
Remuneration and Nomination Committee
The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is comprised of at least three Non-Executive
Directors of the Board, a majority of whom must be independent Directors.
The process for the nomination of Directors is set out in the Remuneration and Nomination
Committee Charter. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee is responsible for
identifying and assessing the necessary and desirable competencies and characteristics for
Board membership and maintaining a skills matrix setting out the mix of skills and diversity
that the Board currently has or is looking to achieve in its membership.
thl has entered into a written agreement with each of its Directors setting out the terms of
their appointment. thl’s terms of appointment for Directors is set out at Schedule 1 of the thl
Board Charter.
Director independence
The criteria to determine whether Directors are independent is set out in the Board Charter.
All the Directors holding office on 30 June 2022, with the exception of Guorong Qian, are
considered to be independent. Directors are required to inform the Board of any relevant
information that may impact independence. The Remuneration and Nomination Committee
Charter reviews the independence of Directors on behalf of the Board.
Board Diversity Policy
The thl Diversity Policy endorses and supports diversity in Board, Executive and staff
appointments, encompassing differences including but not limited to gender, ethnicity, race,
marital status, sexual orientation, age, employment status, religious belief, ethical belief or
political opinion. When making appointments, the Board and management are committed
to considering diversity as well as the mix of skills and experience needed to expand the
perspective and capability of the Board and the management team as a whole.
The thl Diversity Policy is available at www.thlonline.com. It requires the Board to consider the
diversity position of thl annually and whether to set any measurable objectives, which may be
numerical and non-numerical. Information regarding thl’s current female representation and
Board approved gender objectives can be found on page 33. A wider survey of crew diversity to
incorporate other areas of analysis including ethnicity and a collation of broader gender diversity
information is expected to be undertaken in FY23.
The Board considers that it currently has the appropriate mix of skills, experience and diversity
to fulfil its responsibilities under the NZX Listing Rules and the thl Diversity Policy.
The Committee meets a minimum of two times each year. The Remuneration and Nomination
Committee supports the Board on matters relating to human resources and remuneration.
It assesses the role and responsibilities, composition, training and membership requirements
and remuneration for the Board, including recommendations for the appointment and removal
of Directors.
The current composition of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee is Grainne Troute
(Chair), Cathy Quinn, Rob Hamilton and Guorong Qian. Management may attend meetings of
the Remuneration and Nomination Committee by invitation only.
Market Disclosure Committee
The Market Disclosure Committee is comprised of Cathy Quinn, Rob Hamilton and Debbie
Birch. Also in attendance are Grant Webster (CEO) and Nick Judd (CFO). The Committee
monitors compliance with the Group’s Market Disclosure Policy which covers compliance
with NZX Listing Rules, the Companies Act 1993, the Financial Markets Conduct Act 2013
and other guidelines issued by the Financial Markets Authority and the NZX.
The Committee meets if required outside of normal Board meetings to approve
market disclosures.
Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee
The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is comprised of at least two Non-Executive
Directors of the Board. The current composition of the Health, Safety and Sustainability
Committee is Debbie Birch (Chair), Gráinne Troute and Cathy Quinn.
The Committee supports the Board and management on sustainability policies and practices
and employee health, safety and wellbeing matters. The Committee meets a minimum of three
times each year, as required.
Other Committees
The thl Board establishes other temporary Committees f rom time to time when required
for a specific purpose.
This includes Committees for the governance of capital raising processes or for the
progression of acquisition opportunities. Membership of these Committees is assessed
on a case by case basis.
Takeover protocols
thl has a written protocol that describes the process to be followed in the event of a takeover
offer. The protocol includes the appointment of a sub-Committee of independent Directors.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
142
Unforgettable Journeys
143
Principle 4 – Reporting and disclosure
“The Board should demand integrity in financial and non-financial reporting,
and in the timeliness and balance of corporate disclosures.”
The Board is committed to providing shareholders and the market with complete and timely
information about the activities of the business to allow proper accountability between thl and
shareholders, employees and other stakeholders. The Board has overall responsibility
for ensuring the integrity of thl’s reporting and disclosure.
Continuous disclosure
thl’s obligations under the NZX Listing Rules require it to advise the market about any material
events promptly and without delay once the Company becomes aware of such information.
The Board has in place a Market Disclosure Policy in order to see that the Company is able to
comply with its continuous disclosure obligations.
The Market Disclosure Policy contains a procedure for the escalation of potential material
information to the Market Disclosure Committee, in order to allow the Committee to determine
whether the information is material and whether an announcement is required. The Market
Disclosure Policy is provided to all thl staff and is also available on www.thlonline.com.
Additionally, thl provides training regarding its continuous disclosure obligations to all staff,
sends annual reminders of thl’s Market Disclosure Policy and information escalation procedures,
and monitors compliance on an ongoing basis.
Financial reporting
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible to the thl Board in relation to financial reporting.
It reviews the interim and annual financial statements and reports to the Board regarding
compliance with relevant laws and recognised accounting policies. It is also responsible for
seeing that thl retains accurate financial, accounting and tax records, and that all financial
reporting is done in an accurate and timely manner.
Non-financial reporting
thl has adopted the internationally recognised International Integrated Reporting <IR>
Framework so that its disclosure of non-financial reporting is balanced, transparent,
connected to the financial, social and environmental performance, and easily comparable
to other companies.
Principle 5 – Remuneration (continued)
The CEO and Executive remuneration generally consists of a fixed base salary and allowances,
annual performance-based incentives and long-term equity-based incentives. The fixed
base salary of the CEO and Executive team is reviewed annually. Annual performance-based
incentives are linked to financial and individual targets.
Ordinarily, the CEO and CFO’s annual short-term incentive is based 90% on Company financial
performance (net profit after tax, and return on funds employed), and 10% on individual
performance against specific targets (such as acquisitions and investor relations). The annual
incentives of other Executives are based 40% on Company financial performance and 40%
on other financial targets, and 20% on individual performance against specific targets. Other
eligible senior staff have annual incentives based 60% on financial performance and 40% on
individual performance against specific targets.
However, for FY21 and FY22 the normal cash-based short-term incentive scheme was
suspended and replaced with a thl share-based retention scheme (Share Retention Scheme).
The rationale for the implementation of the replacement Share Retention Scheme was that
ongoing uncertainty of trading conditions due to the pandemic meant that no meaningful
performance targets could be set. The scheme was to encourage the retention of key
employees beyond the normal 12 month period under the ordinary short-term incentive
scheme. Additionally, it was to minimise cash expenditure by replacing a cash-based scheme
with a share-based scheme, aligning the interests of eligible senior staff with shareholders.
Under the Share Retention Scheme, eligible staff were invited to participate in the scheme,
whereby retention share rights are granted to participants to the value of their contractual
short-term incentive bonus. Once vested, the share rights are convertible into ordinary shares
for no exercise price. Half of the issued share rights vest after 12 months, with the remaining
50% vesting after a further 12 months. Vesting of share rights is also subject to the individual
remaining employed by thl, as well as thl achieving a base financial target for the applicable
financial year. In July 2022, half of the share rights that were issued to participating employees
in each of July 2020 and July 2021 were exercised (where those employees met the retention
criteria), and an equivalent amount of ordinary shares were issued.
Principle 5 – Remuneration
“The remuneration of Directors and Executives should be transparent, fair and reasonable.”
thl is committed to a fair approach to remuneration which provides alignment between
remuneration levels and business needs. A clear set of boundaries and process to guide thl’s
philosophy for remuneration has been set by the Remuneration and Nomination Committee
in the thl Remuneration Policy.
The thl Remuneration Policy is available on thl’s website at www.thlonline.com.
Director remuneration
The fees payable to Directors are set by the Board, usually with the advice of independent
consultants, in line with the thl Remuneration Policy. Director remuneration is to be
appropriate to the market and reflect the time commitment and responsibilities of the role.
As thl does not have any Executive Directors, its Director remuneration policy is applicable
only to Non-Executive Directors.
The total fee pool approved by the shareholders for Director remuneration at the 2018
Annual Meeting is $750,000. The annual fees currently paid to Directors is $175,000 for the
Chair, $87,500 for each Director, plus $15,000 for the Chair of the Audit and Risk Committee
and $10,000 for the Chair of each other Committee. Total Directors’ remuneration received,
or due and receivable during the year ended 30 June 2022 is set out on page 148 in the
Director remuneration note.
thl also has in place a fixed share plan under which Directors may elect to receive ordinary
shares in thl in lieu of their Director fees (either in whole or in part). This share plan was
previously approved by thl shareholders.
CEO and Executive remuneration
Decisions concerning the remuneration of the CEO require approval f rom the Board, usually
on the recommendation of the Remuneration and Nomination Committee, unless specifically
delegated to that Committee. Decisions concerning the remuneration of any other C-level
positions, General Managers or similar require approval f rom the Chair of the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee and are subject to the oversight of the Committee at least annually.
thl is committed to having its Executives fairly and equitably remunerated, and appropriately
rewarded for excellent performance and achievement. In addition, thl uses a remuneration
structure that aligns the interests of the CEO and Executive team with the interests
of shareholders.
Under the Share Retention Scheme, the Executive team (including the CEO and CFO) were
issued share rights to the value of 50% of their contractual short-term incentive bonus and
were issued retention share options in respect of the remaining 50%.
The retention share options operate in a similar manner to options issued under thl’s long-
term incentive (LTI) scheme, with shorter vesting periods. The vesting period and conditions for
retention share options are equivalent to those of the share rights (i.e. 50% after 12 months and
50% after a further 12 months).
The LTI scheme is designed to align the interests of the Executives with those of the
shareholders. Executives are rewarded for long-term increases in shareholder value. Executives
are invited to participate in the long-term incentive plan by the Board on an annual basis, and
participating Executives are awarded share options at the discretion of the Board. The awarding
of options is based on a percentage of a fixed remuneration, based on a valuation of the options
carried out each year by KPMG. Details of the schemes and the status of options issued under
the schemes is included in note to the Financial Statements.
Further detail regarding CEO remuneration for the year ended 30 June 2022 is set out in the
CEO remuneration note below.
Staff remuneration
Decisions concerning remuneration of other thl staff require approval on a “one-up” basis.
This means that no person may make decisions on the remuneration of any person reporting
to them without the approval of the person to whom they report.
The number of thl staff which received remuneration exceeding $100,000 in the year ending
30 June 2022 is set out in the employee remuneration section.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
144
Unforgettable Journeys
145
Principle 6 – Risk management
“Directors should have a sound understanding of the material risks faced by the issuer and
how to manage them. The Board should regularly verify that the issuer has appropriate
processes that identify and manage potential and material risks.”
thl maintains a framework for the identification, assessment, monitoring and management of
material risks to thl’s business. The thl Board has ultimate responsibility for reviewing thl’s risk
management f ramework, however the ongoing oversight is delegated to the Audit and Risk
Committee, who reports to the Board in respect of potential issues or risks that require further
consideration and response.
Strategic risk management
A responsibility of the Audit and Risk Committee is to consider, assess and respond to long-term
strategic risks to thl’s business. This includes oversight and management of thl’s risk register
and risk contingency plans. thl management maintains the material risk register and reports to
the Board every second month on such risks, with a more detailed risk register being reported
to and reviewed by the Audit and Risk Committee on a regular basis. Management monitors
risks on an ongoing basis to identify any new risks as well as any potential changes to the threat
posed to thl’s business from previously identified risks. . Further information regarding the key
material risks to thl can be found in the ‘Protecting the value we create’ section in this report.
Financial risk management
The Audit and Risk Committee is also responsible for overseeing that thl has appropriate
controls and systems in place to manage any financial risks and to protect thl’s assets.
This involves reviewing thl’s risk management system, business policies and practices
and internal control f ramework. The Committee is also responsible for overseeing that thl
maintains insurance coverage which protects earnings f rom potential adverse circumstances.
Health and safety
The Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee is responsible for monitoring matters relating
to occupational health and safety, and physical and mental wellbeing of thl staff, and reporting
to the Board on such matters.
The Committee works with management to identify and maintain a register of workplace
hazards, so that thl has in place and appropriately documents its health and safety policies
and procedures.
thl management report to the Board on any health and safety incidents, including
implementation of responses to prevent further incidents, on a monthly basis.
Principle 8 – Shareholder rights and relations
“The Board should respect the rights of shareholders and foster constructive
relationships with shareholders that encourage them to engage with the issuer.”
Access to information
The Board seeks for shareholders to be able to access up-to-date information regarding
thl’s business and ongoing developments in an easy-to-access format. thl makes available
on its website a description of each of its businesses, historical interim and annual reports
and other shareholder communications, and key corporate governance documents as
required by the Code.
Shareholders have the option to receive communications f rom thl electronically by electing
to do so with thl’s share registrar, Link Market Services. thl encourages all shareholders to
opt in to receiving electronic communications where practical to reduce waste.
A brief biography of each of thl’s Directors and key members of the Executive team is
available on thl’s website.
Annual Meetings
The Board encourages all shareholders and stakeholders to attend its Annual Meetings.
It aims for all Annual Meetings to be attended by all Directors as well as the CEO, the CFO
and the Deputy CFO, and that they are available for questions f rom shareholders. Notice
of the Annual Meeting is communicated to shareholders (including by being posted on
thl’s website) as soon as possible, with at least 20 working days prior notice being given in
accordance with the NZX Corporate Governance Code.
The 2021 Annual Meeting was held as a virtual meeting, with all shareholders being able
to live-stream and submit questions online. Where an Annual Meeting is held physically,
thl also provides the option to live-stream the Annual Meeting for those shareholders that
are unable to attend in person. Shareholders attending via the live-stream have the ability
to submit questions online. A recording of each Annual Meeting is subsequently made
available on the thl website.
Principle 7 – Auditors
“The Board should ensure the quality and independence of the external audit process.”
The Audit and Risk Committee is responsible for recommending the appointment and removal
of external auditors, overseeing their independence and regularly monitoring and reviewing
both internal and external audit practices. The Committee closely monitors thl’s relationship
with the external auditor, including:
• Ensuring the rotation of the external auditor or lead partner and peer review partner at least
every five years;
• Obtaining confirmation of the auditor’s independence in writing; and
• Monitoring and approving any other services provided by the external auditor to thl other
than in its audit role, and monitoring total non-audit fees.
The Audit and Risk Committee Charter sets out the types of services which the external auditor
is prohibited f rom providing to thl so that their ability to provide audit services is not impaired
and that they remain independent.
thl’s current external auditor is PwC New Zealand. PwC was re-appointed by shareholders at the
2021 Annual Meeting. In accordance with thl’s Board Charter, PwC New Zealand will attend the
2022 Annual Meeting and be available to answer questions about the conduct of its audit and
the preparation and content of its audit report.
Throughout the year, there is ongoing dialogue between the Audit and Risk Committee,
management and PwC in their role as external auditors. Additionally, PwC regularly attend
meetings of the Audit and Risk Committee at the invitation of that Committee and have direct
engagement with that Committee without management presence, as appropriate.
thl has an internal audit function which is based on an annual plan prepared by management,
reflecting thl’s risk management f ramework. The Audit and Risk Committee receives
and reviews reports f rom the internal audit team, and is responsible for overseeing that
recommendations, actions and timelines for internal audits are agreed and undertaken
with management.
Board composition
thl’s constitution allows no less than three and up to 10 Directors. As at 30 June 2022,
the Board of Directors comprised five Directors, all of whom are Non-Executive Directors.
A review of thl’s Board composition is intended once there is certainty regarding the outcome
of the proposed merger with Apollo.
DIRECTORROLESDIRECTOR SINCEINDEPENDENCE
Cathy QuinnBoard Chair, Member Health,
Safety and Sustainability
Committee, Member Audit
and Risk Committee, Member
Market Disclosure Committee,
Member Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
September 2017Independent Director
Debbie BirchChair Health, Safety and
Sustainability Committee,
Member Audit and Risk
Committee, Member Market
Disclosure Committee
September 2016Independent Director
Rob HamiltonChair Audit and Risk
Committee, Member
Remuneration and Nomination
Committee, Member Market
Disclosure Committee
February 2019Independent Director
Guorong QianMember Remuneration and
Nomination Committee
July 2019Non-Independent
Director
Gráinne TrouteChair Remuneration and
Nomination Committee,
Member Audit and Risk
Committee, Member Health,
Safety and Sustainability
Committee
February 2015Independent Director
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
146
Unforgettable Journeys
147
Table of Board attendance
DIRECTOR
BOARD
MEETING
AUDIT
AND RISK
COMMITTEE
MEETING
1
REMUNERATION
AND
NOMINATION
COMMITTEE
MEETING
DISCLOSURE
COMMITTEE
MEETING
HEALTH,
SAFETY AND
SUSTAINABILITY
COMMITTEE
MEETING
2
MARKETING
AND
CUSTOMER
EXPERIENCE
COMMITTEE
MEETING
3
Cathy Quinn
1144433
Debbie Birch
1144-33
Rob Hamilton
1144433
Gráinne Troute
1044-33
Guorong Qian
1131-33
Rob Campbell
4
932422
Total meetings
held1144433
1
Previously the Audit Committee until June 2022.
2
Previously the Sustainability and Risk Committee until June 2022.
3
The Marketing and Customer Experience Committee ceased in June 2022.
4
Rob Campbell retired as a Director of thl effective from 13 June 2022.
Director and Officer gender composition
As at 30 June 2022, thl’s Director and Officer gender composition was as follows:
20222021
MALEFEMALEMALEFEMALE
Directors
2 (40%)3 (60%)3 (50%)3 (50%)
Officers
1
6 (86%)1 (14%)6 (86%)1 (14%)
Executive team
2
7 (70%)3 (30%)6 (75%)2 (25%)
1
As per the definition for ‘Officers’ in the Listing Rules.
2
The thl Executive team are thl’s C-suite leaders, as detailed on thlonline.com/about/executiveteam.
CEO remuneration
Fixed remuneration
In FY22 the CEO, Grant Webster, received fixed remuneration including allowances of
$679,556 (FY21: $651,117). In FY21, the CEO’s base salary was impacted by a voluntarily
reduction of 50% from April to July 2020 (inclusive), as a responsive measure to COVID-19.
Short-term incentive
Ordinarily, the annual short-term incentive of the CEO is set at 40% of fixed remuneration
and allowances if all performance targets are achieved. In addition, a further incentive of up to
28% (FY21: 28%) of fixed remuneration and allowances is payable for the over-achievement of
financial and broader business performance targets. For FY22 and FY21, the normal cash-based
short-term incentive scheme was replaced with a share-based retention scheme. Consequently,
no payment was made to the CEO under the short-term incentive scheme in FY22 or in FY21.
Share-based retention scheme
In relation to FY22, the Board approved a share-based retention scheme, further details of
which are noted on page 145. The CEO was granted 202,691 retention share options valued at
$0.669 each, giving a total value of $135,600 (FY21: $135,600). The CEO was also granted 53,176
share rights valued at $2.55 each, giving a total value of $135,600 (FY21: $135,600). The terms and
vesting criteria for the retention share options and share rights are detailed on page 145.
In September 2021, the thl Board granted the CEO an incremental retention bonus of 79,167
share rights valued at $2.40 each, giving a total value of $190,000 (FY21: $0). These share rights
vest in September 2022.
In FY22, 33,900 share rights originally issued in FY21 and valued at $67,800 vested and were
converted into ordinary shares.
Long-term incentive
In FY22 the CEO was granted 430,000 share options under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive
Scheme valued at $0.529, giving a total value of $227,470. In FY21 the CEO was granted 600,000
share options under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Scheme valued at $0.406, giving a total value
of $243,600.
Under the 2017 Long-Term Incentive Schemes, the options vest from the second anniversary
of the issue, with one third vesting after the second year, one third after the third year, and the
final third after the fourth year. In FY22, 431,667 share options vested under the 2017 Long-Term
Incentive Scheme.
Directors’ remuneration
Directors’ remuneration received, or due and receivable during the year ended 30 June 2022
is as follows:
2022
DIRECTOR
BASE
DIRECTOR FEE
SUBCOMMITTEE
CHAIR FEE
OTHER
REMUNERATION
1
TOTAL
Cathy Quinn
94,79210,00010,000114,792
Debbie Birch
87,50010,000-97,500
Rob Hamilton
87,50015,00012,500115,000
Guorong Qian
87,500--87,500
Grainne Troute
87,50010,000-97,500
Rob Campbell
2
175,000-10,000185,000
619,79245,00032,500697,292
2021
DIRECTOR
BASE
DIRECTOR FEE
SUBCOMMITTEE
CHAIR FEE
OTHER
REMUNERATIONTOTAL
Cathy Quinn
83,8549,583-93,437
Debbie Birch
83,8549,583-93,437
Rob Hamilton
83,85414,375-98,229
Guorong Qian
83,854--83,854
Grainne Troute
83,8549,583-93,437
Rob Campbell
2
167,708--167,708
586,97843,124-630,102
1
Paid in reflection of additional commitments and responsibilities as a member of the Apollo transaction Board Subcommittee.
2
Rob Campbell retired as a Director on 13 June 2022.
In FY22, Rob Hamilton and Rob Campbell were issued, or are to be issued, ordinary shares in thl
as part of their Director remuneration. Refer to the section titled “Directors’ share dealings”.
All Directors reduced their Director fees by 50% f rom April to July 2020 (inclusive) as a responsive
measure to COVID-19. This impacted remuneration in the first month of FY21.
A history of all share options issued to the CEO pursuant to the 2017 Long-Term Incentive
Scheme and the associated exercise price for those options is detailed below:
GRANT DATE
NUMBER
OF OPTIONS
TOTAL VALUE
OF OPTIONS
EXERCISE
PRICE
1
EXPIRY DATE
April 2017
240,000$87,600$4.11
April 2023
April 2018
240,000$149,760$7.00
April 2024
April 2019
425,000$169,150$5.68
April 2025
April 2020
630,000$242,550$1.57
April 2026
April 2021
600,000$243,600$2.79
April 2027
April 2022
430,000$227,470$2.83
April 2028
1
The exercise price includes an uplift to reflect thl’s average cost of capital for the first two years from the grant date, less dividends
paid during that two-year period, therefore the exercise prices for share options issued in April 2021 and April 2022 are subject
to change.
Superannuation
The CEO is a participant in KiwiSaver and is eligible to receive an employer contribution of
3% of gross taxable earnings. In FY22 this contribution was $19,547 (FY21: $19,534).
Total CEO remuneration
The total remuneration of the CEO was as follows:
FY2022FY2021
Base salary
$679,556$651,117
Short-term incentive
--
Share retention scheme
1
$461,200$271,200
Long-term incentive scheme
2
$227,420$243,600
Total
$1,368,176$1,165,917
1
Consisted of retention share rights and share options, vesting of which is subject to certain requirements.
2
Refer to section ‘Long-term incentive’ above for vesting conditions and applicable exercise prices.
The contracted CEO base remuneration has been $678,000 (including allowances) since
2018. The CEO has made voluntary reductions in salary in FY19, FY20 and FY21. The base salary
reflected in the table above is the actual paid amount.
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
148
Unforgettable Journeys
149
Twenty largest shareholders
AS AT 30 JUNE 2022NUMBER OF ORDINARY SHARES
1HSBC Nominees (New Zealand) Limited
31,441,17620.68%
2Citibank Nominees (New Zealand) Limited
19,276,77612.68%
3JPMorgan Chase Bank
9,773,0576.43%
4Forsyth Barr Custodians Limited
7,534,9524.96%
5Accident Compensation Corporation
6,505,3984.28%
6BNP Paribas Nominees (NZ) Limited
5,387,7613.54%
7National Nominees New Zealand Limited
4,776,6723.14%
8New Zealand Depository Nominee
4,127,3622.71%
9Alpine Bird Manufacturing Limited*
3,260,8702.14%
10FNZ Custodians Limited
3,137,3782.06%
11Custodial Services Limited
2,934,6591.93%
12Grant Gareth Webster & Stephen David Webster**
2,222,9631.46%
13PT Booster Investments Nominees Limited
1,583,8081.04%
14Dean Edgerton, Nicole Edgerton & William Edgerton
1,311,7810.86%
15Moon Chul Choi & Keum Sook Choi
1,152,2220.76%
16Alpine Bird (New Zealand) Limited*
1,144,7200.75%
17Ja Hong Koo & Pyung Keum Koo
1,050,0000.69%
18T.E.A. Custodians Limited
1,012,7900.67%
19MMC - Queen Street Nominees
888,8540.59%
20New Zealand Permanent Trustees Ltd
699,9480.46%
109,223,14771.81%
* Entities related to Grant Brady
** Represents shares beneficially owned by Grant Webster
The shareholding of New Zealand Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been
reallocated to the applicable members of NZCSD.
Substantial product holders
The following information is provided in compliance with section 293 of the Financial Markets
Conduct Act 2013 and records Substantial Product Holder notices received as at 30 June 2022.
SHAREHOLDER
NUMBER OF ORDINARY
SHARES IN WHICH
A RELEVANT
INTEREST WAS HELD
PERCENTAGE
%
HB Holdings Limited
26,789,44018.26%
Wilson Asset Management International Pty Limited
13,180,3288.67%
Spread of shareholders
The ordinary shares of Tourism Holdings Limited are listed on the NZX Main Board.
As at 30 June 2022 the total number of voting securities on issue was 152,060,700.
SIZE OF SHAREHOLDINGS
NUMBER OF
HOLDERS
NUMBER OF
SHARES HELD
% OF TOTAL
ISSUED SHARES
1 - 1,000
1,807949,2250.62%
1,001 - 5,000
2,9767,897,3385.19%
5,001 - 10,000
9066,534,3874.30%
10,001 - 50,000
74114,634,7929.62%
50,001 - 100,000
644,478,6792.95%
100,001 and over
54117,566,27977.32%
6,548152,060,700100.00%
The above shows the spread of shareholders as at 30 June 2022. The shareholding of New Zealand
Central Securities Depository Limited (NZCSD) has been reallocated to the applicable members
of NZCSD.
Directors’ shareholdings
As at 30 June 2022, Directors had relevant interests in ordinary shares in thl as below:
DIRECTORINTERESTSHARES
Cathy QuinnBeneficial
33,673
Debbie BirchBeneficial
44,062
Rob HamiltonBeneficial
47,405
Guorong QianNilNil
Gráinne TrouteBeneficial
95,833
Directors’ share dealings
Details of the Directors’ acquisitions and disposals of relevant interests in the ordinary equity
securities issued by the Company are as follows:
Debbie Birch was issued 6,620 ordinary shares on 1 October 2021 at $2.43 per share as part
of her Director remuneration for the six months ended 30 September 2021.
Rob Hamilton was issued 10,545 ordinary shares on 1 October 2021 at $2.43 per share as part
of his Director remuneration for the six months ended 30 September 2021, and 4,592 ordinary
shares on 1 April 2022 at $2.79 per share as part of his Director remuneration for the six months
ended 31 March 2022.
Tutanekai Investments Limited (an entity beneficially associated with Rob Campbell) was
issued 18,004 ordinary shares on 1 October 2021 at $2.43 per share, as part of Rob Campbell’s
Director remuneration for the six months ended 30 September 2021, and 15,681 ordinary shares
on 1 April 2022 at $2.79 per share as part of his Director remuneration for the six months ended
31 March 2022.
Employee remuneration
The number of employees in the Group or former employees (not including Directors)
whose remuneration that was paid in the 2022 financial year was within the specified
bands is as follows:
REMUNERATION IN
$000’S
NUMBER OF
EMPLOYEES
100 - 10919
110 - 11923
120 - 12913
130 - 1398
140 - 14913
150 - 1596
160 - 1692
170 - 1794
180 - 1894
190 - 1994
200 - 2092
210 - 2193
220 - 2292
230 - 2394
240 - 2492
260 - 2691
270 - 2794
280 - 2891
290 - 2991
300 - 3091
310 - 3191
390 - 3992
400 - 4091
530 - 5391
640 - 6491
760 - 7691
1,360 - 1,3691
Total
125
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
150
Unforgettable Journeys
151
General notice of Directors’ interest
Directors have made general disclosures of interests in accordance with s140(2) of the
Companies Act. Current interests as at 30 June 2022, and those which ceased during the year,
are tabulated below. New disclosures advised during the 2022 financial year are italicised.
Cathy QuinnFertility Associates Holdings LimitedChair
Fletcher Building Industries LimitedDirector
Fletcher Building LimitedDirector
Fonterra Co-operative Group LimitedDirector
MinterEllisonRuddWattsConsultant
Rangatira LimitedDirector
University of AucklandPro-Chancellor
Debbie BirchBirch & Associates LimitedDirector
Eastland Generation GroupDirector – appointment
advised December 2021
Eastland Group LimitedDirector – appointment
advised October 2021
Eastland Network LimitedDirector – appointment
advised October 2021
Eastland Port LimitedDirector – appointment
advised October 2021
Gisborne Airport LimitedDirector – appointment
advised October 2021
Ngāti Awa Group Holdings LimitedDirector
Ngāti Awa Tourism LimitedDirector
Raukawa ki te Tonga AHC LimitedChair
Taupō Moana Investments LimitedChair
Te Pūia Tāpapa GP LimitedDirector
Tūwharetoa Hau Rau GP LimitedDirector
NZX Waivers
On 27 February 2017 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Rule 8.1.7 (which ensures that
options may not be subsequently amended by an issuer in a manner that is detrimental to
the interests of the holders of the underlying Equity Securities). The waiver was granted to
the extent that the Rule would otherwise prevent the issue of options under thl’s long-term
incentive scheme for senior Executives, introduced in 2017. The ruling allows for a formula to
be used for the exercise price of the options that will result in a fluctuating exercise price.
On 22 May 2019 thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Listing Rule 6.5.2 under the revised
NZX Listing Rules. This waiver re-documented the existing waiver received on 27 February 2017
in respect of Rule 8.1.7 under the former NZX Listing Rules. In April 2022, thl relied on this waiver
in the issuance of new options under its long-term incentive scheme.
On 1 December 2021, thl obtained a waiver from NZXR from Listing Rule 4.9.1(a), to the extent
that the rule would require thl to offer shares in thl to ‘Excluded Shareholders’ under the
proposed Scheme of Arrangement with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited. The waiver was
provided on the condition that thl must arrange the sale of any thl shares to which ‘Excluded
Shareholders’ would be entitled to if they were eligible, and to account to those shareholders for
the net proceeds.
Directors’ loans
There were no loans by the Group to Directors.
Directors’ insurance
The Group has arranged insurance cover and provided deeds of indemnity for Directors’
and Officers’ liability.
Auditor
In accordance with section 207T of the Companies Act 1993, PricewaterhouseCoopers
are appointed as the Group’s auditors. Auditors’ remuneration is detailed in note 4
to the financial statements.
Wellington Free Ambulance TrustTrustee – resignation
advised February 2022
White Island Tours LimitedDirector
Te Puna Whakaaronui’s Thought
Leaders Group
Member
Treasury Capital Markets Advisory CommitteeMember
Rob HamiltonAuckland Grammar SchoolTrustee
Oceania Healthcare LimitedDirector – appointment
advised September 2021
Kamari Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder
– appointment advised
September 2021
NZX Listing SubcommitteeMember – appointment
advised October 2021
Stelvio Consulting LimitedDirector and Shareholder
Synlait Milk LimitedConsultant
Westpac New Zealand LimitedDirector – appointment
advised September 2021
Guorong Qian CITIC Capital Holdings LimitedVice Chairman
Gráinne TrouteInvestore Property LimitedDirector
Duncan CotterillDirector – appointment
advised June 2022
Summerset Group Holdings LimitedDirector
Tourism Industry AotearoaChair
Subsidiary companies
During the financial year ending 30 June 2022, the Directors of thl’s subsidiary companies
were as follows. No Director of any subsidiary received beneficially any Director’s fees or other
benefits except as an employee. The remuneration and other benefits of such employees,
received as employees, are included in the relevant bandings for remuneration disclosed under
Employee Remuneration on page 150.
THL Motorhomes LimitedGrant Webster
THL Motorhomes UK LimitedGrant Webster and Daniel Schneider
Waitomo Caves LimitedGrant Webster
Waitomo Caves Holdings LimitedGrant Webster
GeoZone LimitedGrant Webster
THL Corporate Trustee LimitedGrant Webster (appointed June 2022),
Rob Campbell (ceased June 2022)
Road Bear NZ LimitedGrant Webster
TH2connect GP LimitedGrant Webster and Nick Judd
Action Manufacturing Group GP LimitedGrant Webster, Nick Judd, Grant Brady,
Chris Devoy and Ralph Marshall
Maui Rentals Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
The Green Bus Company Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
THL Oz Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
Tourism Holdings Rental Vehicles
Pty Limited
Grant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
World Travel Headquarters Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
Tourism Holdings Australia Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Catherine Meldrum and
Rob Campbell (ceased June 2022)
THL Group (Australia) Pty LimitedGrant Webster and Catherine Meldrum
El Monte Rents IncGrant Webster
JJ Motorcars IncGrant Webster
Tourism Holdings USA IncGrant Webster
Outdoria Pty LimitedGrant Webster, Catherine Meldrum (appointed
June 2022) and Gerard Ryan (ceased June 2022)
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022CORPORATE GOVERNANCE
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Corporate governance (continued)
For the year ended 30 June 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
152
Unforgettable Journeys
153
Cathy Quinn (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in September 2017. Cathy was appointed Chair of thl in
June 2022 and serves on all of thl’s Board Committees. Cathy is a former senior corporate
partner at MinterEllisonRuddWatts. She served as the firm’s Chair for eight years during a
period of transformation and growth. Cathy is a Director of Fletcher Building Limited, Fonterra
Co-operative Group Limited, Rangatira Limited and is Chair of Fertility Associates. Cathy is also
Pro-Chancellor of the University of Auckland. Cathy is a former member of the NZ Securities
Commission and Capital Markets Development Taskforce, and was made an Officer of the
NZ Order of Merit in 2016 for services to law and women.
Debbie Birch (Taupo)
Independent Director appointed in September 2016. Debbie Chairs the Health, Safety and
Sustainability Committee (appointed June 2022) and serves on the Audit and Risk Committee
and Market Disclosure Committee. Debbie has held various Director and trustee positions for
the last 10 years and is currently Chair of Taupō Moana Investments Limited and Raukawa ki
te Tonga AHC Limited. Debbie is a Board member of Ngāti Awa Group Holdings Limited and
associated subsidiaries, Te Pūia Tāpapa GP Limited, Eastland Group Limited and associated
subsidiaries, a Member of Treasury’s Capital Markets Advisory Committee and Te Puna
Whakaaronui Thought Leaders Group. Debbie has significant financial, commercial and
strategic experience gained in Asia, Australia and New Zealand with more than 30 years’
working in global capital markets.
Rob Hamilton (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in February 2019. Rob Chairs the Audit and Risk Committee
(appointed November 2019) and serves on the Remuneration and Nomination Committee and
Market Disclosure Committee. Rob is a respected member of the capital markets and finance
community in New Zealand, with more than 30 years’ experience in senior Executive roles.
Rob is currently a Director of Westpac New Zealand Limited and a Director of Oceania
Healthcare Limited. He was previously Chief Financial Officer at SkyCity Entertainment Group
Limited and Managing Director and Head of Investment Banking at Jarden (formerly First NZ
Capital). Rob is also a member of the Auckland Grammar School Board of Trustees and has
previously been a Board member on the New Zealand Olympic Committee.
Guorong Qian (China)
Non-Independent Director appointed in July 2019. Guorong serves on the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee. Guorong is currently Vice Chair of CITIC Capital Holdings Limited, a
global investment management and advisory firm which employs over 320 staff through seven
offices in China, Japan and the United States. Guorong has been with CITIC Capital in various
roles since its founding. He previously worked in various brokerage, asset management and
investment roles.
Gráinne Troute (Auckland)
Independent Director appointed in February 2015. Gráinne Chairs the Remuneration and
Nomination Committee (appointed February 2015) and serves on the Audit and Risk Committee
and Health, Safety and Sustainability Committee. Gráinne is a Chartered Member of the
Institute of Directors and is also a Director of Summerset Group Holdings Limited, Investore
Property, Duncan Cotterill, and is Chair of Tourism Industry Aotearoa. Gráinne is a professional
Director with many years’ experience in senior Executive roles. Gráinne was General Manager,
Corporate Services at SkyCity Entertainment Group and Managing Director of McDonald’s
Restaurants (NZ). Gráinne also held senior management roles with Coopers and Lybrand (now
PwC) and HR Consultancy Right Management. She has also spent many years as a Trustee and
Chair in the not-for-profit sector, including having been the Chair of Ronald McDonald House
Charities New Zealand for five years..
Directors
Cathy Quinn – Chair
Debbie Birch
Rob Hamilton
Guorong Qian
Gráinne Troute
Executive Team
Grant Webster – Chief Executive Officer
Nick Judd – Chief Financial Officer
Gordon Hewston – Chief Operating Officer
(Northern Hemisphere)
Kate Meldrum – Chief Operating Officer
(Australia)
Matthew Harvey – Chief Operating Officer
(New Zealand)
Ollie Farnsworth – Chief Commercial and
Customer Officer
Juhi Shareef – Chief Responsibility Officer
Jo Hilson – Chief Technology Officer
Nick Voss – Deputy Chief Financial Officer
(Acting)
Chris Devoy – CEO Action Manufacturing
Registered office
Level 1
83 Beach Road
Auckland 1010
New Zealand
Share register
Tourism Holdings Limited shares are listed
on the New Zealand Stock Exchange (NZX)
Share registrar
Link Market Services Limited
PO Box 91976
Auckland
Tel: +64 9 375 5998
Email: enquiries@linkmarketservices.co.nz
Auditors
PwC
Auckland, New Zealand
Solicitors
MinterEllisonRuddWatts
Auckland, New Zealand
Investor relations enquiries
Amir Ansari, Manager – Strategy &
Development, Company Secretary
Email: investor.relations@thlonline.com
thl INTEGRATED ANNUAL REPORT 2022
Unforgettable Journeys
154
Unforgettable Journeys
155
CORPORATE INFORMATION
Board of DirectorsCorporate information
thlonline.com
---
FY19
FULL YEAR RESULTS
PRESENTATION
Unforgettable Journeys
ANNUALRESULTS 2022 - INVESTOR PRESENTATION
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Let'srestartthosejourneys...
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
DISCLAIMER
Disclaimer
2
This presentation contains forward-looking statements and
projections. These reflect thl’s current expectations, based on
what it thinks are reasonable assumptions. The statements are
based on information available to thlat the date of this
presentation and are not guarantees or predictions of future
performance. For any number of reasons, the future could be
different and the assumptions on which the forward-looking
statements and projections are based could be wrong. thlgives
no warranty or representation as to its future financial
performance or any future matter. Except as required by law or
NZX listing rules, thlis not obliged to update this presentation
after its release, even if things change materially.
This presentation has been prepared for publication in New
Zealand and may not be released or distributed in the United
States.
This presentation is for information purposes only and does not
constitute financial advice. It is not an offer of securities, or a
proposal or invitation to make any such offer, in the United
States or any other jurisdiction, and may not be relied upon in
connection with any purchase of thlsecurities. thlsecurities
have not been, and will not be, registered under the US
Securities Act of 1933 and may not be offered or sold in the
United States, except in transactions exempt from, or not
subject to, the registration of the US Securities Act and
applicable US State securities laws. Past performance
information given in this presentation is given for illustrative
purposes only and should not be relied upon as an indication of
future performance.
This presentation may contain a number of non-GAAP financial
measures. Because they are not defined by NZ GAAP or IFRS,
thl’s calculation of these measures may differ from similarly
titled measures presented by other companies and they should
not be considered in isolation from, or construed as an
alternative to, other financial measures determined in
accordance with NZ GAAP.
This presentation does not take into account any specific
investors objectives and does not constitute financial or
investment advice. Investors are encouraged to make an
independent assessment of thl. The information contained in
this presentation should be read in conjunction with thl’s latest
financial statements, which are available at: www.thlonline.com.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
3
Status of
Apollo
merger
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
4
Status of Apollo merger
•thland Apollo Tourism & Leisure Ltd (ATL/Apollo) continue to work with the New Zealand Commerce Commission and
Australian Competition and Consumer Commission on obtaining clearance subject to the previously described proposed
divestments to Next Capital/Jucy Rentals.
•A decision is expected to be available in September.
•ATL will seek the approval of the Supreme Court of Queensland to update its shareholders as soon as it is in a position
to provide further information on the scheme and the revised indicative timetable. thlwill release this information to
the NZX in due course.
“The thl Board recognises the potential in this proposed transaction to expand our global business with greater geographic diversity.
The Board continues to review the progress regularly and ask the deep questions of management, including is this still the right
transaction to do. As at the time of writing this report, the Board still see the merit in the transaction and can see a conclusion in a
reasonable timeframe from now.”
Cathy Quinn ONZM, thl Chair – Chair’s Letter, 2022 Integrated Annual Report
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
5
FY22
highlights
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
6
Summary
•Significant improvement on the prior corresponding period (pcp), with underlying net loss after tax of $5.4M,
1
improved by $8.9M. Statutory
net loss after tax of $2.1M, improved on the pcp by $12.4M.
•Result positive at the EBIT level, delivering an EBIT of $6.9M compared to an EBIT loss of $8.3M in the pcp.
1
•Total revenue of $345.8M, down 4% on the pcp, due to reduced rental revenue (lockdown impacts), with sale of goods revenue broadly in line
with the pcp.
•Record vehicle sales margins were achieved in all countries. Average gain on sale of fleet increased by 137% on the pcp to approximately $29k
per vehicle.
•Net debt at 30 June 2022 was $58.5M, providing approximately $200M of headroom in debt facilities to fund fleet growth.
•New Zealand significantly improved on the pcp, with the business transitioning towards the return of international tourists and profitability in
FY23.
•Australian business had a very strong second half and is set up to deliver a record EBIT result in FY23.
•United States capitalised on the sales environment with strong margins to mitigate the impact from a challenging CY2021 summer relative to
the pcp.
•No dividend declared for FY22 and a dividend unlikely for FY23.
•We expect to grow the size of thl’s global fleet by approximately 20% in FY23.
•thl currently expects that net profit after tax in FY23 on a standalone basis will be within the current range of analyst expectations, being
between $17.0M to $30.2M.
1
EBIT and underlying net loss after tax are non-GAAP measures. Refer to the important notes section for definitions and details of non-recurring items.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
1Excludes non-recurring items. Refer to slide 30 for further information.
2Excludes purchase of buyback vehicles.
3Net debt refers to interest bearing loans less cash and cash equivalents.
Our year in review
As at 30 June 2022
TOTAL REVENUE
$345.8M
FY21: $359.2M
UNDERLYING NETLOSS AFTERTAX
1
1
-$5.4M
FY21: -$14.3M
-4%
NET DEBT AT YEAR END
3
$58.5M
FY21: $48.7M
FLEET PURCHASES
2
1,514
FY21:1,116
SALE OF GOODS REVENUE
$226.9M
FY21: $229.1M
FLEET AT YEAR END
3,858
FY21:4,242
STATUTORY NET LOSS AFTER TAX
-$2.1M
FY21: -$14.5M
7
-1%
+85%
-9%
+63%
+36%
+183%
+20%
EBIT
$6.9M
FY21: -$8.3M
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Statutory and underlying results
summary
8
•Underlying net loss after tax of $5.4M, improved on the pcp by $8.9M.
•Statutory net loss after tax of $2.1M, improved by $12.4M on the pcp.
•Total revenue of $345.8M, down $13.4M or 4% on the pcp.
•Refer to slide 30 for details on FY22 and FY21 non-recurring items.
NZD $M
FY22
FY21VAR
%
Operating revenue 345.8
359.2 (13.4)
(4%)
Earnings before interest and tax* 6.9
(8.3) 15.1
183%
Operating profit/(loss) before tax(2.7) (18.4)
15.7
85%
Profit/(loss) after tax*
(2.1) (14.5) 12.4
85%
Key metrics
* includes non-recurring items
NZD $M
FY22FY21
VAR%
Underlying net profit/(loss) after tax(5.4)
(14.3) 8.9 62%
Transaction costs relating to proposed Apollo merger(4.9) –
(4.9) –
Gain on sale of shareholding in Roadpass Digital (Togo) 1.3
– 1.3 –
Gain on sale of Mighway and SHAREaCAMPER
5.3 – 5.3 –
Goodwill impairment of triptech(0.7) – (0.7)
–
Gain on loan forgiveness in relation to triptech 2.3 – 2.3 –
Fair value loss on acquisition of Action Manufacturing
shares
– (1.4) 1.4 –
Gain on termination of Auckland lease – 1.2 (1.2) –
Statutory net profit/(loss) after tax(2.1) (14.5) 12.4
85%
Reconciliation of statutory and underlying net loss after tax
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
9
Divisional
REVIEW
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
10
DIVISIONAL SUMMARY
$M
REVENUEDIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
AVE FUNDS
EMPLOYED
OPERATING
CASHFLOW*
REVENUEDIVISIONAL
EBITDA
DIVISIONAL
EBIT
AVE FUNDS
EMPLOYED
OPERATING
CASHFLOW*
Rentals New Zealand 92.3 3.3 (9.0) 90.7 26.3 132.0 2.1 (16.3) 124.9 51.6
Rentals Australia 77.9 19.9 6.6 83.9 (4.7) 65.5 14.8 0.2 62.9 15.3
Rentals USA 144.6 27.4 12.7 146.0 (30.0) 147.0 26.2 14.6 104.1 36.8
Manufacturing 67.7 7.4 4.9 30.6 (3.9) 16.4 1.2 0.5 5.7 0.1
Tourism Group 3.2 (2.0) (4.2) 17.3 (1.7) 5.4 1.6 (0.6) 18.2 0.7
Group Support Services/Other**(39.9) (5.8) (7.3) 40.3 (7.6) (7.2) (5.7) (6.9) 39.2 (17.5)
Non-recurring Items – 3.2 3.2 – – – 0.2 0.2 – –
thl 100% owned entities 345.8 53.4 6.9 408.8 (21.6) 359.2 40.4 (8.3) 355.1 87.0
Joint venture – – 0.0 – – – – – 7.0 –
Associates – – 1.1 5.0 – – – 0.7 4.2 –
Group Total 345.8 53.4 8.0 413.8 (21.6) 359.2 40.4 (7.5) 366.2 87.0
* Operating cashflow includes the sale and purchase of rental assets.
** Includes thl digital revenue and expenditure, and intercompany eliminations relating to vehicles sold by Action Manufacturing to the thl Rentals businesses.
Year ending 30 June 2022
Year ending 30 June 2021
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
REVENUE
•Total rental revenue down 6% on the pcp to $114.0M, largely attributable to the reduction in rental revenue of 41% in New Zealand.
•Sale of goods revenue from the thl Rentals business units was down 10% to $200.8M. Total sale of goods revenue (inclusive of Action
Manufacturing) was broadly in line with the pcp, down 1% to $226.9M.
•Rental revenue in all three countries remains substantially below pre-COVID levels, particularly New Zealand which is at 19% of FY19 rental
revenue. Australian rental revenue recovery underpinned by domestic demand and improved average yield. United States domesticdemand in
FY22 remained elevated on pre-COVID performance and has seen early signs of international recovery.
•Sale of goods revenue for the thl Rentals businesses remains materially above pre-COVID levels. Vehicle sales revenue in FY23 should reduce on
FY22 as the business shifts away from rental fleet reduction to growth.
50.8
13.6
66.5
45.9
16.8
80.8
100.9
31.0
91.0
73.9
35.9
91.0
0
20
40
60
80
100
120
NZ RentalsAustralia RentalsUnited States Rentals
Sale of goods revenue (NZD $m)
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
97.9
70.0
83.0
91.6
57.6
77.5
31.1
34.5
56.1
18.4
42.0
53.6
-
20
40
60
80
100
120
NZ RentalsAustralia RentalsUnited States Rentals
Rental revenue (NZD $m)
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
New Zealand Rentals and Sales
A significant improvement on the prior year in a challenging environment
12
•EBIT loss of $9.0M represents an improvement of $5.7M on the pcp, despite a 41%
reduction in rental income. Borders remained closed across the majority of FY22
with several domestic lockdowns in H1.
•Improvements were achieved with strong vehicle sales margins and a continued
reduction in fleet size, alongside close management of operating costs aligned to the
size of the business in a domestic only environment.
•Record average vehicle sales margins grew to approximately $26.7k per vehicle, up
124% on FY21.
•Non-tourism was a key focus during the year with over 450 bookings contributing
over $5M in rental revenue to the result (being approximately 28% of all rental
revenue).
•Strategic initiatives to grow the RV Super Centre have been successful with 42%
growth in retail revenue and 28% growth in servicing revenue on the pcp. The online
store is now outperforming any single brick and mortar location. A General Manager
dedicated to the RVSC business has been recently appointed to continue the focus
on growth as a standalone business.
•While operational costs have been managed, capacity has been retained to position
the business for the return of international customers, with New Zealand’s borders
having recently reopened to visitors from 31 July 2022.
•On-fleet dates for new capital expenditure remain uncertain and the business is
engaged with multiple chassis and vehicle suppliers to manage supply risks.
•At this stage there is a positive level of international demand for the FY23 summer
with average yields and hire length improved on pre-COVID performance.
•While the demand outcome for the upcoming New Zealand summer remains
unclear, should there be a larger than currently anticipated international recovery,
there is potential that the summer fleet size will be smaller than optimal. Vehicle
sales volumes will be appropriately managed in reflection of the rental demand
environment.
NZD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Rental income18.431.1(12.7)(41%)
Sale of goods73.9100.9(27.0)(27%)
Costs(101.3)(146.7)45.431%
EBIT(9.0)(14.7)5.739%
Units:FY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Opening Fleet 1,547 2,532 (985) (39%)
Fleet Sales(664) (1,125) 461 (41%)
Fleet Purchases 126 140 (14) (10%)
Closing Fleet 1,009 1,547 (538) (35%)
Vehicle Fleet
Full Year
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
13
Action Manufacturing
Thriving as a growing standalone business with increasing capacity
•The results on this slide:
•reflect the performance on a 100% ownership basis in the pcp, despite
Action being a 50% joint venture in the majority of the pcp; and
•do not reflect the intercompanyelimination relating to sale ofvehicles
from ActionManufacturing (Action) to thlrentalsbusinesses (refer to
slide 32 for furtherinformation).
•Action as a standalone business delivered a strong EBIT of $4.9M, up $4.0M
on the pcp, despite supply chain challenges and the impact of COVID
lockdowns and labour challenges due to illness.
•The business is seeing ongoing growth in the non-motorhome segment.
Approximately $26M of Action revenue in the period was generated by sales
to third parties. This reflects approximately 26% growth on the $20.7M
generated in the pcp.
•Action’s EBIT inclusive of intercompanyeliminations was $2.0M.
•Action has been investing in recruitment with an increase of 120 FTE roles
throughout FY22, to support delivery on a strong forward order book for
FY23.
•New and renewed long-term strategic contracts were secured during FY22,
providing a base level of non-motorhome demand.
•The acquisition of MaxiTRANS’ Freighter business at the net asset value
completed in July 2022 and complements Action’s existing Fairfax business
with a greater product offering and an extension of operations into
Christchurch.
NZD $M
FY22FY21VAR%
Revenue 67.7 43.7 24.0 55%
Costs(62.8) (42.8) (20.0) (47%)
EBIT 4.9 0.9 4.0 435%
Action Manufacturing on a 100% ownership basis as a standalone entity
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Tourism
Heavily impacted by COVID restrictions and is expected to strongly
benefit from thereturn of international tourists in FY23
14
•EBIT loss of $4.2M, down $3.6M on the pcp.
•Multiple COVID-19 lockdowns relating to the Delta variant, in
particular for the Auckland region as the largest domestic
market, significantly reduced customer numbers compared to
FY21, with revenue declining by 41% on the pcp.
•The business had $1.7M of funding for the Waitomo business
under the Strategic Tourism Asset Protection Programme in
FY21, which came to an end on 30 June 2021.
•Some thl crew in Waitomo have continued to work under the
New Zealand Government’s Kaimahi for Nature programme.
•Kiwi Experience remained in hibernation throughout FY22.
•thl announced in May 2022 that it was undertaking a review of
the ownership of Kiwi Experience. thl intends to operate Kiwi
Experience in the upcoming high season. Future ownership
options including potential joint ventures or partnerships are
continuing to be assessed.
NZD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Revenue3.25.4(2.2)(41%)
Costs(7.4)(6.1)(1.3)(22%)
EBIT(4.2)(0.6)(3.6)(553%)
Full Year
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Australian Rentals and Sales
A strong H2 result and positioned for a record result in FY23
15
•EBIT of A$6.0M improved on the pcp by A$5.8M.
•The business delivered a record EBIT result in H2 FY22 (for a H2) by
capitalising on pent up demand for outdoor travel experiences following
the opening of interstate borders, exercising good cost control and
generating non-tourism revenue.
•Growth in both rental and sale of goods revenue, up 22% and 16% on the
pcp, respectively.
•Non-tourism activity, largely COVID related and temporary flood
accommodation services, contributed approximately A$7.0M in revenue
(being approximately 18% of all rental revenue).
•The business achieved strong ‘break-out yield’ growth in the domestic
environment following the opening of interstate borders, with average
rental yield in FY22 being in excess of 30%higher than pre-COVID levels,
consistent with trends observed in the broader tourism industry.
•A record vehicle sales year with average vehicle sale margin of A$26.2k per
vehicle, approximately 63% up on the pcp. The strong vehicle sales market
has continued into FY23.
•The business has launched a second RV Sales Centre retail dealership co-
located at the new thlrental branch in Brisbane. This is expected to drive a
greater mix of direct retail sales in FY23.
•International activity is returning to the Australian market, primarily with
bookings for the October 2022 – March 2023 travel period.
NZD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Rental income42.034.57.522%
Sale of goods*35.931.04.916%
Costs
(71.3)(65.3)(6.0)(9%)
EBIT6.60.26.43,200%
Full Year
AUD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Rental income39.132.26.921%
Sale of goods*33.628.94.716%
Costs(66.7)(60.9)(5.8)(9%)
EBIT6.00.25.82,927%
Units:FY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Opening Fleet 1,208 1,441 (233) (16%)
Fleet Sales(560) (486) (74) 15%
Fleet Purchases 559 253 306 121%
Closing Fleet 1,207 1,208 (1) (0%)
Vehicle Fleet**
Full Year
* Excludes revenue relating to the sale of buyback fleet.
** Includes movements relating to buyback fleet.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
16
United States Rentals and Sales
A challenging 2021 summer due to asymmetric border status, but a strong sales performance
•EBIT of US$8.7M, down US$0.8M or 8% on the pcp.
•As previously indicated, the H1 FY22 performance was impacted by a
softer domestic environment due to asymmetric international border
openings, however the opening of international borders in November
2021 enabled a stronger H2 result with a positive level of international
activity at higher international yields than pre-COVID.
•Sale of goods revenue remained in line with the pcp despite there
being approximately 25% fewer fleet sales, reflecting the very strong
margins achieved in FY22.
•Record average sale margins of approximately US$24.2k were up 128%
on the pcp.
•Chassis and parts supply issues increased throughout FY22 and
resulted in a number of vehicles intended for summer 2022 arriving
after the peak season.
•Fleet procurement costs have increased as a result of rises in the prices
of chassis and boxes, the introduction of surcharges and a reduction in
incentives.
•There are indications of supply chains easing for the Class A vehicle
category. Supply issues for other categories are expected to ease in H1
FY23.
NZD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Rental income53.656.1(2.5)(4%)
Sale of goods91.091.00.00%
Costs(131.9)(132.5)0.60%
EBIT12.714.6(1.9)(13%)
USD $MFY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Rental income36.338.4(2.1)(6%)
Sale of goods62.062.1(0.1)(0%)
Costs
(89.6)(91.0)1.41%
EBIT8.79.5(0.8)(9%)
Units:FY2 2FY2 1VARVAR %
Opening Fleet1,4871,842(355) (19%)
Fleet Sales
(885)(1,178) 293 (25%)
Fleet Purchases
1,040823 217 26%
Closing Fleet1,6421,487 155 10%
Full Year
Full Year
Vehicle Fleet
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Just go
•Just go is a part-owned business that is not controlled by thland is
equity accounted. The results are not reported in the Earnings
Before Interest & Tax (EBIT).
•thl’s 49% shareholding in Just go delivered $1.1M in NPAT, up 46%
on the pcp and strongly above pre-COVID performance.
•On a 100% standalone basis, Just go delivered £1.4M EBIT, up 45%
on the pcp, with revenue growth of 48%.
•As previously advised, thl has a desire to move to 100% ownership
of the Just go business regardless of whether the Apollo merger
transaction proceeds. Discussions are ongoing however no
agreement has been reached yet on the terms on which any such
acquisition might occur.
17
NZD $M
FY22
FY21VAR%
Just go - net profit after tax 1.1 0.8 0.3 46%
Earnings from Equity Investments
GBP £MFY2 2FY2 1VAR%
Revenue
5.8 3.9 1.9 48%
Other income
0.0 0.4 (0.4) (99%)
Costs
(4.4) (3.3) (1.1) (33%)
EBIT 1.4 1.0 0.4 45%
Just go on a 100% ownership basis as a standalone entity
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Group support services and other
•Excluding the elimination ofintercompany revenue and costs and
non-recurring items,group support services and other resulted in a
$4.4M EBIT loss, down$1.7M on the pcp.
•Salary and wage costs relating to group support functions remain
below FY19 levels. Remuneration relating to group support in FY22
was approximately $2.2M lower than in FY19.
•Software development costs relating to the Cosmos booking,
scheduling and fleet management platform were reflected in the
‘group support services and other’ P&L in FY21. In FY22, these have
been recharged to the New Zealand/Australian Rentals businesses
and are reflected in the P&Ls for those businesses.
18
Group Support Services and Others
NZD $M
FY22FY21VAR%
Revenue* 1.8 3.0 (1.2) (40%)
Inter-segment revenue**(41.6) (10.2) (31.5) 310%
Costs(6.2) (9.2) 3.0 33%
Inter-segment costs** 38.7 9.5 29.2 (307%)
EBIT***(7.3) (6.9) (0.4) (6%)
*** Excluding non-recurring items
** Ref lects elimination of intercompany revenue and costs relating to the sale of vehicles f rom Action Manuf acturing to thl
Rentals.
* Revenue ref lects peer-to-peer revenue relating to mighw ay/SHAREaCAMPER prior to the sale.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
19
Balance
sheet and
fleet
REVIEW
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Balance sheet
20
•Net debt at 30 June was $58.5M.
•Approximately $200Mof headroom in debt facilities
provides thl with the flexibility to re-invest in fleet as
international tourism grows.
•Interest on bank borrowings in FY22 was$7.0M, down
$0.2M on thepcp.
1
•Net tangible assets per share has increased by $0.09 to
$1.82 per share, driven by movements in the NZD:USD
and NZD:AUD exchange rates.
•No dividend is declared for FY22. thl’s Dividend Policy
remains suspended and will be reviewed by the thl
Board throughout FY23.
•thl is unlikely to pay a dividend in FY23.As previously
advised, any dividends would be subject to approval
from thl’s lenders.
1
Includes interest on swaps and excludes ineffective swap value
transferred to the income statement.
1
Includes USD, GBP and AUD denominated commitments.
Maturityof debt facilities ($NZ)
June 2023$50M
June 2024
1
$208M
Total facilities
1
$258M
1
Excludes lease liabilities relating to the adoption of IFRS 16.
$202
$181
$128
$22
$49
$19
$59
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
Jun-19Dec-19Jun-20Dec-20Jun-21Dec-21Jun-22
Net debt ($M)
1
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
Fleet
21
•Global fleet size of 3,858 as at 30 June 2022, down 9%
from 4,242 at 30 June 2021.
•We expect that fleet size in all three countries has
passed the lowest point and will regrow.
•We expect to grow the size of thl’s global fleet by
approximately 20% in FY23.
•The appreciation in the value of used vehicle prices has
resulted in Real Depreciation Rates in FY22 being well
below historical norms in all countries (and negative in
the United States). It is expected to increase from the
current level in coming years.
Real Depreciation Rates per annum *FY22FY21FY20FY19
New Zealand2.7%5.5%5.7%5.6%
Australia2.2%6.2%7.1%7.4%
United States<0%2.8%5.0%3.5%
* The Real Depreciation Rate is the measure of the difference between the purchase price and sale price of
the vehicles sold in a financial period. It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or
management of the vehicle.
2,332
1,641
2,440
2,532
1,441
1,842
1,547
1,208
1,487
1,009
1,207
1,642
-
500
1,000
1,500
2,000
2,500
3,000
NZAustraliaUnited States
Fleet size at year-end
FY19 FY20 FY21 FY22
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
22
Vehicle sales margins
~$11.2
~$11.0
~$10.5
~$11.9
~$26.7
$0.0
$5.0
$10.0
$15.0
$20.0
$25.0
$30.0
NZD $000
New Zealand
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22
~$11.3
~$11.8
~$13.1
~$16.0
~$26.2
$0.0
$5.0
$10.0
$15.0
$20.0
$25.0
$30.0
AUD $000
Australia
FY18FY19FY20FY21FY22
~$6.5
~$5.7
~$10.6
~$24.2
$0.0
$5.0
$10.0
$15.0
$20.0
$25.0
$30.0
USD $000
United States
FY19FY20FY21FY22
•Vehicle sales margins in FY22 were at record levels in all countries and continued on the strong margins achieved in the first half.
•We expect that sales margins have reached their peak in FY22 and will return to a more normal level over the coming two years as the businesses
start to sell newer fleet purchased under current pricing reflecting cost inflation.
•The United States business has experienced some margin reduction in particular vehicle categories in Q4 FY22. We expect average sales margin
per vehicle in the United States to reduce across the year, reverting to FY21 margins by the end of FY23.
•The average sales margins per vehicle achieved in New Zealand/Australia are expected to decline in FY23, by no more than 25% (ona dollar basis).
Note: Amounts on this slide reflect gross vehicle sales margins, which is an operational metric that may differ to the financialstatements or the average gain on sale metric.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
23
Capital expenditure
Gross Capital Expenditure ($M)Proceeds from Fleet Sales ($M)Net Capital Expenditure ($M)
Notes: Fleet purchased or sold under buyback arrangements are treated as operating leases under IFRS reporting, not as additions/sales of fixed assets. For the above charts, purchases and sales values under
buyback arrangements have been included. The above also includes non-fleet capital expenditure which is immaterial. Purchases bythl Rentals from Action Manufacturing are included in gross capital expenditure.
$197
$120
$107
$181
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
FY19FY20FY21FY22
$121
$135
$197
$186
$0
$50
$100
$150
$200
$250
FY19FY20FY21FY22
$76
-$16
-$91
-$5
-$120
-$80
-$40
$0
$40
$80
$120
FY19FY20FY21FY22
•Chassis supply and vehicle delivery dates generally remain uncertain on a global basis.
•thl has seen an increase of approximately 25% in the cost of new vehicles globally compared to 2019 pricing, resulting from inflation in chassis and
componentry costs as well as surcharges and a reduction in incentives. Certain vehicle types have increased by a greater percentage.
•We expect that global gross capital expenditure in FY23 will be approximately $270M - $300M, however this remains subject to supply availability and
delivery timing.
•Net capital expenditure is expected to be approximately $120M in FY23.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
24
Other
initiatives
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
25
Non-tourism revenue
•Throughout the pandemic, thlhas run a non-tourism programme, finding
alternative rental uses for vehicles. This has continued to deliver strong
revenue and has seen thl’s campers support a range of essential services.
•Across FY22, thlgenerated in excess of NZ$15M in non-tourism revenue
across New Zealand, Australia and the United States.
•Customer use cases include:
•Health: mobile vaccination, testing clinics
•Emergency housing: disaster response, social housing, quarantine
•Infrastructure: rural project accommodation, business BCPs, supporting
repairs following natural disasters
•Film: rural project accommodation, actor greenrooms
•Emergency services: rural response accommodation, mobile lounges
•Non-tourism revenue is expected to remain as a permanent part of the
business going forward. We see continued use cases across the above
areas,each of which differ in their characteristics and requirements
between the uses cases as well as with the tourism business.
•The business model for non-tourism and how it operates alongside the
recovery of the tourism business in future is being considered.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
26
thl digital update
•The most significant change to the thldigital portfolio in FY22 was the
sale of peer-to-peer businesses mighway and SHAREaCAMPER to
Camplify Holdings Limited (ASX:CHL) in April 2022 for a purchase price of
A$7.37M, in exchange for a shareholding in Camplify.
•Camplify, who recently listed on the ASX in June 2021, is a specialist peer-
to-peer RV rental operator. The sale enables thl to remain involved in
peer-to-peer RV rentals as a shareholder, allowing it to focus on
capitalising on the return of international tourism in its commercial
rental businesses.
•thl also acquired the remaining 40% shareholding in triptech, which
owns and operates the CamperMate mobile travel app and is the
supplier of thl’s rental customer app in New Zealand and Australia.
•triptech has a strong userbase which grew by approximately 8% in FY22
to approximately 700,000. It is positioned to grow as international
travellers return in scale to New Zealand and Australia. thl will be
developing additional features to drive revenue growth in the business.
•In March 2022, thl also sold its remaining interest in Roadpass Digital
(Togo Group) for a sale price of approximately NZ$23.1M.
FY23 priorities
•In FY23, thldigital will be focused on the launch of the Cosmos
platform in the thlRentals businesses in the United States,
currently scheduled for Q2 of FY23. The roll out of Cosmos is
expected to provide a material increase in utilisation and
operational flexibility.
•Development for Cosmos for the Just go business in the United
Kingdom is expected to also be completed in FY23, meaning
that all businesses globally will operate on a common fleet
management and pricing platform.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
27
Outlook
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
28
Outlook
•thlis sharply focused on delivering a profit improvement in FY23 and concluding the process for the proposed merger with
Apollo. thl currently expects net profit after tax in FY23 on a standalone basis will be within the current range of analyst
expectations, being between $17.0M to $30.2M.
•There is clear pent-up demand across the wider global tourism industry and an acceptance from customers to meet the
current higher costs of travel in rentals, accommodation and flights, after several years of limited travel optionality. However,
it is unclear whether this trend with customers will continue after the initial wave of return travel is undertaken or whether
greater travel costs will impact willingness to travel.
•As a travel and tourism operator, we believe we are well positioned relative to most industries, as we are coming from such a
low base that we still expect to experience a significant recovery despite shifts in the broader macroeconomic environment.
In addition, the RV rental industry is a small segment of the broader tourism market and has benefited from category and
awareness growth over the COVID period, which we see providing a benefit into the future, notwithstanding the risk that
broader tourism volumes may recover at a slower pace than expected.
•We expect that vehicle sales margins have reached their peak in FY22 and will return to a more normal level over the coming
two years as thlstarts to sell fleet purchased under current pricing reflecting cost inflation. The average sales margins per
vehicle achieved in New Zealand/Australia are expected to decline in FY23 by no more than 25% (on a dollar basis). We
expect average margins in the United States to reduce across the year, reverting to FY21 margins by the end of FY23.
•We expect that thl’s fleet size in all three countries has passed the lowest point and that the global fleet size will grow by
approximately 20% in FY23.We also expect global gross capital expenditure to be approximately $270M - $300M, however
this remains subject to supply availability and delivery timing. Net capital expenditure is expected to be approximately
$120M.
•We believe that thl is well positioned for growth, with further upside should the proposed merger with Apollo be successful.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
29
General
notes
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
IMPORTANT NOTES
30
•All financials are in NZ dollars unless stated otherwise (throughout presentation).
•All comparisons are against prior corresponding period.
•The average NZD:AUD cross-rate (average of the 12-month rates) for FY22 was 0.9375 (FY21:
0.9327).
•The average NZD:USD cross-rate (average of the 12-month rates) for FY22 was 0.6801 (FY21:
0.6971).
•Return On Funds Employed (ROFE) is a non-GAAP measure that thluses to measure
performance of business units, and the Group, in relation to the financial resources utilised.
ROFE is calculated as EBIT divided by average monthly net funds employed. Net funds
employed are measured as total assets, less non-interest-bearing liabilities and cash on
hand. Lease liabilities resulting from IFRS 16 are not considered in determining funds
employed. Accordingly, the interest expense arising from IFRS 16 is also deducted from EBIT
for the purposes of ROFE. The calculation is done in NZ dollars.
•EBIT refers to operating profit/(loss) before financing costs and tax and is a non-GAAP
measure. This measure should not be viewed in isolation and is intended to supplement the
NZ GAAP measures and therefore may not be comparable to similarly titled amounts
reported by other companies.
•Net debt refers to interest bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.
•The balance sheet is converted at the closing rate as at 30 June 2022.The USD cross rate
used was 0.6214 (FY21 - 0.6998); the AUD cross rate used was 0.9031 (FY21 - 0.9310) and
the GBP cross rate was used was 0.5127 (FY21 - 0.5050).
•FY22 includes the following non-recurring items:
•Transaction costs of $4.9M (inclusive of tax impact)in relation to the
proposedmerger with Apollo Tourism & Leisure Limited;
•A gain of $5.3M (inclusive of tax impact) on the sale of Mighway and
SHAREaCAMPER;
•A gain of $1.3M on the sale of shares in Roadpass Digital (Togo Group);
•A goodwill impairment of $0.7M in relation to triptech; and
•A gain of $2.3M from loan forgiveness relating to triptech.
•FY21 includes the following non-recurring items:
•An accounting gain of $1.2M (inclusive of tax) from the termination of the
lease for the Mangere branch; and
•A fair value adjustment loss of $1.4M in relation to the original 50%
shareholding in Action Manufacturing.
•The depreciation expense and interest expense recognised in FY22 in relation to IFRS 16 is
$10.0M (FY21: $8.2M) and $3.7M (FY21: $3.4M) respectively. Actual lease payments for the
period were $13.3M (FY21: $11.1M).
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
31
COVID-19 related events
thl’s statement of comprehensive income for FY22 had the following unique events related to the COVID-19 pandemic:
thl’s statement of comprehensive income for FY21 had the following unique events related to the COVID-19 pandemic:
Description of eventAmount (NZ$)
Recognition in statement of comprehensive
income
Wage subsidies received
2
$4,373,000Netted off within operating expenses
Strategic Tourism Asset Protection Programme
funding
$1,720,000Other income
US PPP loan forgiveness$1,457,000Other income
2
Includes the New Zealand and Australian wage subsidy schemes.
Description of eventAmount (NZ$)
Recognition in statement of comprehensive
income
New Zealand wage subsidies received
1
$3,777,000Netted off within operating expenses
Strategic Tourism Asset Protection Programme
funding
$6,000Netted off within operating expenses
Australian Government grants$145,000Other income
1
Includes the COVID-19 wage subsidy, Resurgence Support and Leave Support Schemes.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
32
Accounting implications relating to 100% Action ownership
•As a 50/50 joint venture, Action Manufacturing previously recognised a profit on the sale of vehicles to the thl Rentals
businesses as its customer. 50% of this profit would then be attributed to thl as the 50% shareholder of Action
Manufacturing.
•As Action Manufacturing is now a wholly-owned subsidiary, the sale of vehicles to thl are now an intercompany
transfer and so the profit on the sale is not recognised at a group level.
•From a divisional accounting perspective, we continue to manage these businesses consistent with our pre-acquisition
approach, to ensure that the appropriate incentives and competitive motives remain with both Action Manufacturing
and thl Rentals as if the transactions were between businesses at arms-length.
•While Action Manufacturing continues to recognise the profit on the sales at a division level, this profit is eliminated at
the thl group level and results in a lower book value for the vehicle (based on the cost of production with no
manufacturing margin).
•As the starting book value is lower, the depreciation expense incurred at a group level during the time the vehicle is
owned by thlis also lower. The depreciation expense incurred at the thl Rentals level is consistent with the previous
approach.
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
33
Thank you
thl
ANNUAL RESULTS
2022
34
Supporting
analysis
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
35
$MFY22FY21VarVar %FY22FY21VarVar %FY22FY21VarVar %
thl Rentals
New Zealand(9.0)(14.7)5.7 39% (2.0)(3.9)1.9 48% (7.0) (10.8) 3.8 35%
Australia6.6 0.2 6.4 3200% 7.6 2.8 4.8 170% (1.0) (2.6) 1.6 62%
USA 12.7 14.6 (1.9)(13%)1.4 (2.0)3.4 170% 11.3 16.6 (5.3) (32%)
Total Rentals10.3 0.1 10.2 10410% 7.0 (3.0)10.0 333% 3.3 3.1 0.2 6%
Manufacturing4.9 0.5 4.4 797% 3.8 0.5 3.3 596% 1.1 - 1.1 -
Tourism Group(4.2)(0.6)(3.6)(553%)(1.8)(0.1)(1.7)(1133%)(2.4) (0.5) (1.9) (383%)
Total operating divisions11.0 0.0 11.0 NA9.0 (2.6)11.6 446% 2.0 2.6 (0.6) (23%)
Group Support Services & Other*(4.1)(8.3)4.2 50% (1.0)(5.9)4.9 83% (3.1) (2.4) (0.7) (29%)
Total EBIT6.9 (8.3)15.2 184% 8.0 (10.1)18.1 (179%)(1.1) 1.8 (2.8) (161%)
EBIT before non-recurring Items3.7 (8.5)12.2 144% 2.7 (8.7)11.4 131% 1.0 0.2 0.8 376%
Total non-recurring items3.2 0.2 3.0 1384% 5.3 (1.4)6.7 477% (2.1) 1.6 (3.7) (230%)
Split
Australia6.6 0.2 6.4 3200% 7.6 2.8 4.8 170% (1.0) (2.6) 1.5 62%
USA12.7 14.6 (1.9)(13%)1.4 (2.0)3.4 170% 11.3 16.6 (5.3) (32%)
NZ (12.4)(23.0)10.6 46% (1.0)(10.9)9.9 91% (11.4) (12.1) 0.7 6%
Total EBIT6.9 (8.3)15.2 184% 8.0 (10.1)18.1 179% (1.1) 1.8 (2.8) (160%)
Split
Australia6.6 0.2 6.4 3200% 7.6 2.8 4.8 170% (1.0) (2.6) 1.5 62%
USA12.7 14.6 (1.9)(13%)1.4 (2.0)3.4 170% 11.3 16.6 (5.3) (32%)
NZ (15.6)(23.3)7.7 33% (6.3)(9.5)3.2 34% (9.3) (13.7) 4.4 32%
Total EBIT before non-recurring Items3.7 (8.5)12.2 144% 2.7 (8.7)11.4 131% 1.0 0.2 0.8 414%
Full Year6 Months to June6 Months to December
* Includes thl digital revenue and expenditure, and intercompany eliminations relating to vehicles sold by Action Manufacturing to the thl Rentals businesses
DIVISIONAL EBIT
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
36
INCOME STATEMENT SUMMARY
$MFY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %
Sale of services 118.9 130.0 (11.1) (9%) 68.6 61.2 7.4 12% 50.3 68.8 (18.5) (27%)
Sale of goods 226.9 229.1 (2.2) (1%) 102.3 92.1 10.2 11% 124.6 137.0 (12.4) (9%)
Total revenue 345.8 359.2 (13.4) (4%) 170.9 153.3 17.6 11% 174.9 205.8 (31.0) (15%)
Costs 292.4 318.7 (26.3) (8%) 139.5 140.3 (0.8) (1%) 152.9 178.4 (25.5) (14%)
EBITDA 53.4 40.4 13.0 32% 31.4 13.1 18.3 140% 21.9 27.3 (5.4) (20%)
Depreciation & Amortisation 46.5 48.7 (2.2) (4%) 23.4 23.2 0.2 1% 23.1 25.5 (2.4) (10%)
EBIT 6.9 (8.3) 15.1 183% 8.0 (10.1) 18.1 179% (1.1) 1.8 (3.0) (162%)
Interest(10.7) (10.8) 0.1 1% (5.8) (5.1) (0.7) (13%)(4.9) (5.7) 0.8 13%
Share of Joint Ventures 0.0 – 0.0 – – (0.2) 0.2 (100%) – 0.2 (0.2) (100%)
Share of Associates 1.1 0.7 0.4 49% (0.1) (0.0) (0.1) 648% 1.2 0.8 0.4 56%
(Loss)/profit be fore ta x a tion(2.7) (18.4) 15.7 85% 2.2 (15.4) 17.6 114% (4.9) (2.9) (2.0) (67%)
Taxation 0.6 3.9 (3.3) (84%) 0.1 2.7 (2.6) (96%) 0.5 1.2 (0.6) (54%)
(Loss)/profit for the period(2.1) (14.5) 12.4 85% 2.3 (12.7) 15.0 118% (4.4) (1.8) (2.6) (146%)
(Loss)/profit is a ttributa ble to:
Equity holders of the Company(1.5) (13.7) 12.2 89% 2.5 (12.2) 14.7 120% (4.0) (1.4) (2.6) (178%)
Non-controlling interest(0.6) (0.8) 0.2 24% (0.3) (0.5) 0.2 40% (0.3) (0.3) – –
Basic EPS (in cents)*(1.0) (9.2)
Diluted EPS*(1.0) (9.1)
* based on number of shares on issue as at year-end.
6 Months to DecemberFull Year6 Months to June
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
37
REVENUE
$MFY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %
thl Rentals - Rental Revenue
New Zealand18.431.1(12.7)(41%)12.216.4(4.2)
(26%)
6.214.6(8.5)(58%)
Australia42.034.57.5 22% 26.320.55.8
28%
15.714.01.7 12%
USA53.656.1(2.5)(4%)26.719.86.9
35%
26.936.2(9.3)(26%)
114.0121.6(7.6)(6%)65.356.88.5
15%
48.764.9(16.1)(25%)
thl Rentals - Sale of Goods
New Zealand73.9100.9(27.0)(27%)32.145.4(13.3)(29%)41.855.6(13.7)(25%)
Australia35.931.04.9 16% 19.715.14.6 30% 16.215.90.3 2%
USA91.091.00.0 0% 38.025.412.6 49% 53.065.6(12.6)(19%)
200.8222.9(22.1)(10%)89.885.93.9 5% 111.0137.0(26.0)(19%)
Manufacturing67.716.451.3 313% 54.116.437.7 230% 13.60.013.6 NA
Tourism Group 3.25.4(2.2)(41%)2.42.8(0.4)(14%)0.82.6(1.8)(69%)
thl digital
1.73.0(1.3)(43%)1.01.6(0.6)(38%)0.71.3(0.6)(46%)
Other (incl group elimination) (41.6)(10.2)(31.4)310% (41.7)(10.2)(31.5)311% 0.10.00.1 NA
Total Revenue345.8359.2(13.4)(4%)170.9153.317.5 11% 174.9205.8(30.9)(15%)
Split
Australia77.965.5 12.4 19% 46.035.710.3 29% 31.929.92.0 7%
USA144.6147.0 (2.4)(2%)64.745.319.4 43% 79.9101.8(21.9)(22%)
NZ and other123.3146.6 (23.3)(16%)60.172.4(12.3)(17%)63.274.2(11.0)(15%)
345.8359.2 (13.4)(4%)170.9153.317.6 11% 174.9205.8(30.9)(15%)
Revenue Split
Sale of Services118.9130.0 (11.1)(9%)68.661.27.4 12% 50.368.8(18.5)(27%)
Sale of Goods226.9229.1 (2.2)(1%)102.392.110.2 11% 124.6137.0(12.4)(9%)
345.8359.2 (13.4)(4%)170.9153.3 17.6 11% 174.9205.8(30.9)(15%)
Australia (AUD)
Rental Revenue39.132.2 6.9 21% 24.219.15.1 27% 14.913.11.8 14%
Sale of Goods33.628.9 4.7 16% 18.214.14.1 29% 15.414.80.6 4%
72.761.1 11.6 19% 42.433.2 9.2 28% 30.327.92.5 9%
USA (USD)
Rental Revenue36.338.4 (2.1)(6%)17.514.23.3 23% 18.824.2(5.4)(22%)
Sale of Goods62.062.1 (0.1)(0%)25.018.36.7 37% 37.043.8(6.8)(16%)
98.3100.5 (2.2)(2%)42.532.5 10.0 31% 55.768.0(12.2)(18%)
Full Year6 Months to June6 months to December
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
38
EBIT MARGIN
$M
FY22FY21VARFY22FY21VARFY22FY21VAR
thl
Rentals
New Zealand(9.8%)(11.1%) 1.3% (4.5%)(6.2%) 1.7% (14.6%)(15.4%) 0.8%
Australia 8.5% 0.3% 8.2% 16.5% 7.9% 8.6% (3.1%)(8.8%) 5.6%
USA 8.8% 9.9% (1.1%) 2.2% (4.4%) 6.6% 14.1% 16.3% (2.1%)
Total Rentals 3.3% 0.0% 3.3% 4.5% (2.1%) 6.6% 2.1% 1.5% 0.5%
Manufacturing 7.2% 3.3% 3.9% 7.0% 3.3% 3.7% 8.1% NA NA
NZ Tourism(131.3%)(11.9%)(119.4%)(75.0%)(5.2%)(69.8%)(300.0%)(19.0%)(281.0%)
Group EBIT margin (before non-recurring items) 1.1% (2.4%) 3.5% 1.6% (5.7%) 7.3% 0.6% 0.1% 0.5%
Full year6 months to June6 months to December
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
39
EBITDA
EBITDA
$MFY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %
EBIT6.9 (8.3)15.2 184% 8.0 (10.1)18.1 180% (1.1)1.8 (2.9)(163%)
Add back non-cash items:
Depreciation 44.6 47.5 (2.9)(6%)22.5 22.5 0.0 0% 22.1 25.1 (2.9)(12%)
Amortisation1.9 1.2 0.7 63% 1.0 0.7 0.3 37% 0.9 0.4 0.5 117%
EBITDA53.4 40.4 13.0 32% 31.5 13.1 18.4 140% 21.9 27.3 (5.4) (20%)
EBITDA before non-recurring items
$MFY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %
EBIT before non-recurring Items3.7 (8.5)12.2 144% 2.7 (8.7)11.4 131% 1.0 0.2 0.8 376%
Add back non-cash items:
Depreciation 44.6 47.5 (2.9)(6%)22.5 22.5 0.0 0% 22.1 25.1 (2.9)(12%)
Amortisation1.9 1.2 0.7 63% 1.0 0.7 0.3 37% 0.9 0.4 0.5 117%
EBITDA before non-recurring items50.2 40.2 10.0 25% 26.2 14.5 11.7 81% 24.0 25.7 (1.6) (7%)
Full Year6 Months to June6 Months to December
Full Year6 Months to June6 Months to December
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
40
BALANCE SHEET
As atAs at
$MJUN 22JUN 21
VARDEC 21DEC 20VAR
Equity
331.7 312.6
19.1 313.4 311.6 1.8
Non-current liabilities113.4 101.8
11.6 66.2
69.1 (2.9)
Current liabilities
68.1 50.5 17.6 45.9 67.2 (21.3)
Lease liabilities (NZ IFRS 16)82.6 73.3 9.4 81.1 69.6
11.5
Total source of funds595.8 538.1
57.7
506.6 517.4
(10.8)
Intangible assets and goodwill55.4 51.1 4.3 52.3 45.9
6.3
Retained interest in Togo Group0.0 20.8
(20.8)
22.0 19.6
2.5
Financial assets at fair value5.6 0.0 5.6 0.0 0.0 0.0
Derivative financial instruments0.5 0.0 0.5 0.0 0.0 0.0
Investments in associates and joint ventures6.0 4.9 1.1 6.2 15.2 (9.0)
Property, plant and equipment311.8 273.1 38.7 235.1 267.0 (31.9)
Right-of-use assets (NZ IFRS 16)70.8 62.3 8.5 70.1 59.2
11.0
Deferred tax assets0.0 1.0 (1.0)0.0 0.0 0.0
Current assets145.7 124.8
20.9 120.9 110.6 10.2
Total use of funds
595.8 538.1 57.7 506.6 517.4 (10.8)
Net debt position (exclude IFRS 16 lease liabilities)58.5 48.7 9.8 18.7
22.0 (3.3)
Net tangible assets (NTA)
276.3 261.5 14.8 261.2 265.6 (4.5)
NTA per share*$1.82$1.73
$1.72
$1.79
Book value of net assets per share*$2.18$2.06$2.06$2.10
Debt / debt + equity ratio
(net of intangibles)17%16%7%8%
Equity ratio (net of intangibles)51%54%57%56%
AUD exchange rate at period end0.9031
0.9310 0.94210.9384
USD exchange rate at period end0.62140.6998 0.68320.7227
* based on number of shares on issue at the relevant balance date.
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
41
FUNDS EMPLOYED
Average Funds*Year end Funds
$MFY22FY21VARJUN 22JUN 21VAR
Rentals
New Zealand90.7124.9(27%)71.0100.1(29%)
Australia83.962.933% 66.155.619%
USA146.0104.140% 174.0122.642%
Total Rentals320.6292.010% 311.1278.312%
Tourism Group17.318.2(5%)14.817.3(14%)
Action Manufacturing30.65.7435% 29.719.751%
Joint Venture0.07.0(100%)0.00.0NA
Associates5.04.220% 6.04.631%
Group Support Services and Others40.3 39.2 3% 34.6 41.5 (17%)
Total Net Funds Employed413.8366.213% 396.1361.310%
* thl average funds calculated over a 12 month period
thlANNUAL RESULTS 2022
42
GAIN ON VEHICLE SALES AND GROSS PROFIT
* The Real Depreciation Rate is the measure of the difference between the purchase price and sale price of the vehicles sold in
a financial period. It allows for no gain on sale or costs associated with the sale or management of the vehicle.
Full Year6 Months to June
6 Months to December
$MFY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VARVAR %FY22FY21VAR
VAR %
Proceeds from sales of motorhome fleet180.5197.4(16.9)(9%)78.975.13.85% 101.6122.2(20.6)(17%)
Net book value of vehicles sold121.3161.4(40.1)(25%)51.457.2(5.8)(10%)69.9104.2(34.3)(33%)
Gain on sales of motorhome fleet before selling costs59.236.023.264% 27.517.99.653% 31.718.113.676%
Vehicle sales costs (warranty only)1.31.7(0.4)(25%)0.60.8(0.2)(21%)0.71.0(0.3)(29%)
Gain on sales of motorhome fleet after selling costs57.934.323.669% 26.917.29.757% 31.017.113.981%
Gross profit on non-fleet vehicles, retail and accessory sales18.28.99.3105% 9.55.83.763% 8.73.05.7188%
Reported gross profit76.143.133.077% 36.423.013.458% 39.720.119.697%
Total average gain on sale ($000) after selling costs29.412.417.0137% 37.817.320.5119% 24.79.615.0156%
Fleet motorhomes sold (excl buybacks)
Australia428 482(54)(11%)114 210 (96)(46%)314 272 42 15%
New Zealand661 1,110(449)(40%)279 480 (201)(42%)382 630 (248)(39%)
United States878 1,173(295)(25%)319 304 15 5%559 869 (310)(36%)
Total fleet motorhomes sold (units), excl. buybacks1,967 2,765 (798)(29%)712 994 (282)(28%)1,255 1,771 (516)(29%)
Flex fleet sales on buy-backs excluded from aboveFY22FY21
Australia
130
1
Real Depreciation Rates per annum *FY22FY21FY20FY19
New Zealand2.7%5.5%5.7%5.6%
Australia2.2%6.2%7.1%7.4%
United States<0%2.8%5.0%3.5%
Total fleet salesFY22FY21
New Zealand661 1,110
Australia558 483
United States878 1,173
2,097 2,766
FY19
FULL YEAR RESULTS
PRESENTATION
THLONLINE.COM
---
Tourism Holdings Limited
Tel: +64 9 336 4299
The Beach House
Fax: +64 9 309 9269
Level 1, 83 Beach Road
www.thlonline.com
Auckland City
PO Box 4293, Shortland Street
Auckland 1140, New Zealand
26 August 2022
MEDIA | NZX RELEASE
TOURISM HOLDINGS LIMITED (thl)
ANNUAL RESULTS FOR THE YEAR ENDING 30 JUNE 2022
Summary:
• Significant improvement on the prior corresponding period (pcp), with underlying net loss after tax
of $5.4M,
1
improved by $8.9M. Statutory net loss after tax of $2.1M, improved on the pcp by
$12.4M.
• Total revenue of $345.8M, down 4% on the pcp, due to reduced rental revenue (lockdown impacts),
with sale of goods revenue broadly in line with the pcp.
• Record vehicle sales margins were achieved in all countries, with average gain on sale of fleet of
approximately $29k per vehicle, up 137% on the pcp.
• Net debt at 30 June 2022 was $58.5M, providing approximately $200M of headroom in debt facilities
to fund fleet growth.
2
• No dividend declared for FY22 and a dividend unlikely for FY23.
• thl currently expects that net profit after tax in FY23 on a standalone basis will be within the current
range of analyst expectations, being between $17.0M to $30.2M.
thl today releases its results for the financial year ending 30 June 2022 (FY22).
Cathy Quinn, thl Chair, said “while we are not content with the result being another loss, all within thl
have worked hard to narrow the loss and we will be working hard to see that it is the last for our business.
“As incoming Chair, my focus will be on seeing that thl fully recovers from the impacts of the COVID-19
pandemic and is strategically positioned to take advantage of opportunities in the coming years as
tourism rebounds. Already, there have been a number of changes this year that we believe have
strengthened the business and thl has continued to adapt and leverage opportunities such as non-tourism
business, vehicle sales and the growth of Action Manufacturing.
“The thl Board recognise the potential of the proposed merger with Apollo in expanding our global
business with greater geographic diversity and a wider breadth of manufacturing and sales across
Australasia. The timeline for completing the various regulatory processes has been frustrating and we
recognise that shareholders are likely to feel the same. However, at this point in time the thl Board does
still see merit in the transaction and can see a conclusion in a reasonable timeframe from now.”
Grant Webster, thl Chief Executive Officer, said “over the last year we have tidied, reviewed, refocused
and refreshed across all of our business operations and developed exciting new opportunities. These are
highlighted in more detail in the 2022 Integrated Annual Report.
“When assessing the results for the year, FY22 was a year with two distinct halves. The first part of the
year saw significant impacts from the COVID-19 Delta wave, travel border restrictions lifting later than
initially anticipated, and an increasingly challenging global supply chain. Within the context that
international borders for most of the businesses remained closed for well over half of FY22, we are
pleased with the businesses that have been profitable and focused on the recovery for those impacted
by COVID-19.
“I remain incredibly impressed by the resilience of thl, as a business and of our crew, who have continued
to respond to change and challenges of an unprecedented scale. I once again would like to acknowledge
all the thl crew and shareholders who have stuck with us through these challenging times. We benefit
greatly as a business from the depth of experience, commitment, capability and flexibility that flows
throughout thl from the Board to our branch crews.”
Speaking on the state of tourism in New Zealand, Mr Webster said “the industry is just starting to
recover, borders have just opened, and customers are travelling. The New Zealand economy has an
opportunity to leverage tourism for everyone's benefit. We want to see the New Zealand Government
invest more in Tourism New Zealand, remove any barriers to success and certainly not do anything that
discourages visitors to the country in what is an important time for determining the future success of
the industry. We see Governments in other jurisdictions in which we operate heavily investing and
engaging with the industry and hope that New Zealand does not fall behind.”
The 2022 Integrated Annual Report, including the financial statements, as well as an investor
presentation, are available on thl’s website.
1
Underlying net loss after tax is a non-GAAP measure. Refer to the important notes section of the Investor Presentation for definitions and
details of non-recurring items.
2
Net debt refers to interest-bearing loans and borrowings less cash and cash equivalents.
ENDS
Authorised by:
Cathy Quinn
Chair, Tourism Holdings Limited
For further information contact:
Grant Webster
thl Chief Executive Officer
Direct Dial: +64 9 336 4255
Mobile: +64 21 449 210
About thl (www.thlonline.com)
thl is a global tourism operator. We are listed on the NZX and are the largest provider of RVs for rent and sale in Australia and
New Zealand, and the second largest in North America. In the USA, we own and operate the Road Bear RV Rentals & Sales brand
and El Monte RV Rentals & Sales. In the UK, thl owns 49% of Just go Motorhomes. Within New Zealand, we operate Kiwi
Experience and the Discover Waitomo group, which includes Waitomo Glowworm Caves, Ruakuri Cave, Aranui Cave and The
Legendary Black Water Rafting Co. thl also owns and operates Action Manufacturing, New Zealand’s largest motorhome and
specialist vehicle manufacturer.
---
Results announcement
Tourism Holdings Limited
Results for announcement to the market
Name of issuer Tourism Holdings Limited
Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2022
Previous Reporting Period 12 months to 30 June 2021
Currency New Zealand Dollars
Amount (000s) Percentage change
Revenue from continuing
operations
$345,750 (4)%
Total Revenue $345,750 (4)%
Net profit/(loss) from
continuing operations
$(2,119) 85%
Total net profit/(loss) $(2,119) 85%
Interim/Final Dividend
Amount per Quoted Equity
Security
It is not proposed to pay a final dividend.
Imputed amount per Quoted
Equity Security
Not Applicable
Record Date Not Applicable
Dividend Payment Date Not Applicable
Current period Prior comparable period
Net tangible assets per
Quoted Equity Security
$1.82 $1.73
A brief explanation of any of
the figures above necessary
to enable the figures to be
understood
Refer to attached investor presentation.
Authority for this announcement
Name of person
authorised
to make this announcement
Cathy Quinn
Contact person for this
announcement
Grant Webster
Contact phone number +64 9 336 4255
Contact email address grant.webster@thlonline.com
Date of release through MAP
26 August 2022
Audited financial statements accompany this announcement.
Data sourced from publicly available filings. Our datasets may not be complete. Automated analysis can produce errors. If you believe any data on this page is incorrect, please contact us at hello@nzxplorer.co.nz. For informational purposes only. Not investment advice.
Other issuers discussed similar conditions around this time
Matched by meaning across NZX announcement text, not keywords — based on our semantic index of announcement bodies.
- CEN — Contact Energy Limited: CEN accelerates renewable investment with new power station2022-08-14
“Contents Jargon buster4 Glossary for Te Reo Māori5 FY22 summary6 Key activity in FY226 Chair and CEO report7 Who we are10 Our Board11 Our leadership team12 Ngā Tikanga13 Our operations14 Creating value16 What matters most18 Our supply chain22 External environment23 Energy trilemm…”